RE-TENDER
DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND
MANPOWER TRAINING KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA
PRE-QUALIFICATION OF SUPPLIERS/MANUFRACTURERS
Directorate General of Technical Education & Manpower Training
Khyber Pakhtunkhwa intends to Procure Laboratory Workshop
Equipments Tools and Machinery for Government College of
Technology Timergara,Takht-Bai ,Swabi ,Nowshera ,Kohat ,Abotabad
,Bannu ,swat and Government Polytechnic Institute Buner ,Mardan,
Karak and Peshawar for the following Technologies Trade.
1. Electrical. 2. Electronics. 3. Civil. 4. Mechanical.5. Mining. 6.
Mechtronics. 7. Petroleum. 8. Tele-Communication 9. Computer. 10
.Physics. 11. Chemistry & Chemicals. 12. Library Books. 13. Hostel
Utensils. 14. Office Equipments. 15. Steel Furniture.
Directorate General of Technical Education and manpower training
wishes to pre-qualify the Manufacturers, authorized dealers/suppliers
for supply of standard equipments/tools to the institutes/colleges
mentioned above.
Pre-qualification form and list of equipments may be downloaded from
the official website of the Directorate General of Technical Education
and Manpower Training Khyber Pakhtunkhwa
www.kptevta.gov.pk.
Separate envelops for each Technology / Trade with Original Broachers
may be provided.
All interested and reputable firms are invited to apply for PreQualification Process, who fulfills the required conditions mentioned
in the prequalification form up to 12 November,2013 11.30 am .The
late or incomplete documents will not be entertained by the
Directorate. The Firm may also provide the list of equipments for
which they want to be pre-qualified.
Note. Pre-Qualification firms received from different firms in response
of our early advertisement dated 25-02-2013 and 21-03-2013
for Pre-Qualification shall stand cancelled.
Director General.
Technical Education & Manpower
Training, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa,
Hall # 211 Ist Floor Benevolent Fund
Building Peshawar Cantt.
Telephone # 091.9212682/091-9211058
Technical Education and Manpower Training
Khyber Pakhtunkhwa
Pre-Qualification Document
Benevolent Fund Building Saddar Road Peshawar
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................... 3
1
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 4
2
BASIC INFORMATION'S OF THE COMPANY ................................................................................... 5
3
BANKING DETAILS OF THE COMPANY ........................................................................................... 6
4
FINANCIAL SUMMARY OF THE COMPANY....................................................................................... 6
5
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF THE COMPANY ............................................................................. 6
6
BOARD OF DIRECTORS/PARTNERS/MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE.................................................. 7
7
COMPANY PROFILE .......................................................................................................................... 7
8
AREA OF SPECIALIZATION FOR PRE-QUALIFICATION ................................................................ 8
9
NAMES OF CLOSED RELATIVES SERVING IN DG TE & MT KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA................. 8
10
EXISTING PROJECTS.................................................................................................................. 9
11
BUSINESS WITH DIRECTORATE GENERAL TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND MANPOWER
TRAINING KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA ......................................................................................................... 9
12
COMPANY STAFF .......................................................................................................................10
13
CONTRACTS/ASSIGNMENTS/PROJECTS UNDERTAKEN..........................................................11
14
EVALUATION CRITERIA ............................................................................................................12
15
INTEGRITY PACT/DISCLOSURE CLAUSE ..................................................................................15
16
UNDERTAKING ......................................................................................................................16
1
Introduction
Directorate of Technical Education and Manpower Training (Hereafter called DG
TE&MT) is a sub sector of Department of Industries, commerce and technical
education of Govt. of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. The main objective of the DG TE&MT is
to increase enrolment in technical education (MTDF) besides the improvement in
quality of technical and commerce education.
DG TE&MT is dynamic in nature and lead by energetic leaders, who always keep it
with the updated technical and commerce education, which is appropriate and
according to the requirements of the national and international industries, which
are the end-users. To honor the needs of industry, the requirements of the
workers and the national agenda (MTDF) the DG TE&MT is proceeding towards
autonomous body as Khyber Pakhtunkhwa TEVTA.
DG TE&MT wishes to Procure Tools and Equipments for Upgraded GPI to the level
of GCT i.e. Kohat, Timergara, Abbotabad, Takhtbai, Noushera and Swabi
GCT,Bannu and Swat and GPI, Karak . DG TE&MT believe on quality and for this
purpose intends to pre-qualify companys, who have relevant experience and can
ensure the best in quality and the most economical equipments to the institutes.
The technologies include Civil, Electrical and Mechanical but the same qualification
may be used for other technologies and institutes within the financial year as per
rules of Government of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa.
DG TE&MT will form an evaluation committee for prequalification and they will
neutrally evolve all the firms/companies, according to the prescribed rules. The
Company pre-qualified will be invited to participate in the bidding.
DG TE&MT offer to all the national firms/Companies to participate in the PreQualification process and would provide relevant information, which is required for
pre-qualification. All the information's must be supplemented with the documents
that are necessary for verification and acceptance. The information without
certified documents will be not entertained.
2
Basic information's of the Company
Name of Company
Abbreviation
National Tax No(NTN)
Sales Tax Registration No.1
Company's Date of Formation
Please check the relevant information (√)
Private
Limited
Manufacturer
Sole
Proprietor
Joint
Venture
Partnership
Authorized
Distributor
Reseller
Other info
Others
Main Office
Registered Main office Address
City/Town/Country
Postal Code
Fax
Phone
E-mail
Website
Branch Office/Offices
Branch office Address
City/Town/Country
Postal Code
Fax
Phone
E-mail
A firm have more than one branch offices, may put the information's.
Factory/Workshop/Show room
Factory/Workshop/Show room
City/Town
Country
Province
Postal Code
Fax
Phone
E-mail
3
Banking Details of the company
Bank Name
Branch Code/Name
City/Country
Title of Account
Account Number
Type of Account
1
2
3
4
Incase the Company has more than one accounts then the information's will
be repeated for all the accounts.
Incase different companies apply as Joint venture then the information of
all the company should be included ,which will be used for the evaluation of
the Company.
DG TE&MT has the right to verify it from the Bank directly (if needed)
Financial Summary of the company
Net Worth
Turn over (annual)
Year
1
Profit /Loss
Incase different companies apply as Joint venture then the information of
2
5
all the company should be included ,which will be used for the evolution of
the Company
Attach the audit reports for the last three years
Chief Executive Officer of the Company
Name
Mailing Address
Fax
Phone
E-mail
4
6
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Incase different company's apply as Joint venture then they have to
appoint one person as Chief Executives/Focal Person but the information
related to the chief executives of all the firms should be included.
Board of Directors/Partners/Management committee
Name
Position
Phone
Company Profile
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
e-mail
4
5
6
7
After Sale Services
Warranty Details
Buy back policy
Any other information
8
Area of Specialization for Pre-Qualification
Encircle the area of specialization and the firm will commit to provide the
tools/equipments in the area of specialization.
Auto
Architecture
Computer
Dress
Designing
Electrical
Architecture
Electronics
Auto
Computer
Electronics
Auto
Computer
Electronics
Dress
Designing
Electrical
Architecture
Dress
Designing
Electrical
BioMedical
Food
Civil
Chemical
Mining
Mechanical
BioMedical
Food
Mechtronics
Civil
Telecommunication
Petroleum
Chemical
Mechanical
BioMedical
Food
Mechtronics
Civil
Mechanical
Mechtronics
Mining
Mining
Telecommunication
Petroleum
Chemical
Telecommunication
Petroleum
9
Names of Closed Relatives Serving in DG TE & MT
Khyber Pakhtunkhwa
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Position
BPS
Serving/Retired
The company will also ensure that there is no agent/dealer/sub dealer of the
company in the Directorate General Technical Education and Manpower Training and
if have they should clearly mention it and prequalification committee will decide the
legal status of such issues.
10
Existing Projects
No
Name of
Scope of
Company/Organization Work
No. of
years
(engaged)
Annual
Contract
Volume
Value of
Business
(approximately)
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total
The company should attach the certificate from the
company/organization/department and copy of the agreements.
11 Business with Directorate General Technical Education
and manpower Training Khyber Pakhtunkhwa
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total
Type of
Business/Contracts
Year of
Supplies/Contracts
Annual
Volume
Value of
Business
(approximately)
Performance
12
Company Staff
Technical Staff of the Company
(Attach Copes of Cvs/Agreements)
NO
Name
Designation Qualification Years of
Experience Major
Services
Responsibilities
Completed
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sales/Marketing Staff of the Company
(Attach Copes of Cvs/Agreements)
NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Designation Qualification Years of
Experience Major
Services
Responsibilities
Completed
13
NO
Contracts/Assignments/Projects Undertaken
Title of
contract
Scope
of
contract
Value of
Contract
Years of
operations
Contracted
Department/Organization
Performance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Total
Performance Certificates should be attached with the copies of contracts.
14
Evaluation Criteria
Directorate General Technical Education and manpower training will conduct the
evaluation according to the following criteria. The Criteria adopted have been
developed by Pakistan Engineering Council and Pakistan Aeronautical Complex Kamra
and the same have been reproduced with changes according to the requirement of
the DG TE&MT Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. It is worth to note that the Pre-Qualification
conducted in 2010-11 by Directorate General Technical Education and manpower
training, is being improved to the demand of technical education.
Any document/statement provided if proved false, mis-stated, concocted, or
incorrect at any time during or after pre-qualification will result into permanent
disqualification and black listing of the firm/company/partners with their names
displayed on Directorate General Technical Education and manpower training
Khyber Pakhtunkhwa website.
Scores:
1
2
Total Score :
Qualifying Score:
No Categories
100
70
Break Down of Scores
Description
Sub
Total
Complete Data of Experience
5
Regarding Company
Specific Experience related to
the project
10
Total Detail Break Down
Registration (PEC ,Com
Year of Establishment
Reference Certificate
Organization structur
Show room in Peshawa
Dealers in Peshawar
Technology for which
Level of Technology (V
etc)
 No of institutes to wh
equipments have been
 Specific Experience in
Pakhtunkhwa
 Other








2
5
General
Business
Details
Litigation
History
Complete Data of General
Business of Company
5
No. of experienced personnel
of the company
10
No. of permanent experienced
personnel of the company (stay
wise)
10
No. of experienced personnel
of the company related
contract
10
Equipment Details as relevant
5
Estate /premises
5
Favored (-2) ,Against(+2) total
of 5 attempts/Nil Return (05)
Income tax paid during last 5
years (details)
Average Turn Over in last 5
years (details)
10
Minimum Funds Available
Bank Surety
Net Worth Statement 3 years
4
3
3
Grand Total
15
5
10
10
 Engineering products
equipments
 01-02 years (3)
 02-05 years (05)
 05-10 years (07)
 10 and above (10)
 12-23 months (03)
 24-35 months (05)
 36-38 Months (07)
 48 months and above
01-02 years (3)
03-04 years (05)
05 years (07)
6 and above (10)
 Manufacturing Equipm
 Manufacturing proces
 Machinery/equipment
 Work done %age outs
 Industry on firm's ow
 Estate ownership- of
 Rented premises (rent
 Favored (-2)/Against(
 Audit report/Income
sheet/Receipts of inc
 Annual turnover:Rs.25
 Annual turnover:Rs.5 t
 Annual turnover:Rs.5



10
100
Integrity pact/Disclosure Clause
Declaration of fees, commissions and brokerage etc. payable by the suppliers ,vendors
,distributors ,manufacturers ,contractors and services providers of goods ,services and
works.
The seller/supplier/contractor herby declare that its intention is not to obtain the
procurement of any contract ,right ,interest ,privilege or other obligation or benefit from
Directorate General Technical Education and Manpower Training of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we (seller/supplier/Contractor) represents
and warrants that we have fully declared the brokerage, commission, fees etc, paid or
payable to anyone and not given or agreed to give and shall not give or agree to give to
anyone within or outside Pakistan either directly or indirectly through any natural or
juridical person ,including it affiliate ,agent, associate, broker, consultant ,director
,promoter ,shareholder sponsor or subsidiary ,any commission ,gratification ,bribe ,finders
fee or kick back whether described as consultation fee or otherwise with the object of
obtaining or including the procurement of a contract ,right ,interest ,privilege or other
obligation or benefit in whatsoever form from Directorate General Technical Education and
Manpower Training of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, except that which has been expressly declared
pursuant hereto.
We (seller/supplier/contractors) certify that we have made and will make full disclosure of
all agreements on arrangements with persons in respect of or related to the transaction
with Directorate General Technical Education and Manpower Training of Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa and have not taken any action or will not take any action to circumvent the
above declaration, representation or warranty. We (seller/supplier/contractors) accept full
responsibility and strict liability for making any false declaration, not making full disclosure,
misinterpreting facts or taking any action likely to defeat the purpose of declaration,
representation and warranty. We (seller/supplier/contractors) agree that any contract,
right, interest, privilege or other obligation or benefit obtained or procured as aforesaid
shall without prejudice to any other right and remedies available to Directorate General
Technical Education and Manpower Training of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa under any law, contract
or other instrument, be void-able at the option of Directorate General Technical Education
and Manpower Training of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa.
Now withstanding any rights and remedies exercised by Directorate General Technical
Education and Manpower Training of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa in this regard, we
(seller/supplier/contractors) agree to indemnify Directorate General Technical Education
and Manpower Training of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa for any loss or damage incurred by on
account of any corrupt business practices as come up to notice and further pay
compensation to Government in any account equivalent to multiple of the sum of any
commission ,gratification ,brief ,finders fee
or kick back given by us
(seller/supplier/contractors) as aforesaid for the purpose of obtaining or inducing the
procurement of the contract ,right ,interest or privilege or other obligation or benefit in
what so ever from Directorate General Technical Education and Manpower Training of
Khyber Pakhtunkhwa .
16
UNDERTAKING
The information given above is true to the best of our Knowledge .We undertake to
inform Directorate General Technical Education and Manpower Training Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa of any changes that my take place later in the status of company in
business/agency or the management.
The terms and conditions attached have also been read and certificate signed.
Signature
Name:
Designation
Date
Company seal:
Provision of Infrastructure facilities & equipment to the
upgraded GPIs at Timergara, Takhtbhai, Swabi,
Abbottabad, Kohat, Nowshera to the level of College of
Technology.
EQUIPMENT LIST FOR B-TECH (ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY)
S.No
01.
Description of Items
BASIC ELECTRONIC TRAINER KIT
Universal training and instruction system for the principles of electrical
engineering / electronics / analog technology. With integrated DC, AC and
three - phase current sources as well as a function generator. Function
generator, DC and three-phase current sources short-circuit proof and LEDmonitored. The out signals of the voltage generator can be
adjusted with a PC via built in USB-connection and the operators software.
These signals can be simultaneously projected with a beamer offers a
universal training and instruction system perfectly
suitable for conducting following experiments:
DC, AC and three-phase current technology
Characteristics of diodes and transistors
Characteristics of thyristors and triacs
Amplifier circuits
Oscillator circuits
Modulators and
demodulators
Multivibrators
Power supply circuits
Switched power supplies and DC voltage converters
Power electronic circuits
With measuring interface incl. measuring
Software the measured data are easily shown on a PC-monitor.
With the USB-Oscilloscope student can view all signals time or frequency
based.
Technical Features:
AC and DC voltages
- DC voltage: +15 V (± 5 %); 800 mA - 15 V (± 5 %); 800 mA
+ 5 V; 100 mA
0 ... 25 V; 300 mA
- AC voltage: 24 V AC; max. 100 mA
Function generator
- Sinewave / Squarewave / Triangle:
V = 0 ~ 20 V; 100 mA
F = 1 Hz ... 250 kHz
- Squarewave, positive: V = 5 V / TTL
- PWM 10 kHz; Pulse width 0 ... 100 %
Qty
02 Nos.
02
- DC Offset +12 V ... -12 V
Three-phase current generator
- Phase voltage: 7 VAC
- Line voltage: 12 VAC
- Line current: max. 50 mA
- Frequency: approx. 50 Hz
The outputs of the function generator, DC and three-phase
current sources are short-circuit-proof and LED-monitored.
Digital 2-channel storage oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling
rate: 1 GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
Set of connections:
70 connecting plugs, 2 mm/5 mm
6 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
Experiment manual with CD:
Direct Current Technology
Alternating Current Technology
Semiconductor Components
Basic Electronic Circuits
UK, Germany, USA
BASIC ELECTRICITY TRAINING KIT
Universal training and instruction system for non-electrical professions.
With integrated DC and AC sources. All functions are short-circuit-proof
and monitored by LEDs. Clear arrangement of accessories directly on the
basic unit. Detailed instructions for experiments with solutions. Components
protected against incorrect connection
It contains numerous experiments
with problems and solutions
for the following subjects
(excerpt):
The electrical circuit
- Ohm’s law
- Electric measuring equipment
- Electric power
- Electric resistors
- Resistors in series
- Resistors in parallel
- Voltage dividers
- Mixed electric circuits
- Electric fuse
- Lamp circuits
- Relay circuits
- Voltage sources in series
Voltage sources in parallel
02 Nos.
03
- Capacitor
- Diode
- LED
- Transistor as a switch
- Half-wave rectifier
- Logic circuits
Technical Data:
DC and AC voltages available on the Board
- DC voltage and current: 1.25 ... 15 V; 0.2 A
- Sinewave voltage and current: 14 V (rms); 0.1 A
The outputs of both voltage sources are short-circuit-proof and
monitored by LEDs.
Relay
- Contacts: 2 changeovers
- Contact power: max. 1 A
- Operating voltage: 15 V DC
The individual electric components are connected by 4 mm safety jacks with
4 mm plugs or leads.
Digital 2-channel storage oscilloscope with USB interfaces, max. sampling
rate: 1 GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
Experiment manual: Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
UK, Germany, USA
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS TRAINER
Universal training and exercise unit for fundamental digital technology/
microcomputer technology. The DIGI BOARD 2 contains all function
groups and the power supply for fast experiment setup .Can be used as a
desktop, demonstration or portable training unit. Individual expansion
possibilities. With an adapter for connection to a computer
Features:
2 input keys with 4 pairs of keys (L/H) each
- Clock generator with divider, TTL level, crystalcontrolled
- DC signal source 0...5 V/10 mA
- Hexadecimal/dual coding switch (double)
- LED display, divided into 3 groups with the colours
red, yellow, green
- HIGH/LOW, for tapping HIGH, LOW states
- 7-segment display (2-digit), with decoder
- Adapter (2 mm jacks/ SUB-D socket), for adapting
2 mm jacks to SUB-D connector (25-pin), pins
1...13 and 18 assigned
- 8 AND gates, with pull-up resistors, one of which is
disconnectable
- 6 OR gates, with pull-down resistors, one of which is
02 Nos.
disconnectable
- 3 AND/OR combi-gates
- 1-bit comparator
4-bit comparator
- 4 JK-flip flops, can also be used as RS flip flops
- 4 D-type flip flops
- 2 adders (4-bit), with input and output carry
- Mono flop, settable times: 0.1 s; 1 s; 5 s
- Multiplexer, 4 channels
- Demultiplexer, 4 channels
- Shift register (4-bit), parallel and serial operation
possible, bidirectional
- ALU, for conducting 16 arithmetic and 16 logical
computing operations with 4-bit dual numbers
- Binary counter (4-bit), up/down counter
- 2 inverters with open collector (pull-up resistors
can be connected)
- 2 Schmitt triggers, inverting
- Units complements for negating a 4-bit binary
number
- Antivalence and equivalence gates
- RAM 8x4, static RAM,
8 addresses, 4 bits data Width
Basic logical circuits
- Schmitt triggers
- Bistable flipflops
- Monostable flipflops
- Code converters, coders
- Computing circuits
- Counting circuits
- Register circuits
- Multiplex mode
- ALU
- Memory circuits
- Analog-digital converter,
- Digital-analog converter
Technical Data:
Integrated power supply for additional plug-in modules
5 V DC/max. 1 A; the power is supplied via the plugs in the base of the
modules.
DC voltage source +5 V/0.5 A
For connecting external equipment IC components
All IC components are inserted in sockets.
Connection Leads:
22 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
12 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
04
12 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
14 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
8 connecting plugs, 2 mm
Experiment manual with CD
Experiments in Digital Technology
UK, Germany,USA
TRAINER SYSTEM MICROPROCESSOR TECHNOLOGY.
1 Experiment card with plexiglass cover, 32-bit CPU MC68332, emulator
for Intel 8085 microprocessor and external access to address bus, data bus
and ports, LED display of logic levels of address bus, data bus and ports
RS 232 serial interface for connecting external components
40-pin extension interface with complete access to address bus, control bus
and data bus
CD-ROM with browser and course software
Course contents:
Introduction to the architecture of a microcontroller
Explanation of how a microprocessor works and of its components (ALU,
registers, stack, command decoder, program counter)
Identification of hardware components on the experiment card
Introduction to the design of an Intel 8085
Introduction to the memory system for a microprocessor
Introduction to the various microcomputer buses
Read-out of data on address, control and data buses
Introduction to the instruction set of the CPU
Writing programs for simple computing operations
Tracing and analysis of individual programs
Explanation of differences between linear and branched programs
Writing your own assembler programs
Interface
Essential equipment for blended learning training system. To provide all
inputs and outputs, switches, power sources and instrumentation required for
performing experiments.
The following specifications represent the MINIMUM requirements for the
training system.
Interface equipment:
 32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
 Bus system capable of accommodating any number of experiment cards
 Analog output, +/-10 V, 0.4 A, DC – 1 MHz with BNC and 2-mmsockets
 USB interface, data rate 12 Mbits/s
 2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz bandwidth, capable of
handling voltages up to 100 V, sampling rate 40 megasamples/s, 9
measurement ranges, memory 2 x 32 k, with BNC and 2-mm-sockets
 16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are accessed via 2 mm
sockets, TTL, clock frequencies 0-100 kHz, for voltages up to +/-15 V
 16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are accessed via 2 mm sockets,
02 Nos.
memory 16 bit x 2 k, TTL, sampling rate 0-100 kHz, for voltages up to
+/-15 V
 8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2-mm sockets
Virtual Measuring instruments, ranges, I/O:
 2 x True RMS multimeters
 8 x Relays
 1 x Multimeters
 1 x 2-channel storage oscilloscope: 22 time ranges
 1 x Variable DC supply 0-10 V
 1 x Function generator: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0-10 V, sine wave, square wave,
triangular wave,
 1 x Arbitrary generator
 1 x Pulse generator
 16 x Digital outputs, 16 x digital inputs, 16 x digital input/outputs:
binary display, hex, decimal and octal displays
 1 x Three-phase power supply 0-150 Hz, 0-14 Vrms, 2 A
 1 x Variable DC power supply 3 x (-20 V-+20 V), 2 A
 1 x Three-phase power supply also featuring variable
Experiment card module (cascadable) to connect with interface
 To accommodate experiment cards
 Safe removal of experiment cards
 Bus connector for experiment cards
 Provision of fixed and variable system voltage outputs via 2-mm
sockets (9 sockets)
 IrDa interface phase shift and clock rate
Measuring equipment
Shunts on a PCB for current measurements using the analog inputs of the
interface.
 6 Shunts: 2 x 1 ohm, 2 x 10 ohm 2 x 100 ohm
 Resistor values, terminals and inputs to be screen-printed on the
board
 24 2-mm sockets
Set of connection cables 2mm (22 pcs) consisting of:
 8 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, blue
 4 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, yellow
 2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, black
 2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, yellow
 2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, red
 2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, blue
 2 x adapter connection leads 4mm to 2mm, 50cm, white
10 x connector plugs 2mm/5mm
 2-mm connector plugs
 Plug spacing 5 mm
UK, Germany,USA
05
02 Nos.
AM TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER TRAINER
Complete radio trainer in one Board. All the important signals tappable at
measuring points. With built-in AM and FM tuner. With stereo decoder and
integrated loudspeakers. With built-in sinewave generator
Experiment with the Tone Control
_ Experiments with the AM
- Generation of an AM Signal with the
FM/AM Transmitter
- Measuring the AM Antenna Signal
- Determination of the Oscillator Frequency
- Measurements at the AM Mixer
- Measurements at the IF Stage and at the
Demodulator
- Automatic Gain Control AGC
The FM/AM Transmitter is a module for generation of
a FM and AM signal.
Technical data
- Modulation input:
700 mV
- Modulation output:
AM signal: carrier 1 MHz
FM signal: carrier 100 MHz
- Supply voltage:9 V DC
AM unit
- Ferrite antenna at the input circuit
- Frequency range: 540 ... 1600 kHz, tunable by LC input circuit, consisting
of capacitance diodes
- HF amplifier
- Oscillator for generating the IF frequency by means of a mixer, oscillator
frequency: approx.
900 Hz ... 2 MHz
- IF circuit with filter (455 kHz), IF amplifier and AGC
Sound adjuster
- 2 inputs: right channel / left channel
- Adjustable: volume, treble, bass and balance
2 AF amplifiers
- Output power: 3 W
Sinewave generator
- 5 frequency ranges: 300 Hz … 34 kHz, adjustable
- Output voltage: Vpp = 400 mV
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
UK, Germany,USA
06
07
02 Nos.
FM TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER TRAINER
Complete radio trainer in one Board. All the important signals tappable at
measuring points. With built-in AM and FM tuner. With stereo decoder and
integrated loudspeakers. With built-in sinewave generator
Experiments with the FM
- Measuring the Adjustable Oscillator Frequency
- Measurements in the IF Stage
- Measuring at the Demodulator Output with Mono Reception
- Measuring at the Demodulator Output at Stereo Reception
- Measurements in the Stereo Decoder
- Behaviour with and without DE-Emphasis
The FM/AM Transmitter is a module for generation of
a FM and AM signal.
Technical data
- Modulation input:
700 mV
- Modulation output:
AM signal: carrier 1 MHz
FM signal: carrier 100 MHz
- Supply voltage:9 V DC
FM unit
- Antenna input for throw antenna
- Input circuit with LC element, tunable with capacitance diodes
- Frequency range: 88 ...108 MHz
- HF amplifier
- Oscillator for generating the IF frequency by means of a mixer
- IF amplifier with level detector output
- Demodulator for generating the MPX signal
- PLL demodulator with mono/stereo switching and deemphasis
inputs
Sound adjuster
- 2 inputs: right channel / left channel
- Adjustable: volume, treble, bass and balance
2 AF amplifiers
- Output power: 3 W
Sinewave generator
- 5 frequency ranges: 300 Hz … 34 kHz, adjustable
- Output voltage: Upp = 400 mV
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
UK, Germany,USA
01 No.
TRAINER FIBER OPTICS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
For plastic and glass fibres. With built-in transmit diodes in different
wavelengths of the light. Characteristic recording and attenuation
measurement
also possible with DC voltages. Coupling attenuations
can be simulated directly on the Receiver Board. All necessary power
supplies and generators on Board
Experiments on fibre optics with plastic fibre
- Characteristics of transmit diodes
- Attenuation of plastic fibres and connectors
- Transmission of TTL signals
- Immunity to interference of the optical fibre
- Experiments on optic fibre with glass fibre
- Measurement of propagation time
Optical Transmitter
Inputs (2 mm jacks)
- 1 analog / 1 digital
Optical outputs
- 660 nm / 850 nm (plastic fibre)
- 850 nm (glass fibre, ST-standard)
Electrical output (via 2 mm jacks)
- With preceding driver circuit for connecting a two-wire line or coaxial
cable for comparative measurements on a fibre optic transmission path
- Output impedance: 50 Ω; 75 Ω
Function groups
- Sinewave generator: F = 1 kHz; Vpp = 3 V
- Squarewave generator: F = 10 kHz (TTL)
- Pulse generator: impulse duration 400 ns
- Patch field and power supply for plug-in transformer to simulate
Interferences
Optical Receiver
Optical input
- Plastic fibre / Glass fibre
Electrical input (2 mm jacks)
- For connecting a two-wire line or coaxial cable for comparative
measurements
- Input impedance: 50 Ω; 75 Ω
Output amplifier
- Voltage gain: 1 ... 6 (adjustable)
- DC offset: +0,5 V... -5,5 V (adjustable)
Outputs (2 mm jacks)
- DC: Vout = 0 ... +/-8 V
- AC: Vout pp = 0 ... 16 V
- TTL: with Schmitt trigger; fan-out = 10;
Set of accessories:
Plastic fibre, 0.5 m, without plug
Plastic fibre, 5 m, without plug
08
Plastic fibre, 20 m, without plug
Glass fibre, 1 m, with ST plug
Glass fibre, 20 m, with ST plug
Optical coupling for glass fibre
Connecting plug, 2 mm, spacing: 5 mm
Coil, N = 100
Coil, N = 900
Tape-wound core (1 pair)
Connecting lead, 2 mm, 30 cm, yellow
Connecting lead, 2 mm, 100 cm, yellow
Experiment manual with CD
Fibre optics
UK, Germany,USA
DIGITAL TELEPHONE EXCHANGE TRAINER
The digital/analog PABX is an industrial-type device especially adapted for
teaching purposes.
All of the functions of a private branch exchange can be utilized freely and
tailored to suit individual requirements.
Service features:
• 2 digital office lines (1 S0 external; ISDN multi-device/system connection)
• 1 analog office extension (opt. module)
• 2 digital internal lines (1 S0 internal; for connection of elmeg system
telephones as well as standard ISDN-terminal equipment)
• System telephony with elmeg system telephones
• Max. 6 a/b ports
• CLIP and metering pulses on all ports
• Integrated IP router for Internet access via xDSL or ISDN
• 1 xDSL/WAN Ethernet port (for external xDSL modem)
• 1 LAN interface,10/100 Mbit Fast-Ethernet
• 1 LAN interface USB
The universal connection unit
comprised of 2 x ISDN and 2 x CAT5E junction boxes sockets with
terminals extended out to demonstrate contact assignment. Here, the ISDN
junction boxes are additionally equipped with 2 mm sockets for the 100
Ohm bus termi Featuring a typical office network model with fault
simulator.
• CAT5E cables
• 2 rooms with single CAT5E junction box
• 2 rooms with double CAT5E junction box
• Server room with a patch panel
• Fault simulator
Analog telephone
This analog table-top telephone is more than a regular
terminal device – the high-quality exterior, its ergonomic
use and convenience functions make this unit your first
choice.
01 No.
09
The ergonomic location of the handset – fixed
securely in place by a magnet when idle – and the
easily readable, three-line alphanumeric display
make using this unit pure joy.
Thanks to CLIP, the numbers of incoming calls are
shown on the display. Calls not taken are signaled by
LEDs and put into a caller list, with number, date and
Time.
ISDN, LAN and analogue connection technology, inclusive introduction
to optical waveguides (D)
Experiment manual consisting of information for teachers plus assembly
plans
 Worksheets for students.
Installation and testing of building communication systems
Experiment manual consisting of information for teachers plus assembly
plans
 Worksheets for students
UK, Germany,USA
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
Power supply 24 V DC / 2 A Alternatively:
Power supply 24 V DC / 5 A
CPU 313C Alternatively: CPU 314C-2DP
Micro Memory Card
Programming and commissioning of a PLC
(Siemens S7-300)
Programming according to international standard
IEC 1131-3
Modular assembling; to your own requirement
Expandable with additional input and output modules
For direct connection to mechatronic applications
For use with control and process simulations
DIGITAL IN
8 Input Insert module via 4mm safety jacks
Digital OUT
8 Output Insert module via 4mm safety jacks
Analog
4 Analog IN
2 Analog Out
1 PT100 IN via 4mm Safety Jacks
Adapter
1 MPI
2 DP
1 Profibus
UK, Germany,USA
01 No.
10
One Unit
PROTECTIVE RELAYING TRAINING SYSTEM
MODULE
All the important electric safety measures on one Board
Built-in power supply, single-phase mains socket suffices Optimum safety
for the user due to protective low voltage Short setup time because all
accessories are integrated directly in the unit TT mains, TN-C-S mains, IT
mains possible by re plugging
Detailed experiment instructions with solutions
This contains numerous experiments with problems and solutions for the
following subjects:
- Protection against direct and indirect contact
- Protection by protective low voltage
- Autotransformer - Protective devices against over current
- Summation current transformer
- Protection against leakage current
- Protective measures in the TN system
- Protective measures in the TT system
- Measuring the earth resistance
- Protective measures in the IT system
- Protective insulation
- Protective isolation
- Earth electrodes
Technical Data:
Output voltage for experimenting
- L1’ = 23 V; 1.5 A
1/10 of the mains voltage; for experimenting
without danger
Fault current circuit breaker
- 1phase; with test button IF = 30 mA
Insulation monitor
- With test and reset button; adjustable earthing resistance:
20 kΩ ... 120 kΩ; with built-in meter
Man symbol
- With pluggable body resistor: 2.4 kΩ and 820 Ω
Fuse
- For free application up to 2 A; connectable through 2 mm jacks
Loads (simulation)
- Motor: body contacts can be simulated by connectable resistors 2.2 Ω; 10
Ω; 820 Ω
- Lamp: body contacts can be simulated by connectable
resistors 2.2 Ω; 1 Ω
Transformer
- The transformer can be used as a low voltage transformer, an autotransformer, an isolating transformer and a summation current transformer.
Earth contact, auxiliary earth contact
- With the measuring points for voltage measurement at
11
1 / 2 / 5 / 10 / 20 m
Experiment Manual
Set of connecting leads and 2mm plugs for interconnection
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
UK, Germany,USA
ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION TRAINING SYSTEM
MODULE
Cable Model 12,5 km / 37,5 km (7.8 miles / 23.3 miles)
Three-phase line simulation of a high voltage underground cable with
different lengths for measuring various operational states (open-line,
matched, short-circuit). Scale factor 1/1000 for current and voltage.
Transmission line lenght: 12,5km 37,5km
Transmission line lenght: 23.3 miles 7.8 miles
 Resistance per phase: 0,25Ohm 0,75 Ohm
 Inductance per phase: 6,25mH 18,75mH
 Capacity per phase: 2 x 2µF 6µF
 Max power consumption: 400W
 Voltage: 3x 110V; 50/60Hz
 Current: 1A
Capacitive load, three-phase, 1kW
Three groups of MP-capacitor, each consists four capacitors .
 for parallel, series, star and delta circuits
 capacity: 3 x 2/4/8/30 µF, 450 V
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Ohmic load, three-phase, 1kW
Three synchronously adjustable circular rheostats with scale 100 - 0%, each
with a fuse in the sliding-contact connection.
 for parallel, series, star and delta circuits
 Resistance: 3 x 750 Ohm
 Current: 3 x 2 A
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
 Training panel design
 Training panel design
Inductive load, three-phase, 1kW
Consist of three inductive loads with the following taps:
One Unit
1,2H (0,65A), 1,6H (0,5A), 2H (0,45A), 2,4H (0,35A), 2,8H (0,30A), 3,2H
(0,25A)
 for parallel, series, star and delta circuits
 Voltage: max. 400V
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
 Training panel design
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Conversion station 380 V/110 V CO3301-3M 1
Transformer for supplying electricity to simulated
transmission line. Scale 1/1000 for voltage and current on the secondary
side.
Primary: 3 x 380-V windings
Secondary: 3 x 110-V windings
Nominal power: 400VA
Protection: 1 automatic circuit breaker, 0.7...1 A
(adjustable)
Input/outputs: 4-mm safety sockets
Software: Investigation of high-voltage transmission lines
This multimedia course is a step-by-step guide through the topic of modern
energy systems. The fundamentals are conveyed using easy to understand
animations. The software in conjunction with the SCADA Viewer
constitutes a comfortable experimenting environment.
Special features:
 Interactive experiment setups
 Measured values and diagrams can be stored in the experiment
instructions per drag and drop
 The SCADA Viewer can be started directly from the experiment
instructions
 Includes questions with feedback and evaluation logic for progress
monitoring
 Documents can be printed out for hardcopy of experiment
instructions including solutions
 CD-ROM with Labsoft browser, course software and SCADA
Viewer
 raining panel design
Patch cable Cat5E 1x 1m yellow, 2x 2m yellow
USB Network Adapter 10/100 BaseTX RJ45
5-Port Ethernet Switch
Adjustable 3-phase power supply, 0-400V/2A, 72PU
Controllable 3-phase power supply unit 0...255/450V for continuous 3-phase
supply
 Mains connection: 230/400V, 50/60Hz
 Output voltage: 3x 0...400V, 50/60Hz variable by means of 3-phase
regulating transformer
 DC output 0...250V






Output current: 2.0A
4mm safety sockets (L1, L2, L3, N, PE, L-, L+)
1 Voltmeter 0...450V (moving iron instrument)
1 Ammeter 0...3A (moving iron instrument)
3 Phase control lights
1 Measuring point selector switch L1-N, L2-N, L3-N, L1-L2, L1-L3,
L2-L3
 1 Measuring point selector switch I1, I2, I3
Three Phase Power Quality Meter with display and long-term memory
2 Nos
The three-phase measuring instrument permits the measurement and display
of relevant power network parameters. It is able to measure single, twophase or three-phase measurements. The display and operation is carried out
by means of menu navigation with an LC display or the integrated Ethernet
interface.
 Three-phase measurement of current and voltage 3x400V/5A
 Measurement of phase voltages, line-to-line voltages and currents
 Determination of the apparent, active and reactive power
 Determination of active, reactive and apparent work
 Determination of the frequency and distortion factors for current and
voltage
 Detection of mains harmonic oscillations and neutral conductor
current
 Pulse measurement
 Peak and mean value detection
 Large-scale, contrast-rich graphic display with background
illumination
 Display in tables, diagrams and vector diagrams
 Digital input and output for free configuration including functions
 Ethernet interface
 Menu navigation in German/English/
French/Spanish/Italian/Portuguese/Turkish/ Chinese/Russian/Polish
 Demonstration measuring instrument for network operation
 Operating voltage: 110V-230V, 50/60Hz
 Protection: 3 thermo-magnetic device circuit breakers
Virtual Instrument system
 Training panel design
 Electrically indestructible up to 20A/600V
 Large, high-contrast backlit graphic display (5.7")
 Large-scale display or display of up to four values
 Digital or simulated analog display
 RS232 and USB ports
 Internal resistance: current measuring circuit 10mOhm, voltage
measuring circuit 10MOhm
TRMS multimeter
 Voltage ranges: 30; 300; 600V
 Current ranges: 1; 10; 20A
 Simultaneous waveform-dependent measurement of voltage and
current (up to 600V, 20A) (Measurement of switched-mode voltage))
 Precision: 2%
 Automatic or manual selection of measuring range
 Demonstration meter for mains operation 230 V, 50Hz
 Measurement of overall RMS value (RMS-AC+DC) ; RMS AC
values (RMS-AC) and arithmetic mean (AV-AC+DC)
Wattmeter
 Calculates actual, apparent and reactive power
 0 – 10 A AC/DC, 0 – 600V AC/DC
Power factor meter
 Power factor 0 – 1 - 0
PC-supported measurement
 Oscilloscope display of voltage, current and power
 Consumption meter to display power consumed and output
 Data logger for 14 different variables
 Data export for data logger
 Labview driver and supplied examples
 32-bit version for Windows
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, black, with tapping 10 Nos
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, black 30 Nos
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, blue 2 Nos
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, green/yellow 2 Nos
Set of safety measurement cables, 4mm (23 leads)
Safety measurement cables with 4mm safety plugs, coloured, PVC
insulation, highly flexible
Each set includes the following:
4 x 25cm long, black
4 x 50cm long, black
2 x 100cm long, blue
2 x 100cm long, red
1 x 100cm long, green/yellow
1 x 150cm long, blue
1 x 150cm long, green/yellow
2 x 150cm long, green
2 x 150cm long, brown
2 x 150cm long, black
12
2 x 150cm long, grey
UK, Germany,USA
ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION MODULE.
Training contents:
 Voltage increases on open-circuit lines
 Voltage drop as a function of line length
 Voltage drop as a function of cos-phi
 Capacitive and inductive power losses on a line as a function of U
and I
 Phase shift on a line
Three-phase line simulation of a high voltage overhead power line with
different lengths for measuring various operational states (open-line,
matched, short-circuit). Scale factor 1/1000 for current and voltage.
Transmission line length: 150km 300km
Transmission line length: 93.2 miles 196.4 miles
 Resistance per phase: 3,6Ohm 7,2 Ohm
 Inductance per phase: 150mH 300mH
 Capacity per phase:
Line-to-line: 2 x 150nF 300nF
Line-to-ground: 2 x 0,55µF 1,1µF
 Max power consumption: 1kW
 Voltage: 3x 400V; 50/60Hz
 Current: 2A
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Capacitive load, three-phase, 1kW
Three groups of MP-capacitor, each consists four capacitors .
 for parallel, series, star and delta circuits
 capacity: 3 x 2/4/8/30 µF, 450 V
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Ohmic load, three-phase, 1kW
Three synchronously adjustable circular rheostats with scale 100 - 0%, each
with a fuse in the sliding-contact connection.
 for parallel, series, star and delta circuits
 Resistance: 3 x 750 Ohm
 Current: 3 x 2 A
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
 Training panel design
 Training panel design
Inductive load, three-phase, 1kW
Consist of three inductive loads with the following taps:
1,2H (0,65A), 1,6H (0,5A), 2H (0,45A), 2,4H (0,35A), 2,8H (0,30A), 3,2H
(0,25A)
 for parallel, series, star and delta circuits
 Voltage: max. 400V
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
One Unit
 Training panel design
Power switch module
The voltage can be switch on and off manually or automatically.
 Nominal voltage: 230/400V, 50/60Hz
 Control voltage: 24V
 Nominal operating current: 16A, ohmic
 Functions: 2 pushbutton switches and remote control for switch-off
relay
 Indicators: signal lamps for "on" and "off"
 Contacts: 3 n.o. & 1 n.o. auxiliary
 Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Software: Investigation of high-voltage transmission lines
This multimedia course is a step-by-step guide through the topic of modern
energy systems. The fundamentals are conveyed using easy to understand
animations. The software in conjunction with the SCADA Viewer
constitutes a comfortable experimenting environment.
Special features:
 Interactive experiment setups
 Measured values and diagrams can be stored in the experiment
instructions per drag and drop
 The SCADA Viewer can be started directly from the experiment
instructions
 Includes questions with feedback and evaluation logic for progress
monitoring
 Documents can be printed out for hardcopy of experiment
instructions including solutions
 CD-ROM with Labsoft browser, course software and SCADA
Viewer
 raining panel design
Patch cable Cat5E 1x 1m yellow, 2x 2m yellow
USB Network Adapter 10/100 BaseTX RJ45
5-Port Ethernet Switch
Adjustable 3-phase power supply, 0-400V/2A, 72PU
Controllable 3-phase power supply unit 0...255/450V for continuous 3-phase
supply
 Mains connection: 230/400V, 50/60Hz
 Output voltage: 3x 0...400V, 50/60Hz variable by means of 3-phase
regulating transformer
 DC output 0...250V
 Output current: 2.0A
 4mm safety sockets (L1, L2, L3, N, PE, L-, L+)
 1 Voltmeter 0...450V (moving iron instrument)
 1 Ammeter 0...3A (moving iron instrument)
 3 Phase control lights
 1 Measuring point selector switch L1-N, L2-N, L3-N, L1-L2, L1-L3,
L2-L3
 1 Measuring point selector switch I1, I2, I3
Three Phase Power Quality Meter with display and long-term memory
2 Nos
The three-phase measuring instrument permits the measurement and display
of relevant power network parameters. It is able to measure single, twophase or three-phase measurements. The display and operation is carried out
by means of menu navigation with an LC display or the integrated Ethernet
interface.
 Three-phase measurement of current and voltage 3x400V/5A
 Measurement of phase voltages, line-to-line voltages and currents
 Determination of the apparent, active and reactive power
 Determination of active, reactive and apparent work
 Determination of the frequency and distortion factors for current and
voltage
 Detection of mains harmonic oscillations and neutral conductor
current
 Pulse measurement
 Peak and mean value detection
 Large-scale, contrast-rich graphic display with background
illumination
 Display in tables, diagrams and vector diagrams
 Digital input and output for free configuration including functions
 Ethernet interface
 Menu navigation in German/English/
French/Spanish/Italian/Portuguese/Turkish/ Chinese/Russian/Polish
 Demonstration measuring instrument for network operation
 Operating voltage: 110V-230V, 50/60Hz
 Protection: 3 thermo-magnetic device circuit breakers
Virtual Instrument system
 Training panel design
 Electrically indestructible up to 20A/600V
 Large, high-contrast backlit graphic display (5.7")
 Large-scale display or display of up to four values
 Digital or simulated analog display
 RS232 and USB ports
 Internal resistance: current measuring circuit 10mOhm, voltage
measuring circuit 10MOhm
TRMS multimeter
 Voltage ranges: 30; 300; 600V
 Current ranges: 1; 10; 20A
 Simultaneous waveform-dependent measurement of voltage and
current (up to 600V, 20A) (Measurement of switched-mode voltage))




Precision: 2%
Automatic or manual selection of measuring range
Demonstration meter for mains operation 230 V, 50Hz
Measurement of overall RMS value (RMS-AC+DC) ; RMS AC
values (RMS-AC) and arithmetic mean (AV-AC+DC)
Wattmeter
 Calculates actual, apparent and reactive power
 0 – 10 A AC/DC, 0 – 600V AC/DC
Power factor meter
 Power factor 0 – 1 - 0
13
PC-supported measurement
 Oscilloscope display of voltage, current and power
 Consumption meter to display power consumed and output
 Data logger for 14 different variables
 Data export for data logger
 Labview driver and supplied examples
 32-bit version for Windows
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, black, with tapping 10 Nos
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, black 30 Nos
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, blue 2 Nos
Safety connection plug 19mm/4mm, green/yellow 2 Nos
Set of safety measurement cables, 4mm (23 leads)
Safety measurement cables with 4mm safety plugs, coloured, PVC
insulation, highly flexible
Each set includes the following:
4 x 25cm long, black
4 x 50cm long, black
2 x 100cm long, blue
2 x 100cm long, red
1 x 100cm long, green/yellow
1 x 150cm long, blue
1 x 150cm long, green/yellow
2 x 150cm long, green
2 x 150cm long, brown
2 x 150cm long, black
2 x 150cm long, grey
UK, Germany,USA
One Unit
BASIC POWER STATIONS MODULE
The whole power electronics on one Board With built-in three-phase source
Connection field for Temperature and Brightness Controlled System
All experiments with protective low voltage (12 V)
Four-quadrant operation with H-circuit (MOS-FET) or anti parallel thyristor
bridges
Can be combined with PID BOARD, MOTOR BOARD and STEPPING
BOARD
Experiments on the single-phase AC supply
- The uncontrolled half-wave rectifier
- The uncontrolled bridge rectifier
- The half-controlled bridge Rectifier
- The fully controlled bridge rectifier
- The line-commutated inverter
- Two fully controlled bridge rectifiers, anti parallel with circulating currentfree wiring and optical indication
by 2 LEDs
- Pulse group control
Experiments on the three-phase supply:
- The uncontrolled rectifier (M3)
- The uncontrolled rectifier (B6)
- The controlled rectifier (M3)
- The controlled rectifier (B6)
Experiments on the DC supply:
- Basic pulse width modulation (PWM) circuits
- PWM with H-circuit, DC-evaluated
- PWM with H-circuit, sine-evaluated
Contains resistive, inductive and capacitive loads for conducting the
experiments mentioned above.
Bridgeable shunts are integrated in all the important
load current branches for measuring the currents.
The basic frequency of the PWM control can be varied
for investigation of the smoothing with uniform inductance.
Module connected to the single-phase mains, the required three phase
voltage is generated internally.
Technical Data:
Integrated power supplies
- DC voltage: +/-15 V DC / 2.5 A
- AC voltage (L1): 12 V AC / 1 A
- Three-phase source: switchable for M3 or B6 circuit;
Vrms = 12 V DC
All power supplies are electrically isolated from each other.
Controls
- Phase gate control I, II and III
- Pulse group control
- Pulse width modulation
- Block-up logic for circulating current-free four-quadrant drive
- GTO pulse shaper
- Signal generator: f = 2 ... 100 Hz (for sine-evaluated PWM) Rectifiers
- Uncontrolled rectifiers
- Controlled rectifiers (thyristors)
- H-circuit (Power MOS-FET)
Additional semiconductor components
- 1 diode, transistor, GTO thyristor, TRIAC
Load components
- Resistive load (27 Ω)
- Inductive load (20 mH)
- Capacitive load (47 µF)
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
UK, Germany,USA
14
CONTROL OF INDUSTRIAL MOTORS TRAINING
SYSTEM MODULE
Universal speed control system. Extendable with plug-in module for
temperature and brightness control
.With integrated four-quadrant display
.With variable centrifugal mass
.Dual-channel encoder
.Built-in four-quadrant Amplifier
The module contains a machine set comprising:
- DC motor with current actual value acquisition
- DC generator with connectable load
- Tacho generator with decoupling amplifier
- Connectable mechanical centrifugal mass, realized
electronically
- Dual-channel encoder for direct acquisition of speed
and direction of rotation
- Built-in sight window for optical recognition of
speed and direction of rotation and stroboscopic
scanning a four-quadrant indicator is integrated which links the current and
direction of rotation via a logical circuit and then indicates them on 4 LEDs.
The following disturbance variables can be applied:
- Variation of the mechanical centrifugal mass and
the related time constant fluctuation
- Connectable load on the Generator / Motor
- Rated voltage: 12 V
- Rated speed: 5900 / min
- Speed: max. 8000 / min
- Current: max. 0.5 A
Generator
- Rated voltage: 12 V
- Maximum current: 0.5 A
Tachogenerator
- Output voltage: 2 V@ 1000 / min decoupled by amplifier
RI = 200
Encoder
One Unit
15
16
- Resolution: 100 lines / rev.
- Output channels: 2
- Output voltage: TTL (decoupled by TTL module)
Load
- Connectable load resistance: 33 / 5 W ; with parallel-circuited lamp
Current actual value acquisition
- Measuring resistance
Series-connected amplifier
- Gain factor: 10
- Internal resistance: 200
DC amplifier
- Input I: 0 ... +/-10 V
- Gain factor: V = 1.2
- Input II: 0 ... +/-5 V
- Gain factor: V = 2.4
- Output voltage in four-quadrant operation:
0 ... +/-12 V
- Output current: max. 0.5 A
Four-quadrant indicator
4 LEDs in two colours, to distinguish between motor and generator
quadrants
UK, Germany,USA
One Unit
MOTOR WINDING KIT MODULE
Kit for instructions in design and assembly of three phase asynchronous
induction motor in four versions depending upon the kind of statoric
winding that has been used.
It includes magnetic circuits, insulating material, mechanical parts, to realise
the motors
3PH 2 poles motor 0,5kVA - 230/400V, 50Hz;
3PH 4 poles motor 0,5kVA - 230/400V, 50Hz;
3PH 6 poles motor 0,75kVA - 230/400V, 50Hz;
3PH 8 poles motor 0,75kVA - 230/400V, 50Hz;
4 stator casing
4 squirrel cage rotor with shaft and bearings
8 shields
4 fan with housing
4 terminal block with terminal, related cover and fixtures
4 set of statoric winding of four different kind.
NOTE: Should be provided all the accessories including books etc.
UK, Italy, Germany
One Unit
POWER ELECTRONICS TRAINING SYSTEM MODULE
Main elements on single phase AD/Dc electric quantities
Measuring the junction diode
Filtering circuit
Firing circuit
Single phase, half wave rectification with load
Single phase, half wave rectification with RLC leveling
Single phase, full wave rectification with load
Single phase, full wave rectification with RLC leveling
SCR testing
SCR firing pulses
Controlled Single phase, half wave rectification with RLC load
Semi-Controlled Single phase, half wave rectification with RLC load
Fully Controlled Single phase, half wave rectification with RLC load
Compact in size, easy to use, stand-alone unit requiring power supply,
building blocks available on board with safe operation
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
NOTE: Should be provided all the accessories including books etc.
UK, Italy, Germany
17
THYRISTORS AND POWER CONTROL CIRCUITS MODULE
One Unit
Silicon Controlled Diode
SCR conduction with DC Gate
SCR conduction with AC Gate
Uni-Junction Transistor
SCR conduction using pulse oscillator UJT
SCR application in DC power circuits with AC supply
SCR application in AC power circuits
SCR use in power circuits supplied with DC TRIAC
TRIAC application in low and medium power circuits
Ease of use, strong and reliable, ease of storage, a total of 16 exercises to be
conducted with module
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
NOTE: Should be provided all the accessories including books etc.
UK, Italy, Germany
18
TRANSDUCER FUNDAMENTALS SYSTEM MODULE
Training and instruction system for sensor and automation technology
With built-in power supply
With integrated counter and frequency meter
Rotary and linear movement with motors
Clear storage arrangement of accessories on a separate Board
Can be triggered with PCL, PC, TTL signals or manually
Expandable with ultrasonic, fibre optic, NAMUR and analog sensors
Contains the following sensors:
- Inductive Sensor
- Capacitive Sensor
One Unit
19
20
- Optical Sensor
- Magnetic Field Sensor
The sensors can be plugged onto a sliding carriage which can also be
controlled by these sensors.
The guide rail of the carriage has a millimeter scale.
The carriage can be moved by an adjustable-speed motor or manually.
Different material samples can be mounted in a holder
and moved to record sensitivity curves In addition, a motor-driven disk can
be scanned sensorically. The disk exhibits metallic fields in order to be able
to scan the rotary motion with the inductive sensor as well.
Both motors in the transducer board are provided with an electronic current
cut-out.
Subjects dealt with in experiment manual:
- Response curve
- Switching hysteresis
- Switching distance and behaviour
- Material dependence (reduction factors)
- Pulse counting / speed measurement
- Triggering of a switching process through a
housing wall
- Filling level measurement
- Definition and sampling width of optical sensors
- Application possibilities for optic fibres
- Position registration and control of a transport
carriage
- Tool positioning
- Barcode scanning
Set of Accessories consisting of:
Storage Board, sensors, different material samples and
connecting leads and Experiment manual
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
UK, Germany,USA
One Unit
MOTOR-GENERATOR SET MODULE
Shunt-Wound DC Machine
Power: 0.3 kW
speed: 2000 rpm
armature voltage and current: 205 V/2 A;
field voltage and current: 205 V/0.33 A;
NOTE: Should be provided all the accessories including books etc.
UK, Germany,USA
One No.
THREE PHASE TRANSFORMER
Three phase transformer realised in didactic version.
a.
b.
c.
d
Each primary and secondary windings are divided in two sections to allow
many possibilities of connection including zig-zag.
Primary:400V (3x2x115V)
Secondary: 230V (3x2x66,5V)
Power: 300VA; Frequency 50/60Hz
UK, Italy, Germany
SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER
Primary and secondary windings are divided in several sections to allow
many possibilities of connections.
220/110V primary/secondary.
Primary: 2x110V ac;
Secondary: 2x55V ac;
Power: 300VA; Frequency: 50-60Hz
UK, Italy, Germany
SQUIRREL CAGE (3-PHASE) INDUCTION MOTOR
Power: 0.37 kW
speed: 1400 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.72
star connection: 400 V/0.85A
delta connection: 230 V/1.47A
Terminal boards:
imprinted with the respective symbols
Connections:
4 mm safety jacks (thermal contact: 2 mm jacks)
Provided with four machine feet and a coupling half.
For protection against thermal overload all machines are equipped with
thermal contact
UK, Germany,USA
SLIP RING INDUCTION MOTOR
Power: 0.25 kW
speed: 1340 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.74
star connection: 400 V/1.15A
delta connection: 230 V/2 A
Terminal boards:
imprinted with the respective symbols
Connections:
4 mm safety jacks (thermal contact: 2 mm jacks)
Provided with four machine feet and a coupling half.
For protection against thermal overload all machines are equipped with
thermal contact
UK, Germany,USA
Dahlander Motor Type 2709
Power: 0.3/0.42 kW
speed: 1390/2780 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.76/0.83;
delta connection: 400 V/1 A
dual star connection: 400 V/1.2 A
Terminal boards:
One No.
One No.
One No.
One No.
imprinted with the respective symbols
Connections:
4 mm safety jacks (thermal contact: 2 mm jacks)
Provided with four machine feet and a coupling half.
For protection against thermal overload all machines are equipped with
thermal contact
UK, Germany,USA
One No.
AUTOMATIC STARTER FOR 3-PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR
One No.
STAR I DELTA STARTER (MANUAL) FOR INDUCTION MOTOR
. Power: 350 VA
. Voltage: 230/400 V-50 Hz
. Rpm: 3000
2 poles
. Excitation voltage: 220 Vdc
. Operation also as synchronous motor with induction
starting
. Delta/star connection
. Constructive form: 1M 83
. Protection: I P 22
. Integrated thermal protector
e
F
SPLIT PHASE MOTOR
G
One No.
Power: 0.12 kW
speed: 2700 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.6;
AC voltage: 230 V
current: 3.2 A;
Terminal boards:
imprinted with the respective symbols
Connections:
4 mm safety jacks (thermal contact: 2 mm jacks)
Provided with four machine feet and a coupling half.
For protection against thermal overload all machines are equipped with
thermal contact
UK, Germany,USA
CAPACITOR MOTOR
h
One No.
Power: 0.3 kW
speed: 1425 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.93;
AC voltage 230 V
current: 2.1 A;
phase-shift and starting capacitor: 10uF/14uF
UK, Germany,USA
I
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
One No.
Power: 0.3 kW
speed: 2250 rpm
AC voltage and current: 230 V/3.4 A;
DC voltage and current: 130 V/3.4 A;
UK, Germany,USA
J
REPULSION MOTOR
One No.
Power: 0.25 kW
speed: 2100 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.69;
AC voltage and current: 230 V/2.9 A;
UK, Germany,USA
One No.
Split-Pole Motor
Power: 0.12 kW
speed: 2700 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.6;
AC voltage and current: 230 V/3.2 A;
UK, Germany,USA
THREE-PHASE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR/ MOTOR WITH One No.
ASYNCHRONOUS STARTING
Three-Phase Induction Motor
Power: 0.37 kW
speed: 1400 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.72
star connection: 400 V/0.85 A
delta connection: 230 V/1.47 A
Synchronous Machine
Power: 0.3 kW
speed: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.97
excitation current: 0,95 A
star connection: 400 V/0.66 A
delta connection: 230 V/1.44 A;
UK, Germany,USA
K
L
SPEED SLIP INDICATOR
WARD LEONARD SYSTEM SET
CONTACT TECHOMETER
DIGITAL TACHOMETER
. Table-top metal container, treated chemically with silk screen printed steel front
panel
. Reflection optical probe and reflection strip
. Microprocessor measurement instrument with CPU Z 80
. Digital display (4 digits)
. Measurement range: 0+9999 rpm
0+9999 ms (period) 0+9999 pulses
0+99.99 seconds (timer)
. 4-digit selector for maximum measurement value
STROBOSCOPE
AUTO-TRANSFORMER
M
N
O
P
Q
R















ANALOG MULTIMETER AC/DC DIFFERENT RANGES
DIGITAL MULTIMETER AC/DC DIFFERENT RANGES
TANGTESTER
FREQUENCY METER
WATTMETER
MAGGER
EARTH TESTER
LUX METER
PHASE DETECTOR
GALVANOMETER
VOLTMETER (AC)
AMMETER (AC)
VOLTMETER (DC)
AMMETER (DC)
One No.
One No.
One No.
One No.
One No.
One No.
05 Nos.











21
22
WATTHOUR METER (3-PHASE)
WATTHOUR METER (1-PHASE)
POWER FACTOR METER
OHM METER
SYNCHRONOSCOPE
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
PHASE DETECTOR
RLC Meter
AUDIO GENERATOR
KVAR METER
TELEPHONE TRAINER
. Types of telephone selection:
- With decade keyboard (PULSE)
- With multifrequency technique (DTMF)
. Telephone operation with pulse and multi-frequency selection:
- Call circuits
- Selection circuits
- Voice circuits
. Multi-frequency signal reception and separation via active filters
Use of integrated circuits in the telephone equipment.
Each section mentioned clearly
Protection for TIP, speech and Ringer section
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
NOTE: Should be provided all the accessories including books etc.
ANALOG COMMUNICATION TRAINER
All the important modulations / demodulations on separate Boards.
Experiment setup time reduced to a minimum. Built-in signal source (shortcircuit-proof) .Integrated clock generator with synchronized carrier and
modulation frequencies to provide static oscilloscope images. Modulation /
Demodulation Boards for ease of use and understanding
Features:
Clock generator (quartz controlled) with frequency
dividers for generating the carrier and modulation signals.
Signal button, for simple examination of the digital modulation techniques,
with electronic debounce and optical indication by an LED DC voltage
source, adjustable, for generating static, analog modulation signals.
Summer, for adding up to 3 signals.
- Amplifier, variable gain, for matching external modulation signals
built-in power supply unit
The following modulation techniques can be studied
with the MODULATION BOARD:
- Amplitude Modulation (AM)
- Single Sideband Modulation (SSB)
- Frequency Modulation (FM)
One Unit
01 Unit
- Phase Modulation (PM)
Technical Data:
DC voltage output (short-circuit-proof)
- +/-15 V/0.15 A ; +5 V/0.2 A;
for connecting external devices
Signal source
- Sine wave: Vpp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Square wave: Vp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.25 / 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Trigger signal: 250 Hz
Summer
- With three inputs, short-circuit-proof output
DC voltage, adjustable
- 0.. approx. +/-2.5 V
- 0.. approx. +/-1.5 V
Signal button
- With TTL output
Amplifier, variable gain
- 0.. 2.5
AM
- Vin ≤ 5 V
- Bandpass: 15.. 25 kHz / Low pass: 0 ... 20 kHz
FM / PM / PFM
- fo = 20 kHz / fn = DC ... 3.4 kHz
The following demodulation techniques can be studied
with the DEMODULATION BOARD:
AM / SSB
Demodulation with envelope demodulator, coherent demodulation
FM
Demodulation with PLL, counting discriminator and
C-discriminator
PM
Demodulation with FM demodulators and seriescircuited integrator
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
Set of Connection Leads:
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
4 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
5 connecting plugs, 2 mm
Experiment manual with CD:
Modulation Techniques - Modulators
23
Modulation Techniques – Demodulators
UK, Germany,USA
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TRAINER
All the important modulations / demodulations on separate Boards.
Experiment setup time reduced to a minimum. Built-in signal source (shortcircuit-proof) .Integrated clock generator with synchronized carrier and
modulation frequencies to provide static oscilloscope images. Modulation /
Demodulation Boards for ease of use and understanding
Features:
Clock generator (quartz controlled) with frequency
dividers for generating the carrier and modulation signals.
Signal button, for simple examination of the digital modulation techniques,
with electronic debounce and optical indication by an LED DC voltage
source, adjustable, for generating static, analog modulation signals.
Summer, for adding up to 3 signals.
- Amplifier, variable gain, for matching external modulation signals
built-in power supply unit
The following modulation techniques can be studied
with the MODULATION BOARD:
- Pulse Frequency Modulation (PFM)
- Pulse Phase Modulation (PPM)
- Delta Modulation (DM)
- Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK)
- Frequency Shift Keying (FSK)
- Phase Shift Keying (PSK)
Technical Data:
DC voltage output (short-circuit-proof)
- +/-15 V/0.15 A ; +5 V/0.2 A;
for connecting external devices
Signal source
- Sine wave: Vpp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Square wave: Vp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.25 / 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Trigger signal: 250 Hz
Summer
- With three inputs, short-circuit-proof output
DC voltage, adjustable
- 0.. approx. +/-2.5 V
- 0.. approx. +/-1.5 V
Signal button
- With TTL output
Amplifier, variable gain
- 0.. 2.5
The following demodulation techniques can be studied
with the DEMODULATION BOARD:
AM / ASK
- Half-wave and full-wave rectifiers, switchable, with additional RC wiring.
A low pass can also be used alternatively to the RC wiring.
01 Unit
AM / SSB / PSK
- Coherent demodulation by multiplier
- Generator for carrier generation, adjustable frequency
- Phase shifter, adjustable
FM / PM / FSK
- Counting discriminator
- C-discriminator with constant voltage source
- PAM
Demodulation with dual channel demultiplexer
- Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM)
- Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)
- PAM / PCM
- Two channels
- AD converter; 8 bits with LED indicator. Bits can be switched off.
- Frame frequency: approx. 16 kHz
- Sampling frequency: approx. 8 kHz
- can be re-plugged to 4 kHz to prove the sampling theorem.
- The control signal for the demultiplexer can be inverted this makes it
possible to switch over the two channels.
PLL
- For demodulation of the FM and FSK
Integrator
- For phase modulation (PM) and delta modulation (DM)
Schmitt trigger
- For recovery of the digital signals in ASK, FSK and PSK
Low pass filter
- Bandwidth: fg = 3.4 kHz
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
Set of Connection Leads:
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
4 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
5 connecting plugs, 2 mm
Experiment manual with CD:
Modulation Techniques - Modulators
Modulation Techniques – Demodulators
UK, Germany,USA
24
RELAYS SET COMPRISING OF THE FOLLOWING
 -BUCHOL’S RELAY
 -ELECTRICAL RELAYS
 PLUNGER TYPE RELAY
 BEAM RELAY
01
No.
(Each)
















INDUCTION OVER CURRENT RELAY
OVER/UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY
INDUCTION REVERSE POWER RELAY
IMPEDANCE RELAY
REACTANCE RELAY
FREQUENCY RELAY
DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION RELAY
-ELECTRONIC RELAYS
OVER CURRENT RELAY
DISTANCE RELAY
AMPLITUDE COMPARATOR RELAY
PHASE COMPARATOR RELAY
PHOTO ELECTRIC RELAY
-THERMAL RELAY
DIRECTLY HEATED
INDIRECTLY HEATED
LIST OF APPARATUS/INSTRUMENTS FOR PHYSICS LAB
S. No
1
Name of Apparatus/Instruments
Fly wheel, 6” dia – 1250.00 8” dia
Qty
03
2
Hanging weights 0.5 kg – 01 kg with hook.
05
3
String
4
Stop watch
6 No
5
Veernier caliper
6 No
6
Meter Rod
6 No
7
Simple Harmonic Apparatus
3 No
8
Drawing Board
6 No
9
Viscometer (Standard Size)
6 No
10
11
Photoelectric cell (for determining planks constant and current)
Ballistic Galvants meter
6 No
6 No
12
Rehostat imported
6 No
13
Operating Key (Two way)
6 No
14
Battery (12 volts)
3 No
15
Electric Lamp
3 sets
16
20 yards

160 watts Mercury, 6 Volts

28 watts Sodium, 6 volts

Lamp housing, sockets, cable with 4 mm plugs.
3 No
16
Optical Bench
(Point + support, Graduation in optics riders) (Imported)
DC Power supply 0 – 15 V
17
Thermometer (0-1000C)
12 No
18
Microammeter (0 – 50GA)
6 No
19
Germanium Diode
12 No
20
Heating Coil
6 No
21
Zener Diode
12 No
22
Voltmeter
6 No
23
Point – Contact Diodes
24 No
24
Step Down transformer ( 6 V)
6 No
25
Center Tape Transformer
6 No
26
V.T. VM
6 No
3 No
27
29
Capacitors
i.
1 nf, 630 V
ii.
2.2 nf, 160 V
iii.
10 nf, 100 V
Inductors

Coil with 250 turns

Coil with 500 turns

Stand for field coils and tubes
Cathods Ray Oscilloscope (CPO) 10 Mhz
30
Kuvidts tube (Standard Size)
31
Lycopodium Powder
6 Packets
32
Resined Leather
2 Sheets
33
Sextant with stand clamp and measuring tape
3 No
34
Electrical Calorimeter with accessories
6 No
35
Polarimeter
6 No
36
Laser Beam Apparatus
i.
0.5 mw He – Ne Laser,
ii.
Optical Bench
iii.
Screen
Mechanical equivalent Apparatus
Electrical calorimods, voltmeter, ammets
Applied physics Trainer (Trainer Board) Power requirements: 220VAC 50Hz
Dimension: 23”Hx17”Wx5”D with standard accessories.
3 sets
28
37
38
12 No sets
12 sets
3 No
12 No
05
05 sets
LIST OF EQUIPMENT CHEMISTRY LAB
S. No
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Name of Apparatus/Instruments
PH Meter
Water resistant casing to IP67
PH, mV and temperature ranges (°C or °F selectable)
Utilizes combined PH/temperature probe
Data logging facility stores up to 100 results for recall / display, Menu driven
operation, User selectable automatic shutdown.
Conductivity Meter
Ultra-slim, pocket meter for convenient salt testing with applications in the food,
industrial and healthcare sectors.
Flat sensor requires minimal maintenance and is replaceable, only a drop of
sample is required for measurement.
Clear LCD readout gives direct NaCI reading
Does not require PH adjustment or manual conversion from sodium ion
measurement
Excellent correlation with flame photometric method.
Sample temperature: +5 to 35°C
Balance
Capacity: 3200gm
Sensitivity: 0.01gm
For: 220-240V, 50/60Hz, single phase supplies.
Balance
Capacity: 310gm
Sensitivity: 0.001gm
For: 220-240V, 50/60Hz, single phase supplies.
Electronic Balance Analytical
Capacity: 210gm
Sensitivity: 0.0001gm
For: 220-240V, 50/60Hz, single phase supplies.
Oven
With natural convection, class E controller and microprocessor PID controller,
separately adjustable over-temperature controller, RS232 serial interface,
“Celsius 2000” remote control / datalogging software and perforated stainless
steel shelves. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies.
Water Bath
Stainless steel, with integral heating element, connector with cable, constant
level and set of concentric rings. Bath is 90mm deep. Maximum hole diameter
76mm. For 220VAC single phase supplies; rating 1kW.
Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate
Maximum speed 1500rpm, volume stirred 15litres, and temperature 325°C. Cast
aluminium / silicon alloy hotplate 160 x 160mm, accommodating beakers up to 5
litres capacity. With microprocessor speed and temperature control, separate
safety circuit, arbitrary scaled dial setting, stirrer “ON” and heater “ON” warning
indicators (the heater lamp flashes when set temperature is reached) and facility
for mounting a 12.5mm retort rod at the rear of the case. For 230V 50Hz singlephase supplies. Hotplate rating 750W.
Muffle Furnace
Inner dimensions: 160 x 140 x 100 mm (wxdxh)
Outer dimensions: 380 x 370 x 420 mm (WxDxH)
Qty
10
10
10
10
6
10
10
10
1
10
11
Volume: 3 litres
Power rating: 1,2 kW
Supply voltage: 1 x 230 V
Max operating temperature: 1100 °C
Standard Version
Double-walled housing for stability and low outside shell temperature
Casing manufactured from high grade structured stainless steel
Flap door which can be used as work surface
Adjustable air inlet in the door
Exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall
Hardened vacuum-fibre module with high resistance
Ceramic heating plates with built-in heating wire, easy to replace and very
reasonably priced
Silent electronic relay
Centrifuge Machine
Speed Max. 6600rpm
Force max. 2200xg rcf
Supply requirement: 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies.
Spectronic 21 Spectrophotometers Analog model mirror backed scall.
10
05
LIST OF CHEMICALS FOR CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Name of Apparatus/Instruments
Acetone
Acid Acatic
Acid Hydrochloric Merk/Boh
Acid Sulphuric Merk
Acid Nitric Merk / Boh
Acid Sulphauric Merk/Boh
Acid Sulphauric (Commercial)
Acid Oxalic (Merk)
Acid pieric (Merk)
Anillne (Merk)
Ammonium Carborate (Merk)
Ammonium Chloride (Merk)
Ammonium Melydate (Merk)
Ammonium Oxalate (Merk)
Ammonium Sulphate (Merk)
Ammonium Thick Cyanate (Merk)
Ammonium Phosphate (Merk)
Ammonium Acetate (Merk)
Ammonium Liquare (Merk)
Ammonium Sulphate (Merk)
Ammonium Chloride (Merk)
Acetic Phenone (Merk)
Acetic Aldehde (Merk)
Acid Cinnamic (Merk)
Antimeny Chloride (Merk)
Alcohal Absolute (Merk)
Barium Chloride (Merk)
Barium Nitrate Merk/Boh (Merk)
Benzene (Merk)
Benzene Aldehyde (Merk)
Borex (Merk)
Bromine (Merk)
Bismuth Choride (Merk)
Bismuth Nitrate (Merk)
Cadmium Bromide (Merk)
Cadmium Chloride (Merk)
Cadmium Lodide (Merk)
Calcium Acetate (Merk)
Calcium Carbonate (Merk)
Calcium Cholride Aniydrate
Calcium Notrate Anlydrate
Calcium Sulphate Anlydrate
Calcium Sulphate (Merk)
Carbon Tetra (Merk)
Qty
2 ½ Ltr
2 ½ Ltr
2 ½ Ltr
2 ½ Ltr
2 ½ Ltr
20 lb
50 lb
1 Kg.
1Kg.
1
5 Kg
5 Kg
1lb
1Lb
2 Lb.
1 Kg.
1 Kg.
1 Kg.
10 Kg
1 Lb
1 Lb
1 Lb
1 Lb
1 Lb
1 Lb
1 Kg.
1 Kg.
2 Ltr
1 Ltr.
2 Kg.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
5 ltr
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Chloroform (Merk)
Chloride (Merk)
Cobal: chloride (Merk)
Coball Sulphate (Merk)
Coball Nitrate (Merk)
Copper Carbonate (Merk)
Chopper Chloride (Merk)
Copper Nitrate Merk
Copper Sulphate (Merk)
Copper Fitting (Merk)
Chemical Lable books
Dimethyl Amine (Merk)
Dimethyl Cloxine (Merk)
Diemnonlin Hydogeen Phophate
2.4 Dintro Phanyl Hydrazine
Feoric Chloride (Merk)
Ferrous Sulphate (Merk)
Ferrous Ammonium Salphate (Merk)
Ferrous Sulphate (Merk)
Doctrese (Merk)
Clycevine (Merk)
Hydroxyl Amine Hydro Chiorede (Merk)
Iodine (Merk)
Lead Acctate (Merk)
Lead Nitrate (Merk)
Litmus granules (Merk)
Magnesium Metal (Merk)
Magnesium Nitrate (Merk)
Magnesium Sulphate (Merk)
Magnesium Lodide (Merk)
Magnesium Chloride (Merk)
Mercuric Chloride (Merk)
Methyl orange (Merk)
Methyl Red (Merk)
Nickel Nitrate (Merk)
Nickel Chloride (Merk)
Nickel Sulphate (Merk)
Phenolphthalein Liquid (Merk)
Phenolphthalein (Merk)
Potassium Pyre Antimonite (Merk)
Potassium Bromide (Merk)
Potassium Chloride (Merk)
Potassium Cromate (Merk)
Potassium Ferricyande (Merk)
Potassium Ferro cyanide (Merk)
Potassium iodide (Merk)
Potassium Nitrate (Merk)
5ltr
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
2 lb
2 lb
2 lb
2 doz.
10 Kg
1 lb
1 Kg.
100 gm.
2 lb.
1 kg
1 Kg
5 Kg
1 lb
1 ltr
10 GM
1 lb
1 Kg
1 kg.
100 Gm.
1 lb
1 kg.
1 kg.
1 kg.
1 kg.
250 Gm
100 gm
1 kg.
1 kg.
1 kg.
10 kg.
250 Gm
250 Gm
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
Potassium oxalate (Merk)
Potassium Thiocyanae (Merk)
Potassium Sulphate (Merk)
Potassium Permanganate (Merk)
Periling (Merk)
Phenyl Hydrazine Hydrochloride
Potassium Sodium Tektite
Methylated Spint (Merk)
Silver Nitrate (Merk)
Sodium Carbonate (Merk)
Sodium metal (Merk)
Sodium Chloride (Merk)
Sodium Hydroxide (Merk)
Sodium Nitrate (Merk)
Sodium Bromide (Merk)
Sodium Nitropruside (Merk)
Sodium oxalate (Merk)
Sodium Nitride (Merk)
Sodium Bicarbonate (Merk)
Sodium cobalt nitride (Merk)
Strontium Nitrate (Merk)
Dimethyl Cloxine (Merk)
Strontium Chloride (Merk)
Sulphur (Merk)
Niourea (Merk)
Urea(Merk)
Zinc Carbonate (Merk)
Zinc Chloride (Merk)
Zinc Chloride (Merk)
Zinc metal (Merk)
Zinc Sulphate (Merk)
Sodium Hydroxide Phosphate (Merk)
Sodium mulphadu (Merk)
1 lb
1 lb
1 Kg
1 Lt
250 Gm
1 lb
1 Gin
1 lb
1 Kg
1 lb
1 lb
5 kg
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 Lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
1 lb
LIST OF GLASSWARE FOR CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Name of Apparatus/Instruments
Asbontag Sheet 6” x 6”
Beaker 50 ml (Pyrax
Beaker 250 Ml (Pyrax
Beaker 500 ml (pyrax
Beaker 1000 ml (Pyrax)
Wash bottle (plastic)
Bottle Dropping (Umber)
Bottle dropping (while)
Bottle reagent 500ml (narrow mouth)
Bottle reagent 250 ml (narrow mouth)
Bottle Reagent 500 ml (wide mouth)
Bottle Reagent 3 ltr
Bottle Burette 50 ml (China)
Bottle 250 ml (narrow mouth umber)
Measuring cylinder 100 ml (china)
Measuring cylinder 10 ml (china)
Crucible Porcelain with lid
Cork rubber assorted
Fusion tube
Capillary tube
Centered Glass Crucible lid
Boro silicate (Glass)
Dish evaporating (Porcelain 75 (Merk)
Flask Round bottom 500 ml
Flask Flat Bottom 3 ltr,
Flask Conical 100 ml
Flask Filtration 500 ml
Flask Measuring 2ltr
Flask measuring 1ltr
Flask measuring 500 ml
Flats measuring 250 ml
Flask measuring 100 ml
funnel 3” Glass
Funnel Buckner
Funnel separating 250 ml
Qty
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
48
16 doz
24 doz
6 doz
24 nos
24
48
6
6
24
6 doz
24 gros
4 lb
24nos
24
15
24
6
24
24
12
12
12
12
24
24
24
24
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
Funnel
Filter paper
Glass rods
Kips ”s apparatus 1000 ml Litmus paper
Litmus paper blue and Red
Pipette 10 l
Pestle & Mortar glass
Tiles Glazed white (China)
Test tube hand glass 6”
Trough Glass 10” (china)
Tube for burette.
Tube glass.
Suction pump glass
Watch glass
Wool glass
Ostwald Viscometer
Stalagmometer
24
6 pkt
10 lb
4 mos
24pkt
24 mos
2
24
4 gros
24 nos
20 lb
24 nos
24
5 lb
20
20 Nos.
20
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR CIVIL TECHNOLOGY `
Sr.
No.
Descriptions
02
ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Specific gravity apparatus
(BS 812 - ASTM C128 - EN 1097-6)
This set consists of:
GLASS PYCNOMETER
For sands..2Pd fine aggregates,
850 cc capo ity with conical top.
SAND ABSORPTION CONE AND TAMPER
For fine aggregates.
Chrome-plated brass cone (dia. 40 and 90 mm);
25 mm dia. tamping rod.
WIRE BASKET FOR SAMPLES
Made of stainless steel N.1 00 mesh
(0.15 mm), diameter 140 mm, height 150 mm.
Mhos scale for identification of rocks and minerals
03
Slake durability test apparatus
01
This apparatus assists in the evaluation of the resistance
of rocks to disintegration when subjected to different
drying and water-immersion cycles.
The test consists in oven-drying a number of pieces of
the material and then subjecting them to wear inside a
drum rotating in water.
This procedure will be repeated two or more times; the
disintegration index is determined by the percentage loss
in weight that the sample undergoes.
The methodology referred to for the design of this
apparatus is that recommended by the International
Society for Rock
Mechanics which prescribes a 140 mm dia. drum 100
Qty
1
04
mm long, made of square metal mesh (2 mm), revolving
at 20 rpm; the water level is 20 mm below the rotation
axis
Specifications
Power supply: 220 V, 50 Hz, single phase
Power: 100 W
Schmidt Rammer Testing machine
05
Layman practice for identification of rocks
06
7
8
SOIL MECHANICS AND HIGHWAY LAB
CBR Test Apparatus
The special characteristic of the machine consists in its
variable peed operating within a continuous range (0.01
to 52mm/min). Speed change is via keyboard.
Platen speed is shown on the display.
Load and deformation (displacement) control: for test
procedures requiring constant deformation rate, speed
must be input at the start.
Safety devices limit cylinder stroke while controlling
stability measuring instrument and mould.
Max vertical span: 800mm, minimum 1 OOmm
Horizontal span: 380mm
Cylinder stroke: 100mm.
With load cell, displacement transducer, bracket and
extension transducer supports, penetration piston, CBR
Mould.
Unconfined Compression Strength Tester
50 kN VARIABLE SPEED TESTER (6 Speeds)
Power supply: 220 V, 50 Hz, single phase
The special characteristic of the machine consists in its 6
speeds (preset and ranging from 0.6 to 50.8mm I min)
Speeds: 0.635 - 1 - 1.27 - 5 - 25.4 - 50.8mm/min
Speed change is via keyboard.
Max verti span 600mm, minimum 100mm
Horizontal span 380mm. Ram travel100mm
The machine is available in analog version.
Machine should be supplied with Proving ring,
penetration piston, bracket, analog dial gauge and CBR
mould.
Tri-Axial Compression Tester
Maximum capacity in compression and tension 50kN
Continual speed selection between 0.00001 and
12mm/min
Precise, constant response, irrespective of load
Rapid approach I unloading speed 12mm/min
Useful piston travel 1 OOmm
Accepts tri-axial cells for samples up to 100mm diameter
1
9
10
,
11
Electronic control console located in protected functional
position, can be separated from machine
Visible micro-switches to prevent piston overtravel
Predisposition for command of micro-switch on load ring
or electronic load cell.
Max vertical clearance: 910mm
Horizontal clearance: 440mm
Lower platen diameter: 160mm
Permeability Cell
Dia 75mm
The (b) type permeability cell is specially designed for
constant head tests on incoherent soil samples. It has
central body with 3 outlets for 3 manometer tubes
through which water is collected after seepage through
the sample.
Inlet and drainage ducts are found in the metal base. A
movable system enables stabilization of the upper
surface of the sample.
Constant Level Tank
Supplied with support for wall mounting, it comprises a
transparent body, water supply ducts, discharge and flow
valves.
Standpipe with 3 Manometer Tubes
Comprises 3 glass tubes all of the same diameter,
relevant graduated rods, taps and metal pedestal for
bench mounting. With kit of 3 glass tubes.
Falling head permeability meter
Comprises both the tank with overflow valve for constant
head tests and the glass tube for falling head tests. The
water tank can be placed at heights from 135 to 435 em
whilst hydraulic circuitry may accommodate up to 4 cells.
The same amount of glass tubes are provided for falling
head tests.
CONSTANT LEVEL TANK
Supplied with support for wall mounting, it comprises a
transparent body, water supply ducts, discharge and flow
valves.
STANDPIPE WITH 3 MANOMETER TUBES
Comprises 3 glass tubes all of the same diameter,
relevant graduated rods, taps and metal pedestal for
bench mQunting. With Kit of 3 glass tubes
Direct shear test apparatus
Specifications:
- Max. force forward/reverse: 6 kN
- Speed range: 0.00001 - 12 mm/minute
- Different speeds may be selected for forward and
reverse drive
12
- Speed/load limitations: none
- Displacement movements: 0.03 J.Jm
- Rapid approach speed (unloaded): 12 mm/min.
- Forward/reverse cycles: programmable up to 20 mm
- Number of cycles: no limit to number which may be
programmed
- Microswitches prevent piston overtravel and
dynamometer overload
- Leverage system allows applied weights to be amplified
by 10, 9, 7.92 and 6.125
- A small handwheel serves to sustain/release the vertical
load
- Supports are provided for transducers, dial gauges and
dynamometers.
LOAD RING WITH 3 kN FULL SCALE for 60 x 60 mm,
70 x 70 mm, 63.5 and 67.7 mm diameter samples ( BS
1377)
ANALOG DIAL GAUGE 30 mm TRAVEL, 0.01
divisions (Rambold)
ANALOG DIAL GAUGE 10 mm TRAVEL, 0.01
divisions (Rambold)
SHEAR BOXES
Machine-finished, consisting of:
FOR 60 x 60 x 20 mm SPECIMENS
- Lower element with fixed base and lifting lugs
- Upper element with loading pad and handles for
displacement from the cutter mold to the box
- Two perforated retaining plates
- Two non-perforated retaining plates
- Connection pins
- Two porous discs
POCKET SHEAR VANE SET
The Shear Vane Set rapidly measures approximate
shear strength of cohesive soils in the field or lab. Set
includes all-metal driver, three vanes of different shear
strength ranges, and a carrying case with belt loop. In
use, the blades of the vane are pressed into the soil, and
the knob is turned slowly until failure. Maximum reading
is retained by the indicator needle. Values using the
approximately equal to 1 ton per ft"). Readings can be
interpolated to 0.01 kg/cm2 and are multiplied by 0.2 and
2.5 when using the large (sensitive) and small (highcapacity) vanes. Total range is 0 to 2.5 kg/cm2. Extensive
laboratory testing has indicated close correlation with
unconfined compressive strengths. The tester can be
20
used on any flat 2" (51 mm) diam. surface.
Electronic Balance
Capacity 3kg
Divisions 0.1 gm
Sieves set
Nominal aperture standard dia 20cm.
0.025, 0.038, 0.04, 0.045, 0.05, 0.053, 0.063, 0.075,
0.08,0.09,0.1,0.125,0.150,0.18,0.2,0.25,0.3,0.355,
0.4, 0.425, 0.5, 0.6, 0.71, 0.75, 0.8, 1, 1.18, 1.25, 1.70,
2mm
HAND VANE TESTER: 0 - 2 kgf/sq.cm
With calibrated scale from 0 to 2 kgf/sq.cm
CASAGRANDE LIQUID LIMIT DEVICE
With ebonite base and removable brass cup.
The height of drop of the cup may be adjusted via the
hand crank mechanism.
A built-in blow counter is supplied as standard.
Graduated cylinder 100ml
SHRINKAGE LIMIT SET
The case contains:
EVAPORATING PORCELAIN DISH 160 mm DIA.
SHRINKAGE DISHES, 45 mm DIA. (2 pcs)
GLASS CUP, 60 cc
PERSPEX PRONG PLATE
GLASS GRADUATED CYLINDER, 25 cc
SPATULA WITH BLADE OF 33 x 120 mm
Shrinkage dish
PORCELAIN DISH, 160 mm DIA.
Digital lab oven capacity 100 liters
21
PLASTIC LIMIT SET
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
23
24
The case contains:
GLASS PLATE 30 x 30 x 1 cm
PORCELAIN DISH, 160 mm DIA.
SPATULA WITH BLADE OF 33 x 120 mm
ALUMINIUM MOISTURE CANS 83 cc, 55 mm dia. x 35
mm. 6 pieces
MOULD 152 mm dia. x 127 (h) mm
With collar and perforated base plate.
MOULD BODY 152 mm dia. x 127 (h) mm
(without base and collar)
HAND VANE TESTER: 0 -1 kgf/sq.cm
Used for the determination of shear strength of cohesive
soils. Torque head has a dial which gives direct readings
of shear strength.
Pans for taking samples of soils
10
1
10
25
26
27
APPARATUS FOR "IN-SITU DENSITY" (SAND
METHOD)
Cone 165 mm diameter made of chromium-plated,
accurately machined, steel and with a calibrated valve'
(12.70 mm dia. hole). Aluminium casting base and 5 litre
plastic container provided.
Accessories and spare parts:
Calibration cylinder Steel made. Inner diameter 165 mm
and 187 mm high. Weight 5 kg
Calibrated density sand (50 kg)
5 litre plastic container
Base plate, aluminium casting
APPARATUS FOR "IN-SITU DENSITY"
(CALIBRATED MOULD METHOD)
Surface soil samplers
A core cutter sampling tube is driven into the soil, using
specific accessories, to take a standard volume sample.
The equipment is made of galvanized steel.
SAMPLING TUBE: DIAMETER 73 x 66 mm
DRIVING DOLLY COMPLETE WITH HEAD AND
SLIDING HAMMER, 5 kg
SAMPLING TUBE: DIAMETER 100 X 130 MM (kg 1)
DRIVING DOLLY (kg 1)
DRIVING HAMMER (kg 13,5)
SAMPLING TUBE: DIAMETER 150 x 180 mm (kg 5)
DRIVING DOLLY (kg 4)
DRIVING HAMMER (kg 16)
SPT DROP HAMMER ASSEMBLY
With 140 Ib (63.5 kg) hammer, anvil and hammer guide
rod with automatic release mechanism giving 30" (76 em)
free fall.
SPT SAMPLER
Consists of a tube split longitudinally into two parts, the
upper end is fitted to the rod coupling, whilst a cutting
shoe is fitted to the lower end.
The rod coupling contains a ball valve to prevent sample
washing during extraction.
Accessories and spare parts:
Spare cutting shoe
Cone for hard or cemented soils
Rod dia. 50 mm x 1500 mm long in N80 steel. Weight:
10.6 kg
Rod dia. 50 mm x 3000 mm long in N80 steel. Weight:
21.3 kg
Nipple for dia. 50 mm rod. Weight: 1.3 kg
Lifting head for dia. 50 mm rod
28
29
30
50 kN MARSHALL TESTING MACHINES
The special characteristic of the machine consists in its
variable speed operating within a continuous range
(0.01 to 52 mm/min.). Speed change is via keyboard.
Platen speed is shown on the display.
Load and deformation (displacement) control: for test
procedures requiring constant deformation rate, speed
must be input at the start.
The closed loop control maintains this speed during the
test irrespective of load.
Feedback control may also be extended to load so as to
enable tests that require a constant load rate to be
performed. In this case rate must be input at the start of
the test: automatic control will ensure that this rate is
maintained during the test irrespective of deformation.
Safety devices limit cylinder stroke while controlling
stability measuring instrument and mould.
Max vertical span: 800 mm, minimum 100 mm.
Horizontal span: 380 mm.
Cylinder stroke: 100 mm.
Load cell, displacement transducer, bracket and
extension, penetration piston, breaking head
Distance meter
Electronic Total Station. PENTAX R-425VN
Electronic total station which combines in one compact unit a 5-second digital read out
with an electronic distance meter, with the following specification:Angle Accuracy……………
5 Seconds
Plummet…………………
Laser
Guide light…………………
In Built
On Board soft ware………
Power Topo light installed
Distance with Single Prism.
7 KM
Distance with ripple Prism.
9 KM
In Built Internal Memory:
45000 Points
Auto: Atmospheric Correction: In built.
Key Board …………………. Alpha Numeric
Reflector- less range…………..450 M and above.
SD Card……………………….Built in
USB Slot………………………Built in
ACCESSORIES:
a)Battery Pack
b)Battery Adopter
c)Plumb Bob
d)A set of Tools.
e)Rain Cover
f)Carrying Case
g)Operational Manual
h)Heavy Duty Aluminum Tripod
i)Single Prism
j)Prism Holder
1
2
k)Coaxial Target Plate
l)Prism Pole
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
UK, USA, Germany, Japan
Electronics Theodolite Theodolite micropitic TH-EIDD PENTAX
Japan, magnification 30x, 2LCD Alpha/numeric 16 digits display,
self checking micro processor automatic angle averaging standard
display 10″battery aluminum tripod.
Automatic Level.: SEPCIFICATION: PENTAX AL-321
I)Magnification………………..32 x
ii)Aperturer…………………….45 mm
iii)Compensator range………….+12’
ACCESSORIES:
a) Instrument
b) Instructional manual
c) Plumb Bob
d) Lens cap
e) Heavy Duty Aluminum Tripod Stand
f) Double sided Aluminum Staff pole.
UK, USA, Japan
Leveling Staff
5 meter/ 16 ft Leveling staff Aluminum one side feet and one side
metric graduation, 16ft / 5 meter in 3 parts with bubble BUT without
cover Japanese.
Metric staff
Telescopic Alidade.Telescopic alidade with vertical and horizontal
angle movement magnification 12 x with U-Fork trough compass, plumb bob
& other accessories, Japanese EX-3.
Alidade.18″Alidade (Sight Rule) brass, graduated, local.
Tripod for plane table survey along with tables
Abney level l.6 ½″& 5″Ebony hand level Japanese.
U-fork, U-fork Aluminum with spring local.
Plumb Bob.200 gms. Plumb bob brass
Planimeter
Trouqh compass
Prismatic Compass. Prismatic Compass with bubble & wooden stand local made.
Optical Square Optical square in wooden box. Local made aluminum and brass.
Cross Staff.12″x 12″Cross staff 12″x 12″with steel Rod local made.
Steel tapes
Metallic tapes
Measuring tapes (50ft, 100ft)
Ranqinq rods
Pegs/steel arrows
CONCRETE AND CONSTRUCTION LAB
SLUMP TEST EQUIPMENT
Used to determine the consistency of concrete mixes
having medium and high workability.
2
4
10
10
2
2
5
2
5
15
1
1
4
1
4
5
10
2
32
40
52
53
54
CONE MADE from galvanized sheet steel
Dimensions: 360 x 200 x 300 (h) mm. 2 kg
STEEL TAMPING ROD, dia. 16 x 600 (I) mm
BASE PLATE FOR AT 210/C: POLYETHYLENE
Thickness 9 mm. 600 x 400 mm
COMPLETE SET: Galvanized steel base with graduated
rod and strip for scraping and measuring.
Dimensions: 450 x 350 x 300 (h) mm. 8 kg
COMPLETE SET: same as AT 211/L but with stainless
steel slump cone, plastic scoop and metal funnel to assist
filling. Dimensions: 450 x 350 x 550 (h) mm. 11 kq
METAL FUNNEL
BRIQUETTE MOULDS
Ductility briquette mould, (brass made) (ASTM AASHTO)
Ductility briquette mould, (brass made) (EN - CNR)
Duralumin mould plate
SPECIFIC GRAVITY TEST SET
ASTM C 128 BS 812 EN 1097-6
This set consist of:
GLASS PYCNOMETER For sands and fi ne aggregates,
1000 cc capacity with conical top
SAND ABSORPTION CONE AND TAMPER or fine
aggregates. Chrome-plated brass cone (dia. 40 and 90
mm); 25 mm dia. tamping rod.
WIRE BASKET FOR SAMPLES
Made of stainless steel N.1 00 mesh (0.15 mm), dia. 140
mm, height 150 mm
LOS ANGELES ABRASION MACHINE
ASTM C 131 CNR 34 EN 1097-2
Used to measure the resistance of aggregates to
abrasion.
The test sample and abrasive charges are placed into the
drum which is then rotated for 500 or 1000 revolutions
(depending on sample size).
The difference between initial weight of sample and final
weight of material not passing a 1.68 mm sieve
(expressed as % of initial weight) is the % of weight loss
or abrasion. The machine has a steel frame that supports
the drum. 1 hp electric motor and speed reducer turn the
drum at 3033 rpm.
Abrasive charges (standard size and weight
according to the standards) are to be ordered apart.
Galvanised steel tray for the collection of material.
The electronic control panel consists of a pilot light and
mains switch, starUstop button and programmable 5 digit
revolution counter (with automatic stop at end of cycle).
55
56
57
The drum is fi tted with self-aligning spherical bearings.
Power: 220 V, 50 Hz, single phase, 750 W.
Accessories and spare parts:
Set of 12 abrasive charges: 1.13/16" (7 pes) and 1.7/8" (5
pes). (ASTM, C.N.R)
Set of 12 abrasive charges: 1.7/8" (EN)
Safety device. Perforated sheet-metal structure, which
turns around axis of machine. Equipped with safety
micro-switch.
SOUND.PROOFING CABINET
The Los Angeles test is particularly noisy and for this
reason the machine is usually positioned outside the
laboratory.
This special sound proof cabinet overcomes this
inconvenience by reducing the noise level from 105 to 75
dB thus permitting the operator's exposure to be
increased from one hour to the whole working day.
The control panel is located on the outer wall.
The door is locked by key. Double safety micro-switch.
CONCRETE DRUM MIXERS
The steel drum has an integral ring gear and is mounted
on a steel frame. Power supply: 220 V, 50 Hz, single
phase.
Yield Liters: 160
Drum Liters: 190
Motor: 1 H p
Earth compaction meter (for demonstration)
MOISTURE TESTER
BS 1881
Measuring range 6-28%
This instrument is used for testing both surface and
belowsurface dampness in walls and f1 oors.
It combines the inspection method (Measure Mode) for
measuring surface with the non-destructive, radio
frequency technique (Search Mode) for measuring
below-surface.
At the touch of a button it also enables the operator to
pass from one test method to the other.
The fi rst is the conventional, conductivity-based method
which shows whether a surface is dry, damp or wet by
means of coloured LEDs.
The second method employs radio wave emissions,
using this instrument it is possible to obtain a reliable
measurement of dampness.
Complete with probe for readings at depth, calibration
control device and carrying pouch.
1
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
LE CHA TEllER MOULD
AFNOR P 15 AFNOR P 432 EN 196-3 BS 890 BS 4550
Made of chrome plated brass with split cylinder diameter
30 mm x 30 mm high and two needles 150 mm long.
Three moulds required for each test.
Accessories:
Glass plates, set of 2 (50 x 50 mm)
Weight for glass plate
Tamping rod, dia. 17 mm, weight 70 g
Extensibility of mould set
Pre-stressing apparatus (post and pre) with all
accessories
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS, STRUCTURE
AND STEEL STRUCTURE
Bending moment apparatus
Force on beam apparatus
Universal tensile testing machine
CHARPY IMPACT TESTING APPARATUS
It is mainly used in testing the nonmetal materials impact
toughness of horniness plastic, strong nylon, glass
reinforced plastics, china, clay rock, anti-electric
materials. It conforms to ISO 180-82 and ASTM D 256.
Impact energy: 0.5J, 1J, 2J, 4J, 5J
Impact speed: 3.8m/s
PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
Hydraulic Bench
Specifications:
Pressure relief valve
For controlling the system pressure in hydraulic
installations
Assembly: Industrial type Seat valve, NG 6; with DIN
standard symbol
Type: Seat-valve, dampened
Adjustment range: 5 - 80 Bar, manual
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
Hose distributor
Industrial type, distributor with 4 joined connections and
manometer, for
assembling hydraulic installations.
Pressure gauge: Glycerine-filled manometer
Range: 0 to 100 Bar
Connections: 4 quick-disconnect couplings
Shut-off valve, manually operated
Two block ball-valves mounted on a sub-plate, for blocking
and restricting
1
1
1
1
the oil flow in hydraulic circuits.
Max. working pressure: 350 Bar
Max. rate of flow: 15 ltr./min.
Connections: 2 quick-disconnect couplings
Double acting cylinder,right handed pistonshaft Working piston with cam.
Version: Seamless pipe with welded end covers;
threaded piston rod cover.
Piston diameter: 30 mm.
Piston rod: Chrome-plated with cam
Diameter/Stroke: 18 mm / 200 mm
Max. working pressure: 125 Bar
Max. piston velocity: 0.34 m/s.
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
Throttle check valve, variable
Two valves for controlling the oil flow in one direction
without restriction; opposite direction blocked. Pressure in the other direction is
adjustable via a needle-type throttle valve.
Return valve type: Ball valve.
Adjustment range: 0 to 100%, manual
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
2-way flow control valve
Valve for controlling the hydraulic oil flow in only one
direction; opposite direction blocked.
Type: Control slide with inlet throttle.
Nominal flow rate: 20 ltr./min.
Min. pressure diff.: 8 to 10 Bar
Min. flow rate: 0.1 ltr./min.
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar.
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
2/2-way directional control valve, manually operated, closed
Valve for controlling the flow of hydraulic oil.
Type: Piston slider, manual, normally closed, with
return spring.
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
3/2-way directional control valve, manually operated, closed
Valve for controlling the flow of hydraulic oil.
Type: Piston slider, manual, normally closed, with
return spring.
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
4/2-way directional control valve, manually operated
Valve for controlling the flow of hydraulic oil.
Type: Piston slider, manual, normally closed, with
return spring.
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
4/3-way directional control valve, manually operated
Valve for controlling the flow of hydraulic oil.
Type: Piston slider, manual, central detent position,
spring-centred.
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
Check valve
Two check valves mounted on a sub-plate; the valves allow
oil flow in only
one direction; the opposite direction is blocked.
Valve type: Ball valve, spring-centred on one subplate.
Max. working pressure: 210 Bar
Max. rate of flow: 12 ltr./min.
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings for
each valve
Pilot check valve
To allow flow in only one direction; pressure in the pilot line
releases the valve hydraulically and allows flow in the
reverse direction.
Valve type: Double-seat valve; blocking in A and B
lines
Surface ratio: 1 : 2.9
Max. working pressure: 250 Bar
Connections: Two quick-disconnect couplings
DC power supply, 24V/6A (switched mode power
supply), 30PU
DC power supply unit 24V/6A
Input voltage: 85 ... 264V
Frequency range: 47 ... 63Hz
Output voltage: 24V
Output current: 6A
2 Lab safety sockets
1 Illuminated rocker switch
Table-top punched hole frame for 1500mm table, T-shaped base
Table-top punched-hole frames with a 5x10mm perforation
for quick and safe attachment of standard installation
materials (using plastic plugs) and mounting the
Experiment Boxes System
Surface powder-coated using RAL 7047
Table-top punched-hole frame (L-shaped base) can
be used for laboratory tables with power supply
channels (5HU and 3HU) as well as for tables without
supply channels.
To be set up on existing tables
Set of hoses
Set of connecting hoses for assembling exercises with the
LN hydraulic system of components, made of syntheitc
rubber with inner and outer layers; pressure section is of
braided steel. The hose connectors are of steel, moving
parts hardened and chrome-plated. All hoses are resistant
to mineral-based hydraulic oil, glycol, gasoline, air and
water and conform to the standards of DIN 20022 / ISO S
1436 I / SAE 100 RIAT.
The set comprises:
10 hoses, 600 mm long (SE 2900-3L) and
10 hoses, 1000 mm long (SE 2900-3M).
Type: Industrial, NG 6 mm hose, female connectors at
each end.
Nominal diameter: 6 mm.
Bending radius: 100 mm. (minimum)
Working temperature: -40 to +100 C
Dynamic working pressure: 225 Bar
Rupture pressure: 900 Bar
Nominal diameters: Outer, 14 mm; Inner, 5.6 mm
Hydraulic oil, 20 litres
Colourless, mineral-based hydraulic oil
Standard: H-LP; DIN 51525
Density at 15 C: 0.87 g/cmü
Viscosity at 15 C: 32 mmý/s.
Flashpoint: 210 C
Base trough for perforated plate rack
Oil drip tray for the hydraulic test bench
Hydraulic power unit 100 bar 15l 230V/50Hz
Hydraulic power pack, 230 V AC, 1.1 kW
Set of connection cables 4mm (92 pcs)
Set of 92 connection cables, assorted Comprising:
12 SO5126-2B 25 cm, black
11 SO5126-2E 25 cm, blue
15 SO5126-2F 25 cm, white
6 SO5126-2M 50 cm, black
14 SO5126-2Q 50 cm, blue
15 SO5126-2R 50 cm, white
8 SO5126-2W 100 cm, black
5 SO5126-3B 100 cm, blue
4 SO5126-3C 100 cm, white
2 SO5126-3N 150 cm, yellow/green
UK, Germany,USA
65
Portable test pitot tube meter
1
66
Viscosometer for determination of viscosity
1
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
76
77
78
79
Venturimeter
Venturi Meter which uses the head loss principle, is
designed to be used on the Hydraulics Bench mounted
between the Constant Head Inlet Tank and the Variable
Head Outlet Tank. The Manometer Board is required for
pressure measurement.
The Feedblock may be used instead of the inlet head
tank to increase the flow range.
The Venturi, which is manufactured from transparent
acrylic material follows the classic 210 - 100 convergent
divergent design which forms the basis of most
engineering standards for venturi flow meters. The
Venturi Meter complies with the British Standard BS1 042
for flow measurement. The upstream and throat pressure
tapings are used for flow measurement whilst the
downstream tapping allows an assessment of the
pressure recovery to be made. The throat diameter is 11
mm and the upstream and downstream pipe diameters
are both 21 mm.
The Venturi Meter test section is illustrated as item 2 in
the accompanying photograph.
ACCESSORIES REQUIRED
Constant Head Inlet Tank
Variable Head Outlet Tank
Feedblock
Manometer Board
Rotameter
Pump Speed Display
Models of notches, rectangular, semicircular, triangular
etc.
Current meter for measurement of velocity
Barometer for measurement of pressure
Different types of rain qauqes
Wind meter for measurement of wind velocity
DRAWING, COMPUTER AND GIS
APPLICATION IN CIVIL
Drafting machine with all accessories
Tracing table
Multimedia with screen and all accessories
Computer (the computers must be capable to run SAP,
Arch info and AutoCAD)
Digitalization Tables for GIS, along with accessories
GPS Apparatus
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
LIST OF MACHINES AND EQUIIPMENT FOR 04 YEAR B.TECGH MECHANICAL
(GENERAL) TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMME
S#
A

Name of Machines & equipment
ADVANCE MACHINE SHOP
CNC Lathe Machine.
Specification –Mechanical
Working area
Qty
01
Swing over bed = 270-280mm
X Axis Travel = 130-140mm
Z Axis travel = 460-465mm
X rapid speed = 3000rpm/min
Z rapid speed = 2500rpm/min
X positioning accuracy 0.03
Z positioning accuracy 0.032
X repositioning accuracy 0.012
Z repositioning accuracy 0.013
Swing over cross slide =
80-150mm
Centre Height =140mm
Width of bed =180mm
Admits between= 700mm
Spindle bore =25-26mm
Range of spindle speed 30-4000rpm
Taper of spindle bore = MT4
Quill diameter = 30mm
Quill travel = 80mm
Quill taper = MT2
No of tool position = 4
Max section to tool = 12
Main motor power = 2.2KW 230V-50Hz
Bed
Bed hardened and ground with precision anti-backlash ball screw fitted to both axes.


Standard Accessories.
3-Jaw chuck 125mm
Dead center MT2
Various wrench
Shaper machine
18” Size.
Slotting machine.
Ratio of indexing : 1:90 (optional)
Max. travel of the ram (stroke) : 125 (5")
No. of stroke per minute (60HZ) spm. : 35-54-79-112-160
No. of stroke per minute (50HZ) spm. : 30-47-69-98-140
Vertical adjustment of ram : 200 (8")
Swivel angle of head : ±30°
Distance between end of ram guideway and work table : 200~432(8"~17")
Distance between tooling center and column surface : 280 (11")
Dimension of working table : 815x240(32"x9.4")
Longitudinal travel of working table : 400 (16")
Cross travel of working table : 300 (12")
Main spindle motor : 3/4HP-3Ø-6P
Net weight : 650KGS
Packing dimension : 1050x1050x1900mm (42"x42"x75")
 SLOTTER Standard Accessories
 Lubrication system
01
01
 Rubber chip cover
 Tool box & tools

CNC Milling Machine:
Specification –Manual
Axis travel:
 X (Longitudinal): 280-300mm
 Y (cross) 155-175mm
 Z(Vertical) 200-280mm
Milling capacity cutter head (max) 63mm
Milling capacity end mill cutter (max) 20mm
Repeating accuracy
0.01mm
Positioning accuracy 0.025/300mm
Spindle taper MT2/M10
Spindle speed 90-3000rpm/0-4000rpm
Distance spindle column 201mm
Distance spindle cross table (max)= 380
Motor 850W,/230V/50Hz
Motor coolant pump 40W
Working Table area: 500 x 180mm.
01
Bed
Bed hardened and ground with precision anti backlash ball-screw fitted to all axes.

Cylindrical grinding machine.
Max diameter to be ground X length
125x350mm
Min diameter to be ground
4mm
Range of the bore to be ground
10~40mm
Max .depth of bore to be ground
50mm
Height of center x Distance between centers
01
100x370mm
Max.weight of workpiece
10kgs
Rotation angele (degree)
worktable
headstock
wheel frame
±9
±45
±180
he largest diameter wheel x Thickness
300x40mm
Power of motors(kw)main motors
2.2kw
Total power of the motors
3.245kw
Net weight (T)
1.6
Gross weight(T)
1.8
Dimensions(length x width x highness)
1770×1160×1300mm
Working Accuracy
Roundness
Cylindricity
Roughness
0.0015mm
0.003mm
0.32mm

Surface grinding machine
The vertical post of the machine is attached to the guide way, the balanced moving of the
grinding wheel offer the fine precision of the machine.
The guide way of cross travel is double “V”.A guide way of longitudinal travel is “V”, the other
one is flat. The friction is small.
Longitudinal, cross travel and spindle feed use hydraulic or manual driving.
Spindle feed use micro feed set, the feed precision is up to 0.0002mm
Japan made P4 precision spindle ball bearings are adopted for easy maintenance. The
roughness of surface is smaller than Ra0.63.
Logical controller that use programmer controller combined with transducer to realize the
machine auto feed, step less and lubricate system offer oil periodicity.
Auto feed realizing export contactless can be fit to feed and change direction frequently when
manufacturing smaller work piece with high dependability.
Magnetizing and demagnetization controller realizing export contactless can be fit to
magnetizing and diamagnetic frequently, the time of demagnetization is short, avoid pulling and
01
transfiguration of the electromagnetism chuck and work piece.
Working Table Size.
700 x 320mm
Max longitudinal travel of the working table
800mm
Max cross travel of the working table
370mm
Max distance from spindle axis to table surface 600mm
Max load including electromagnetism chuck
Working Table T slot
300Kg
18 x 1mm x N
Working table speed
2-25mm/Min
Cross rapid moving speed
1000mm/min
Spindle rapid vertical feed
1500mm/min
Wheel size
350 x 30 x 127mm
Spindle motor
4Kw
Working table hydraulic motor
3Kw
Hydraulic auto motor
AC 40V , 5A
Vertical feed motor
250W
Coolant motor
240W
Flatness of the work piece
0-005mm
Surface roughness of the work piece
Ra0.63
Overall dimension (LxWxH)
2160X1900X1970mm
Standard Accessories.
Wheel
Wheel adaptor
Wheel balancing stand
Standard tools
Balancing arbor
Wheel dresser with diamond
Nut for dismantling the wheel adaptor.
Cushion set
Electro magnetism chuck.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS,

Drill press (heavy duty)
Drilling Capacity (Max) = 24mm
Sleeve diameter = 47mm
01
Sleeve travel = 70mm
Spindle taper = MT2
Distance spindle column = 164mm
Spindle speeds = 100-5950rpm
No of steps = 7 / 4 steps
Table size = 280x300mm
T-Slot size = 14mm
Distance spindle table (max) = 445mm
Working surface stand = 280x264mm
Distance spindle stand (max) = 595mm
Motor = 580W
Size (LxWxH) = (665x435x1000)mm




Pedestal grinder 10”
Voltage = 380V-50Hz 3-1500W
Motor = S2=30 min “2850” min-1
Wheel size = 250x32x32mm
Protection Grade = IP 20
NW = 33 Kg
Power Hacksaw saw machine PMTF
Radial drill machine.
Power main motor = 1.5Kw
Lifting Motor
= 0. 75Kw
Drilling Capacity in steel (S235)R = 40mm
Continuous drilling capacity steel = 36mm
End mill cutter diameter steel = M30
Throat = 240mm
Spindle seat MK4
Spindle sleeve feed = 3 steps /0,1-0,25mm/rev
Spindle speeds = 75-1220rpm
No of steps = 6
Working surface table lengthxWeidth= 1370x700mm
Working table cube table = 400x400x350mm
Distance spindle-table (max) = 350-860mm
Distance spindle –column = 320-1020mm
Travel drilling head (Horizontal) = 120-700mm
Travel of arm (Vertical) = 510mm
Length x width x Height = 1750x770x2100mm
Spot welding machine.
Low power consumption of main transformer
Water-cooling stricture.
Easy operation and maintenance with foot pedal type.
Adjustable welding time easy welding.
Suitable for welding low carbon steel stainless steel plate etc.
Rated input power (KVA) 10
Adjusting steps
7
Rated duty cycle (%)
20
Arm stretch length (MM)
180
Electrode pressure (KG)
120
Welding thickness (mm)
0.3+0.3-2+2
01
01
01
01


Steam welding machine.
For welding length less than 600mm rolled up sheet
Japanese constant current welding controller as optional accessories for better welding
quality.
Specially designed seam sledding housing with efficient cooling inside the housing to
reduce wear-out and better conductivity.
Electric Arc Welding machine.
Air Cool with electrode lead, electrode holder ground lead
01
01
Technical Specification.
Rated output current (A)
400
Power voltage (V)
380
Rated duty cycle (%)
20
Rated input capacity (KVA)
30.4
Current range (A)
80-400
Insulation Class
IP21S
No-Load Voltage (V)
65
Usable electrode (mm)
2.5—6
Accessories Includeed.
Electrode Holder.
Earth Clamp
Welding Cable
Mask

B

Brush.
Gas welding set with accessories (high pressure)
MATERIAL TESTING & METALLURGICAL LAB
Universal Testing machine.
Typical specimens: Metals, building components, large fasteners, composites, wood
products New Features
•Robust guidance columns increase lateral stiffness and ensure linear crosshead travel.
This results in accurate crosshead alignment thus reducing variability in measurement
data and producing better overall accuracy
Non-clutched drives, rated for full speed at maximum force
Compact design saves lab space
Wider test width
Heavy duty load frame is available with single and dual test space, saving time and
labor to change fixtures when frequently performing tension and compression/flexure
tests.
01
01
Standard equipped with wedge action tensile grip, and optional hydraulic tensile grip
is available.
Heavy duty load frame 100kN is dual test space equipped with hydraulic tensile grip
for large and high strength specimen.
Environmental simulation Environmental chamber and high temperature furnace

Capacity (kN) = 100
Calibration standard = ISO 7500, class I/Class 0.5
Force Range + 0.2%-100% FS/0.4-100% FS
Force accuracy = 1.0% / 0.5% of reading
Force resolution = 1/35400 FS
Position accuracy = 0.50 % of reading
Position resolution (um) = 0.025
Crosshead speed (mm/min)= 0.001-500
Crosshead speed accuracy = within 1 %/0.5% of set speed.
Crosshead travel (mm) = 1150
Test width (mm) = 600
Dimension = (mm)= 1145x765x2340
Power requirements =AC380V 10%, 50/60Hz
Power consumption = 1.5 kW
Rock Well testing machine.
Specifications:
. Manual Rockwell hardness tester, accurate, reliable, durable, and test efficiency;
dial direct reading, HRA, HRB, HRC scale;
Other optional Rockwell scale;
precision hydraulic buffer, loading speed adjustable;
Mechanical manual testing process, without electricallcontrol;
widely used in the production site of quality control, work environment adaptable;
precision line GB/T230.2 ISO 6508-2 and the United States ASTM E18.
Main technical parameters:
Range 20-88HRA, 20-100HRB, 20-70HRC
Test Force 588.4N 980.7 N 1471 N
60 kg of force 100 kg of force 150 kg of force
The maximum permitted height of specimen 170 mm
Pressure head center distance of the plane wall 135 mm
Hardness resolution 0.5HR
Dimensions 466X238X630 mm
Weight about 65 kg
Main accessories:
(1) Medium Testing platform: 1
(2) square test sets: 1
(3) 1 / 16 "steel ball indenter: 1
(4) V-shaped test units: 1
(5) diamond conical indenter: 1
(6) standard Rockwell hardness blocks: 5
01

Brinell hardness testing machine.
01
construction firm, rigid, accurate, reliable, durable, and test efficiency;
electronic commutation switch;
High reading microscope measurement system;
widely used in the production site of quality control, work environment adaptable;
precision line GB/T231.2, ISO 6506-2 and the United States ASTM E10.
Main technical parameters:
Range 8-450HBS 8-650HBW
Newton 1838.8 2451.8 7355.3 9807 2942.1
kgf 187.5 250 750 1000 3000
The maximum permitted height of specimen 230 mm
Pressure head center distance of the plane wall 120 mm
Power AC 220 V
Dimensions 700 × 268 × 842
Weight about 210 kg
Main accessories:
(1) Medium Testing platform: 1
(2) square test sets: 1
(3) V-type test sets: 1
(4) steel ball indenter: φ2.5, φ5, φ10 mm, each one
(5) standard hardness block: 2
(6) 20 times the reading microscope: 1

Metallurgical Microscope
01

Electrical comparator
01

Advance Torsion Testing machine. (Digital Auto)
01
This series of testing machines for metal materials, non-metallic materials, composite
materials and components to reverse the performance tests. According to national
standards "GB/T10128-1998 metal at room temperature torsion test method" to test
and provide data. Mainly applied to measure quality control; metallurgical steel;
machinery manufacturing; civil aviation; institutions of higher learning; research
laboratories; inspection arbitration, technical supervision departments; building
materials ceramic; petrochemical industry; other industries Mechanics Laboratory.
Features: This machine by the manual loading, high-precision torque sensor detects
torque, encoders measure the rotation angle, liquid crystal display test results. The
torsion testing machine has a simple structure, easy operation, low price and so on.
Used to determine the material torque, maximum torque, angle and so the reverse
indicator. Fine control of its powerful control, data processing capability, high
reliability, the test machine using other processors can not match
Prime Technical Parameters:
Max Test Torque = 100Nm
Torque display value = 1-100Nm
Relative Error of Torque Display-value = 1%
Repetitive Error of Torque Display-value = 1%
Measure Range of Torsional Angle = 0-9999.9
Relative Error of Torsional Angle Display-Value = 1%
Max Distance between the Two Collet = 260mm
Host Machine = 950x330x4000mm
Power Supply = 220V, 50Hz
Weight = 100Kg



C








D


E




Specimen cutter
Specimen polisher
Electric Furnace.
MECHANICS OF MACHINE LAB
Bifilar Suspension Apparatus
Crank and connecting rod Apparatus
Torque measurement Apparatus
Cam and follower Apparatus
Torsion Oscillation Apparatus
Spring Loaded Governor Apparatus
Rotating mass balancing Apparatus
Slider Crank Mechanism
HYDRAULICS LAB
Hydraulics Bench
Specifications:
Sump tank capacity – 120 litres
High flow volumetric tank – 40 litres
Low flow volumetric tank – 10 litres
Pump 42 litres/min, against 5m head. Max head of 20m of water at zero flor rate.
Eelctrical requirements 240volt. Single phase 50/60 Hz supply
Accessories:
Auxiliary pump & speed control unit.
Pump speed display
Constant head inlet tank
Variable head out let tank
Feed block
Manometer, Hook Gauge and Scale.
Reciprocating Pump Apparatus
Centrifugal pump apparatus
HEAT ENGINE AND HEAT TRANSFER LAB
Steam Engine Model
Steam Turbine model
Steam condenser
Gas Turbine generating set
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01



F


Heat Exchanger
Service Unit:
 AISI 304 stainless steel wheels mounted framework.
 2 stainless steel and glass variable area flow meters, range 60-600 1/h.
 Water heading electrical resistor, P= 6 kw
 100-I AISI 304 stainless steel hot water tank, covered with expanded
polyurethanes.
 Thermostate range 0-100◦C
 Hot water circulation pump, AISI 304 stainless steel body and rotor, max, flow
rate 3000 1/h.
 4 digital thermometers with stainless steel sheath, range 0-150◦C.
 AISI 304 and 316 staiinless steel and plastic connecting lines and valves.
 IP55 Eelctrical switchboard, in accordance with CE standards.
 Emergency pushbutton.
Shell and Tube exchanger
 AISI 304 stainless steel execution, exchange surface 0.42m2
Plate Exchanger
 AISI 316 stainless steel exchange surface 0.142m2.
 Concentrical pipe exchanger (Pipe to pipe)
 AISI 316 stainless execution, exhange surface 0.2 m2.
Multistage Reciprocating Air compressor
Thermal Conductivity Apparatus
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING LAB
Application Bench for the compression Refrigeration cycle
 Study of the phases of the refrigerants as function of pressure and temperature.
 Detection of pressures, temperatures, refrigerant flow with plant operating..
 Plotting the refrigeration cycle on the pressure- enthalpy diagram and detection of
the specific power energy exchanged by the evaporator and the condenser.
 Determination of the total exchanged thermal energy.
 Determination of the compressor volumetric efficiency.
 Plant COP evaluation.
General Refrigeration Trainer.
Practical application of procedures for
 Emptying and cleaning the plant.
 Gas charging and testing the circuit for leaks.
 Setting and checking the safety devices.
 Collection of the operating values and calculation of the heat efficiency, the total
and /or partial heat balances using the log P – H diagram.
Analysis and search for:
 Operating faults in the plant or its components.
 Faults caused by a faulty charge.
 Faults caused by particular ambient conditions.
 Faults and limits of safety devices.
 Quality control of the components.
Such calculations can be repeated an indefinite number of times by changing the
following parameters:
01
01
01
01
01
 Gas charging
 Condenser and/or evaporator air flow.
 Lamination valve regulation.


 Changing the lamination valves with a capillary tube in the cycle.
Air conditioning Trainer unit
 Experimental study of the air psychometric chart.
 Analysis and detection of air changes while crossing the different plant treatment
sections.
 Simulation of the inner load variations and check of the air-conditioning control
station behavior.
 Partial and total heat balances.
 Determination of the control parameters making a controlled system stable.
Absorption Refrigeration working model
 Plotting of the absorption refrigeration cycle on the log P-1/T diagram via
temperature measurements taken along circuit.
 Filling the concentration/enthalpy diagram with the found values and evaluation
of the quantity of heat exchanged in the boiler, in the condenser, in the absorber
and in the evaporator.
 Calculation of the average flow of the circulating solution.
 Data collection and calculation of the plant efficiency as function of the
temperature reached in the boiler.
01
01
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPUTER LAB FOR CIVIL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL
TECHNOLOGIES
S#
Item name/description

Desktop - Core i5.
Processor:
Intel® 3rd Gen I.V.B .Core™ i5-3470 Processor 3.20GHz (6M
Cache, turbo up to 3.60 GHz) LGA 1155 ( 95W)
Chipset:
Intel® Q77, Support Intel® vPro Technology,Motherboard with
integrated
EPU Chip, Anti Surge Chip and Solid Cap.-Uses
100% All High-quality Conductive Polymer Capacitors
Graphics:
Intel® HD graphics Support DirectX11 (3
Independents Display without VGA Card)
Memory:
4GB - 2 x DIMM dual channel DDR3 1600
MHz
Hard Drive:
500GB, (SATA 7200 RPM)
Optical Drive
DVD Writer
Network Interface:
Integrated GB LANSupport Wake OnLan function, Windows
Graphical Interface Base BIOS.
Raid
Support RAID 0/1/5/10
Interface:
USB 3.0,USB 2.0, 2 x Display Port, DVI-D, D-Sub,
RJ45,Microphone, Headphone LAN, COM Port, Serial port.
Audio:
High Definition Audio,6 Channels
Power Supply
Minimum 300W PFC
Keyboard and Mouse: USB Keyboard and Optical Mouse
Security:
Kensington Security Slot, Chassis Intrusion
Alert System

Display:
18.5” Wide Screen (ZBD) LCD
Warranty:
3 year Parts and Labor.
HP Laser jet 2055d Printer with warranty Card
Resolution/Speed 1200 x 1200DPI, Up to 35PPM
Duplex Automatic Two Side Printing
Warranty 1-Year Warranty
Qty

Multimedia Projector
Brightness:
2500 ANSI Lumens (Max)
01
Contrast Ratio:
2200:1 Typical (Full On/Full Off)
Resolution:
SVGA native resolution (800x600)
Lamp Life:
Up to 3000-hour Typical
Up to 4000-hour Eco-Mode
Lamp Type:
Philips 185W user-replaceable
Multimedia Audio:2W Speaker
Screen:
6’ x 6’ matt white Screen with Tripod



Voltage Stabilizer
1000VA Servo Motor, Automatic Voltage Stabilizer
Input voltage range for main Input 90-280VAC
Out Put Step up to 220 VAC
Warranty 1-year Standard Warranty
PHOTOCOPIER
Speed: 27CPM, Built-in Duplex, RADF, Printer, Scanner, Super G3 Fax,
Electronic Sorter, Network Support, Single Component, 1-Year Warranty & 18
Months Free Service
Electrification & Lab: furnishing.
1
01 lab
LIST OF FURNITURE
S#




Name of item
Almirah steel size 6’x3’x1 ½ ‘, complete body 4 Nos. shelves and 2 Nos. doors made of
20 guage metal sheet. Back made of 22 guage and footing made of 18 guage metal
sheet, with two flush door lockable in one lock complete finished with hammer silver
spray painted.
File racks with four shelves steel
Filing cabinet size 485x600x1400mmh made of 18mm mdf hammer painted/laminated
board with 4 nos. individual lockable drawers. steel
Electric Water cooler, 30 gallons.
Qty
10
10
10
02
.
PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT MACHINERY/FURNITURE AND LIB RARY
BOOKS IN GPI,s KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA.
SURVEYING & LEVELLING SHOP
S.No.
01.
02.
03.
04
5.
6.
7
8
9.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Description of Item
Leveling Staff
5 meter/ 16 ft Leveling staff Aluminum one side feet and one side metric graduation,
16ft / 5 meter in 3 parts with bubble BUT without cover. Local made
Leveling Staff
5 meter/ 16 ft Leveling staff Aluminum, one feet and one side metric / graduation, 16ft
/ 5 metric in 4 parts with bubble and case.
Ranging Rod.
8ft.Ranging Rod Steel local made. 8ft x 1 part. Local made
Plain Table.
24″x 30″Plan Table size 24″x 30″with heavy folding stand. Local made
Trough Compass.5″Trough Compass local.
U-Fork Aluminum with spring local.
Alidade.24″Alidade (Sight Rule) brass, graduated, local.
Plumb Bob.100 gms.Plumb bob brass.
Spirit Level.12″,18″& 24″Spirit Level Aluminum.
Straight Edge.48″x 72″
Straight edge plain 48″brass and 72″copper.
Parallel Ruler12″, 24″& 30Parallel ruler brass local made.
Prismatic Compass. Prismatic Compass with bubble & wooden stand local made.
Optical Square Optical square in wooden box. Local made aluminum and brass.
Measuring Chain.66ft, 100ft, 15m 30m Measuring chin steel with 10, 15, 50 and 50
arrows respectively.
Cross Staff.12″x 12″Cross staff 12″x 12″with steel Rod local made.
Survey Umbrella.54″dia 60″dia Survey umbrella double cloth full steel rod, local
made respectively.
Staff Footing Steel. Staff Footing Steel local.
Measuring Tape.50ft/15m100ft/30m165ft/50m
Measuring tape fiberglass.
Ebony Hand Level.6 ½″& 5″Ebony hand level
Measuring Tape Steel.3m/10ft 5m/16ft.Measuring Tap Steel.
Digital Planimeter.Plainmeter compensating type with trading magnifier
Qty
10 Nos.
10 Nos.
30 Nos.
08 Nos.
08 Nos.
08 Nos.
08 Nos.
08 Nos.
10 Nos.
10 Nos.
10 Nos.
05 Nos.
10 Nos.
10 Nos.
05 Nos.
02 Nos.
10 Nos.
20 Nos. each
04 Nos. each
05 Nos. each.
05 Nos.
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Surveyor Compass. Surveyor compass
Spacing Divider.6″x 12″Spacing Divider
Railway Curve Set.50 & 100 Pcs.
Sip curve set of 50 x 100 PCs. Acrylic
Targets.
Targets set of 2 targets with optical plummets of on ball and socket base with
lightning device and 2 aluminum tripods..
Precision Leveling Instrument.
Precision leveling instrument tilting type magnification 32X on ball and socket base
for quick setting with U shape split bubble built in micrometer for 0.1mm reading
wedge type glass & aluminum tripod.
Telescopic Alidade.Telescopic alidade with vertical and horizontal angle movement
magnification 12 x with U-Fork trough compass, plumb bob & other accessories,
Automatic Level.: SEPCIFICATION: PENTAX AL-321
I)Magnification………………..32 x
ii)Aperturer…………………….45 mm
iii)Compensator range………….+12’
ACCESSORIES:
a) Instrument
b) Instructional manual
c) Plumb Bob
d) Lens cap
e) Heavy Duty Aluminum Tripod Stand
f) Double sided Aluminum Staff pole.
05 Nos.
05 Nos.
5 Nos. Each
05 Nos.
03 Nos.
03 Nos.
03 Nos.
UK, USA, Japan
29
Auto Leveling Instrument. Leveling instrument PENTAX AL-240, magnification 24x,
Aperture 36 mm, Resolving Power 3.5”, Aperture, Compensator Range +12’.
Complete with Tripod and Staff pole.
03 Nos.
UK, USA, Germany, Japan
30
31
32
33.
Electronics Theodolite Theodolite micropitic TH-EIDD , magnification 30x, 2LCD
Alpha/numeric 16 digits display, self checking micro processor automatic angle
averaging standard display 10″battery aluminum tripod.
Theodolite Transit.Theodolite transit BC-8S, WORLD of Japan, magnification 30x 20
seconds horizontal reading with optical plummet , shifting device and aluminum
tripod.
Electronic Distance Meter. Model 205 NE, measuring range Single prism
3000 M/9000 ft range with triple prisms 5000 M accuracy 5 second reading 1 second
spot wire power topo lite accessories.
a) Prism 01 No.
b) Prism pole 01 Nos.
c) Triple prism holder 01.
d) Tribrach with type 01.
e) Target 01 No.
f) Aluminum 01 No.
g) Cable
. 01 No.
h) Battery Pack 01 Nos.
i) Charger
01 No.
Theodolite Microptic.Theodolite microptic. 20Seconds direct digital reading,
03 Nos.
02 Nos.
03 Nos.
02 Nos.
34
automatic vertical indexing, magnification 30x, with EDM adapter, built-in lightening
device, and optical plummet and aluminum tripod.
Electronic Total Station. PENTAX R-425VN
Electronic total station which combines in one compact unit a 5-second digital read
out with an electronic distance meter, with the following specification:Angle Accuracy……………
5 Seconds
Plummet…………………
Laser
Guide light…………………
In Built
On Board soft ware………
Power Topo light installed
Distance with Single Prism.
7 KM
Distance with ripple Prism.
9 KM
In Built Internal Memory:
45000 Points
Auto: Atmospheric Correction: In built.
Key Board …………………. Alpha Numeric
Reflector- less range…………..450 M and above.
SD Card……………………….Built in
USB Slot………………………Built in
ACCESSORIES:
a)Battery Pack
b)Battery Adopter
c)Plumb Bob
d)A set of Tools.
e)Rain Cover
f)Carrying Case
g)Operational Manual
h)Heavy Duty Aluminum Tripod
i)Single Prism
j)Prism Holder
k)Coaxial Target Plate
l)Prism Pole
02 Nos.
UK, USA, Germany, , Japan
35
Overhead Projector.
Overhead projector with screen complete in all respect.
01 Sets.
Annexure-A-II
S.No
.
01.
02.
PLAIN & REINFORCED CONCRTE SHOP.
Description of Item
Versa Tester All Model.
134KN /3000lbf Pump Hydraulic, motor 1 hp 220V AC, 50Hz single phase. Accuracy:
+-1% of reading within range, dual gauge Model: AP1000-2.
Compression testing machine
1500KN For cubes up to 150mm.For cylinder up to 160mm dia. x 320mm Maximum
Vertical Clearance 340mm
Horizontal Clearance 235mm1HP Motor single phase 220V 50Hz Accessories:
 Fragment Guard
 Distance Piece
 Flexure Attachment for prisms
 Compression Device
Qty
03
1
 Splitting Cylinder Apparatus
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
 Block Testing Set
Portable Flexural Strength Tester For testing
4″x 6″beam section.50KN Testing standards
Gauge: 8″dia. (200m) dual scale in Ibf and KN.Accuracy +-1% of indicated reading.
Laboratory Concrete Mixer.
Mixing capacity 3cu.ft. (85 lit) Overall Drum Capacity
5 ½ cu. Ft. (156 lit)Drum diameter 26″(660 mm). Motor 1/3 hp. 220 V AC, 60HZ, single
phase.
Heavy Duty Beam Forms (Mold Concrete Specimen)
100x100x500mm molds According to BS1881-109.With clamp attached base
plate.Accessories:Spanners Tamping Rod.
Compacting Rod.
Cube Mold.
100mm cube mold 150mm cube mold According to With clamp attached base plate.
Accessories.Spanners
Tamping Rod.Compacting Rod.
Slump Cones.Top dia: 8″(200mm) bottom dia: 12″ (300 mm) Complying
with.Construction Seamless, heavy gauge sheet steel 0.45 min. thickness
Mortar Mixer 5 liters Manual, Complete with Bowl and paddle for 220-240V AC, 5060Hz, 1PHAccessories:
 Water Dispenser
 Automatic Sand Dispenser
 Bowl Cover
 Scraper
Spares:
 Paddle Stainless Steel
 Bowl Stainless Steel
 Spares kit for EL39-0031/01 Mortar Mixer.
Cement Briquette Mold. (to form specimen for tensile strength of hydraulic cement
mortar.Weight: Net 4lbs (1,8kg) Construction Machine Bronze three gauge with holding
clamps..
Blaine Fineness Apparatus. For measuring the finesses of Portland cement..Cell, standard
steel 12.70 0.10mm.Accessories:CT-418 Replacement parts. Filter paper.
Apparatus for Analysis of Freshly Mixed Concrete.
5kg. Balance capacity 5kg. Sieve 450mm dia. x 300mm high, 5mm perforated plate &
150micron woven wire. Complete with all accessories.
Cylinder Moulds 100mm.100mm cube mould with clamp attached base plate. Weight 8.5
kg.
Flow Table for Mortar.762mm dia. The unit is driven by a motor speed reducer through a
mechanical coupling. The number of drops are pre-set on a counter and the machine
stops automatically at the end of the cycle.
 Diameter of table: 300mm
 Height of drop: 10mm
 Bronze cone: 100mm base dia. x 70mm top x 60mm high.
Precision Balance. Precision balance capacity 1600g sensitivity 0.1 kg.
Volumetric Cylinder.Volumetric Cylinder made of glass:
Capacity 10 cc.Capacity 25 cc.Capacity 100cc.
01
1
5
10
2
1
5
4
02
05
05
1
05
16
17
18
Transparencies for Bridge, Culvert, low and high level causeway.
Complete transparency set along with cross section and overlaps complete in all respect
of the mentioned items.
Transparencies for Railways, Docks and Harbors.
All the relevant transparencies along with cross section and overlaps of the mentioned
items.
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS EXPERIMENTAL SYSTEM APPARATUS.
100 KN
Designed to demonstrate the relationship between stress and strain in tensile specimen
and deflection for a simply supported beam
Experiments:
05 Sets.
05 Sets.
1
Tensile tests
* Determination of Young modulus of Elasticity
* Effect of specimen
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Bending tests
* Effect of distance between supports
* Effect of second moment of Area.
* Effect of material.
* Beam deflection under different loading conditions
COMBINED ROCKWELL AND BRINELL HARDNESS TESTER. Conforming to the
BS specifications
With all standard accessories
Concrete Mixer
115 Lit. Drum Type designed to produce a uniform mixed.
Yield: 75 lit. Power: .5 HP.220 to 240V, 50Hz single phase.
Vibrator Poker.
Tip dimensions: 25mm dia. x 250mm long
Freq: 12000 vibrations per minute. Used for the compaction of concrete specimens. With
flexible shaft 2000mm long
Power: 450W
Drill Electronic½ ″Drill electronic heavy duty hand drill ½ chuck capacity with key, 230
volts, 50 cycle, single phase.
Concrete Test Hammer. Impact energy 2.20 Joule. Used for non destructive testing of
hardened concrete in order to determinate economically the strength in various parts of a
structure. Complete with carrying case, grinding stone and 5 spare chart
recording.Accessories:Calibration anvil, Replacement parts: Hammer spring,Latch
Grinding stoneChart recording paper. Pack of 5 rolls.
Trowels.4 ¾″x11″Trowels brick trowel dinga pattern extra strong piece, post tang 4
¾″x11″blade hardwood handle.
Trowels.5″x 10 ½ ″Trowels Sialkot pattern form round brick trowels tempered steel
blades brass mounting hardwood handle 5″x 10 ½ ″blade.
Trowels.3 ¾″x 11″Trowels finishing trowel, 3 ¾″x 11″blade, aluminum alloy shank
riveted construction wood handle tempered spring steel blade.
Hammer.16-Oz Brick layer hammer
Edgar Straight Edgar.3″x 6″
Edgar Curved Edgar.3″x 6″radius.
Edgar Curved Edgar.3″x 6″Edgar Curved Edgar 3″x 6″both ends, curved cuts
1
1
1
04
04 .
6
6
6
10
12
12
12
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
3/8″groove.
Tool.2 ½″x 2 2/3″x 6 1/3″radius.
Tool inside corner tool, 2 ½″x 2 2/3″x 6 1/3″radius.
Jointer.9 ½″ Jointer square brick (Jointer round, and grooved wedge for concave and
convex pointing. Forged steel 9″chrome plated 9 ½″ long.
Chisel Craftsman.4″Chisel craftsman bricklayer chisel forged steel 4″-bit 3/8″beveled
square shank double bevel edge.
Level Spirit.Level Spirit .
Level. 24″Level aluminum masons 24″with 2 double plumps and one double level.
Square Steel.24″,Square steel 24″, body 16″tongue.
Slump Cone.Slump conical steel bottom plate and steel roll.
Brushed Steel Wire.7″x 3″Brushes steel wire block (size: 7″x 3″)
Tongs.Tongs for bricks 5 to 9 brick capacity
Plumb Bob.Plumb bob 2 Oz, steel polished with replaceable blued steel point screw.
Shovel.9 ½″x 12″Shovel masons, approx: 9 ½″x 12″square point with handle.
Shovel Round9 ½″x 12″Shovel round point. Blade size 9 ½″x 12″with handle.
Wheel Barrow.5 cu ftWheel barrow 4 to 5 cu ft capacity steel under carriage metal
handles heavy rolled steel body 16″steel wheel fitted with 8 x 4 rubber tire and tube
Hammer.16 0z Hammer nail 16 0z, bell face curved claw carpenters.
Durmat.10lbs,Durmat 10lbs steel base with wooden handle.
Pick Axe. Pick axe with handle.
Color Removing Scraper.Color removing scrapers steel blade wooden handle.
Mild Steel Round Cutter.Mild steel round bar cutter.
Hocked and Grooved.1″ Hocked and grooved 1″bar handled with 5 sets tongued grooved
for bending steel bars.
12
12
12
12
12.
12
12
12
12
12.
6
6
4
6
6
12.
12
12.
12.
Annexure-A-III
CIVIL DRAFTING SHOP.
S.No Description of Item
.
 Drawing Table
Top 42″x 30″Height 37″Base constructed of 1″square steel, 18 gaugeDesigned to allow a
3″overhang at back of base for mounting of drafting machine42″W x 30″D top with pencil
ledgeTwo Ratchet lock mechanisms. Top adjustable 0 to 45 degrees
 Drafting Machine
For Board sizes42″x 30″(105 x 76 cm )Straight line accuracy of .003″per five foot length.
Double 5- minutes vernier permits accuracy up to 1/12 of a degree Arm length
16″/18″Standard mounting bracket
(UK/USA/Germany)
 Tee Square Wooden.
42″(105cm)Smooth black polish with transparent plastic double edge superior quality.
 Drawing Board.
600mmx 900mmDrawing board plywood
 Set Square.14″(35cm)Set square unbreakable celluloid inch & cm graduation (30-60&4545) degree.
 Tracing Table
48″x36″Tracing table with thick dull glass with two 48″tube lights adjustable top total
height 39″(local) made.
 Drawing Instrument Set.
Instruments are held securely in crimson foam molded inserts
Metal cases with black simulated pigskin and metal trim
Set includes 6-1/2″bow compass, 4-1/2″bow compass, friction divider, pen handle, pen
attachment, tube of compass leads and divider points. Set includes 6-1/2″bow compass, 41/2″bow compass, friction divider, lead holder, tube of compass leads and tube of divider
points.
 Drawing Technical pen set.6″and 4-1/2″pencil compasses, 6 friction divider, 2mm lead
holder, tube of parts.
 Lettering Stencil Set.10&16mm9- plates celluloid H profile, lettering height
2.5,3,4,5,6,7,8mm
 Template for Circle. Transparent 36 circles 1mm to 36mm, outer size 130mm x 245mm.
Qty
60
05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
 Template for Ellipse. size 296mm x 150mm.Transparent 25 ellipse with isometric axis
4mm to 65mm outer size 296mm x 150mm.
 Template for Plumbing. size 175 x 11cm.
Transparent scale 1:50 outer size 175 x 11cm.
 Template for Plumbing. size 220x85mm .Sanitary installation transparent scale 1:50 size
220x85mm with H profile.
 Electrical Template. Transparent.
5
 Template for Furniture. size 225 x 125mmPlan view transparent outer size 225 x 125mm
with ink bosses.
 Metric Scale Set.30cmLength 30cm set of 4 scales with plastic coating on imported cord.
(Local.)
5
5
5
5
5
 Pencil Sharpening Machine. With 8 holes.
2
 Ammonia Printing Machine.66″x6″x13″
With automatic developer system light source, one T-17 high intensity lamp, printing
speed 21 FPM.
 Drawing Binding Machine.12 ½ ″Suitable for binding four sides of drawing with cutter
and knob with desk top attachment.
 French Curve Set.18cm & 24cm.12 different curves packed in plastic box.
1
 Scales Architect.12″Professional quality with heavy plastic center core Engraved
graduations. Open dived: 1/8″, 3/32″, 3/16″, ¼″, 3/8″, ½″, ¾″, 1″, 1-1/2″, and 3″to the
foot. On edge is divided in sixteenths to the inch Color coded for easy identification.
 Parallel Ruling. 15″long.18″long, 0.185″thick plastic Chrome plated metal connecting bars
Full 3″spacing with smooth movement Non-Slipping friction cork pads.
 Blue Printing Frame.6ft x 4ftMounted on wheels with best quality Namda-game made of
seasoned wood.
 Paper Cutter. With moving cutter.
10
 Template for Radius. 8-1/2″x 11″x .030″thick
62 size ranging in diameter from 1-1/2″to 3-1/2″.
 Architecture Domestic Installation Template.Furniture, sanitary installation / bath room
and Toilet, Kitchen design and pipe installation templates
 Flat Rules.2cmx30cm long.Made of crystal clear acrylic with bevelled edge and tracing
edge.
 Scale with Division.2cm-30 cm long. Transparent Plastic.
5
 Master Bow compass with rapid adjustment.
Length 175mm.Matte chrome finish Gear head design with rapid adjustment Center wheel
fine adjustment 1/8″to 10″with built in stop. Interchangeable pencil and divider parts
Packed in see-through plastic case with extra lead and T-bolt.
 Parabola Template.124x70x1.0mmParabola template with sine/cosine curve.
5
 Compass Set. Contents master bow compass rapid adjustment with bifurcated drawing pen
socket extension bar, pencil insert and lead / spare point container.
 Technician Compass. Length 154mm for circles up to 480mm dia General purpose
compass with bifurcated drawing pen socket. Needle leg with telescopic extension with
pencil insert, screw driver and lead/spare point container.
 Dual Compass Attachment.3.5mm leg diameter 4.0mm peg diameter. For insert socket
with a bore of 3.5 and 4.00 peg rotate able through 90 for all rotting drawing pens.
 Rot ring Variant B Drawing Pens Set of 8 rotring variant B 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
1.2
 Rot ring Isograph Drawing Pens
Set of 8 rotring Isograph0.1,0.18 0.25 0.5 0.7 1.7 1.4 2.0
 Draftsman Chair. Revolving Chair.
5
 Draftsman Stool. Wooden Stool.
60
2
10
05
05
05
01
10
10
5
5
5
12
Sets.
12
Sets.
01
Annexure-A-IV
SOIL MECHANICS & HIGHWAY SHOP,
S.No.







Description of Item
Speedy Moisture Tester.
With Accessories.
6g , 20g
For use on sand fine soils and other fine-grained materials.
Range 0-20%
For use on coarse soils, aggregates, clay, lumps and coarse grained materials
Range: 0-20%
Accessories
 speedy calibration kit including master gauge, valve, integral, air pumps tools
 Instructional manual and case
1`Direct / Residual Shear Apparatus:
Samples Size: 2.5″ dia. 60 or 100 mm square using optional shear box, assemblies
Accessories:
Floor moulding stand.
2.5″Diameter specimen cutter.
60mm square shear box assembly.
60mm square specimen cutter.
100mm square shear box assembly.
100mm square specimen cutter
Heavy Duty Sieve Shaker.
Capacity: 12Nos. full height 8″ (203mm) dia. sieves plus pan and cover. Timer 0-60
min.
Model CL-550-ELE 220VAC, 60HZ Single phase.
Double Wall Laboratory Ovens.
Temperature range. 200 C or 1392F. overall.
50/60HZ, Single phase 800watts & 1600watts.
Precision Advanced Electron Balance with Accessories. WS-154 (400g calibration.
Weight. Ws-158(4kg calibration weight. 410g x .001g readability4100g x 0.1g
readability.
Standard VICT Apparatus.
Standard VICT apparatus used in determining the time of setting of cement with
graduated sale including the following accessories:
1) Plunger for normal consistency.
2) Needle for initial setting.
3) Needle for final setting.
4) Hard rubber passes mount.
5) Glass plate.
Qty
01
Nos.
Specimen Preparation Tools.
Specimen Size
35x35x170mm
Specimen preparation tools. A- Three gang mortar beam mould made of steel, size
35x35x170mm long and approx: 1.0 kg in weight furnished with a cast iron base.
B- Tamping rod, made of steel size 35x35x170mm long and approx: 1.0 kg in weight.
02
Nos.
01
Nos.
01
Nos.
02
Nos.
01
Nos.
01
Nos.













C- Extension collar for 3 gang mortar beam mould for operation, made of steel.
D- Spatula with blade 39.5mm
E- Mixing bowl, made of steel approx: 30mm
F- Iron mortar with pestle mortar dia 15cm.
G- 2″Cube mould conformed to made of hard steel, 3 mould in one piece.
H- Class beakers.
I. Cement Knife size: 2.7 cm x 18cm.
J- Straight edge triangular shape, blade 30cm long with handles at both ends.
Table Balance.2kg.Table balance Sensitivity 2g.
Soil Sampling Kit.Soil sampling kit consisting of Q7.5cm post hole auger, Q 5cm
screw auger, 5.0cm closed and open spiral augers, chopping bit, probe thin wall
sampler, split tube sampler shoe basket shoe, saw tooth shoe basket shoe, trap value 10
drill pocket shoe, trap value 10 drill rods (Q27mm x 100cm) 10 thin wall tuner
(Q/50mm x 450 mm) auger handle drive head with handle, drive hammers (4.5kg x
2.3kg) 2 pipe wrenches appeasers, 20 sampling cane including steel case and conniver
sock.
Soil Analysis Sieve Test.Soil analysis sieve test, consisting of a set of 12 sieves of
different mesh size
Core Cutter.Core cutter consisting of a hammer an extension collar a guide cylinder
and a cutter cylinder Q 100mm x 127mm 1000UL.
Standard Compaction Test Set.Standard Compaction test set for determining moisture
density relation of soils by Compaction method including moulder rammer etc.
Microwave Oven.1000 W , External dimension , (L x W x H)(521 x 533 x 378 mm),
Internal Dimensions (L x W x H), (324 x 330 x 197 mm), Rated power 1000W ,
Weight: 40Kg.
Pyknometer Apparatus.1kg. EL24-2885. yknometer, glass jar complete with noncorrodible cone and rubber seal Weight: 500g,
Automatic Compactor.For protactor and CBR tests, Dimensions,(L x W x H), 430 x
250 x 1400mm. Rammer Diameter BS Machine 50mm Imperial machine 21″
(50.8mm) Height of drop BS Machine 300 mm x 450mm, Imperial machine
12″(305mm) and 18″ (457mm) Weight 190kg.
Dungan Test Set. (To determine the sp. Gravity of fine & absorption & coarse
aggerate). Balance 5 kg Weight: 2000g brass weight sets and 1kg slotted types.
Sieves 8inch dia. 01 No. 4 mesh x 4 inch height 100 mesh standard height 100 mesh
side opening. With accessories.
Proctor Penetrometer Set. (To determine the penetrating resistance of frame grained
soil).Weight net 7lbs(3.2kg) (Includes penetrometer, nine needles and carrying case)
Calibrated spring dynamometer, pressure scale.100lbs x 10lbs x 1lb, sub division.
Proving ring. Penetrometer. (To determine the bearing capacity of sub grade or to
measure soil compaction)Weight Net: 12lbs(5.4kg) Cast aluminum 30degree. 1 sq. in
replaceable proving ring 250lbs. (1.1KN) capacity Dial indicator Brake type Shaft ¾
inch dia x 18 inch graduated at 6 inch intervals.
Compacting Factor Apparatus: Frame, hinged welded, constriction.Hoppers. Two
detachable; bottoms with hinged trap doors with release catches. Replacement parts.
Stop Watches.
02 No
01
Nos.
01
Nos.
03
Nos.
01
Nos.
01
Nos.
03
Nos.
02
Nos.
02
Nos.
03
Nos.
02
Nos.
01
Nos.
05 No
Annexure-A-V
PLUMBING & PUBLIC HEALTH ENGG SHOP.
.
S.No.
01.
02
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Description of Item
Pipe Wrench.
18″ ,12″,08″,Pipe wrench heavy-duty pipe wrench. Tough quality one pipe frame
housing and handle with replaceable heel jaws, pipe capacity 2, 1, and ¾ respectively.
Pipe Wrench
¼″-4″Cap.Pipe wrench China type ratcheting and reversing china pipe wrench. Drop
forged steel body nickel chrome plate 12″handle 15″chain capacity ¼ to 4″
Pipe Grip.
Cap-2″Pipe grip 2″capacity fabric step 14″metal handle.
Pipe Reamer.
Cap-1″-2″Pipe reamer with handle ratchet type 1″to 2″capacity with burning spiral flutes.
Pipe Vice.
1/8″-2 ½ ″Cap Pipe vice capacity 1/8″to 2 ½″mouthed on triangular metha table tray,
fitted with three metal folding legs.
Pipe Thread Set.
¼ ″to 1 ¼ ″ Pipe thread set (NPT) reversible reversible ratchet handle set to include dies
for pipe size ¼, 3/8 ½, and ¾,1, 1 ¼ inches.
Pipe Taps.
¼ ″to 1 ¼ ″Pipe taps (NPT) high grades tempered tool steel, one set consisting of square
shank top and of the following size: ¼, 3/8, ½, ¾, 1 and 1 ¼, inches.
Pipe Tap.
¼″to 1 ¼″Pipe tap wit worth (NPT) high grades tempered tool steel one set consisting of
square shank taps of the following (size: ¼, 3/8, ½, ¾, 1 and 1 ¼ inches).
Pipe Cutter.¼″to 1 ¼″Pipe cutter with heavy duty cutter wheel (capacity 1/8″to 1 ¼″.)
Pipe Cutter.¼″to 2″Pipe cutter with heavy duty cutter wheel (capacity ¼″ to 2″)
Cutter Wheel.Cutter wheels these wheels to fit above cutters (CTP2-1 & CTP2-2)
Wrenches.08″,10″,12″,Wrench adjustable alloy steel construction drop forged rust
resistant finish.
Pliers Adjustable.8″,Pliers adjustable 8″alloy steel construction drop forged rust resistant
finish.
Level Aluminum Masons.48″ Level aluminum masons 48″with 2 double plumbs and one
double level.
Square Steel.24″x 16″ Square steel 24″body 16″tongue.
Star Drill.¾ ″ Star drill forged alloy steel, each set to consist of one each ¼ , 3/8 ¾ with
12 shank (for drilling brick stone concrete.
Qty
5
Set
Drill Electric Heavy Duty.½″ Drill electric heavy duty handle drill ½ chuck capacity
with key 230volts, 50 cycle single phase.
Masonry Drills.1/8″– ¼″ Masonry drill one each ¼″, 5/16″, 2/8″, 1/8″carbide type
masonry drills designed for use in electric handle drill.
Hacksaw.12″ Hacksaw 10″to 12″adjustable pistol grip handle rust proof finish.
Hammer Ball. 24 Oz Hammer Ball peen 150 0z size: hardwood handles, drop forged
alloyed steel head.
Hammer Ball Pin.16 Oz Hammer ball peen 24 0z size: hardwood handles drop forged
alloyed steel head.
Hammers Nail.16 Oz x ¼ Oz Hammer nails, 16 0z, bell face, curved (Claw carpenters).
6 Nos.
6
Nos.
02 Nos.
6 Nos.
6 Nos.
4
Nos.
4 Nos.
4 Nos.
5 Nos.
5 Nos
5 Nos.
5
Set
5 Nos.
5 Nos.
5 Nos
5 Nos.
6
Set
12 Nos.
12 Nos.
12 Nos.
12 Nos.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Screwdrivers.16″x ¼ ″ Screwdrivers ¼″x 16″shank plastic handle, vanadium steel blade.
Water Closet. Water closet English type.
Water Closet. Water closet Indian type.
Wash Hand Basin. Wash hand basin central pillar cock, pattern.
Wash Hand Basin.2 Pillar cock pattern.
Urinal.
Overhead Tank Overhead steel water tank.
Low Level Tank.Low level steel water tank.
Pillar Cock. Pillar cock (Asian Pattern).
Mixer Type. Mixer type pillar cock.
Stop Cock.
Bib Cock.
Waste Coupling.
Files.Round12″ 2nd cut.
Files.Flat 12″ 2nd cut.
Files.Three square 12″ 2nd cut.
12 Nos.
06No
06No.
06 Nos.
06 No
06 No
02 No
02 No
12 No
12 No
12 No
12 No
12 No
12 No
12 No
12 No
Annexure-A-VI
HYDRALICS AND IRRIGATION SHOP
S.No Description of Item
 Volumetric Hydraulic Bench.
Flow range 0-60 lit/minute sum tank
Cap: 160 litre. Volumetric tank Cap:
35 litre Pump 200w submersible type
Comprising .Rectangular. Notch depth: 100mm.
ii) V- Notch (30) depth: 100mm.V- Notch (90)
depth: 100mm.Vernier Gauge depth: 100mm. Assembly.
 Free Standing Apparatus. (Stability of a floating body). Water tank moulded plastic nominally
600x 400x 120mm total weight of floating assembly nominally (3.2kg) working height of mast
nominally 240mm Floating pantoon 360x203x76mm Two magnetized trim weights=
35g.Angular tilt of pantoon 8degree each side Adjustable sail weight 525g.
 Venturimeter Venturitube aluminum inlet inside dia 26mm. Throat inside dia 16mm ootlet
inside dia = 26mm manometer tubes transparent plastic range: 0-290mm max: flow rate 26 lit
nominally 27 l/min. Dimension and Weight 520 x 200 x 670 mm (11kg) Gross: 0.26m3,
40kg.
 Multi Purpose Apparatus for Teaching Flume /C/W Basic Multi purpose apparatus to
demonstrate principles of uniform flow. Incorporating at downstream end slop adjustment with
1% to 3% indicator and inlet tank with anti turbulence baffles. Discharge box with stop loge at
upstream and working section of apparatus has clear plastic sides and aluminium base with
dimension 250 mm high x
75mm wide, extendable from 2.5m to 5m long by simple addition, includes a sump tank of
250 litres capacity and volumetric measuring tank of 50 litres capacity, complete with 3
Vernier level gauges, sharp and board crested weirs, cramp weir, adjustable sluice gate and
venture flume as standard. Further optional accessories are available see other accessories
available water is circulated by centrifugal pump of non-corroding plastic, maximum
discharge 150 litres .min. 0.55 kk motor with flow control valve and shunt orifice tube
flowmeter, instruction Manuel includes data sheets for experiments.
 Adjustable Bed Flow Channel A portable self contained flow channel which can be used for
open channel or duct flow. The channel floor and transition section van be raised or lowered
and the central part of the upper boundary of the working section is removable so models may
be installed as required. Three different weir models are supplied. Working height 152mm,
mass free surface dep the 146mm Max height above channel 1 base 115mm Max pump flow 2
litres/ sec.
 Pipe Surge and Water Hammer. Apparatus A self contained rig which accurately
demonstrates the two phenomena of pipe surge and water hammer. Independent of pipe system
use straight pipes rather than a coiled arrangement to reduce distortion of the pressure wave.
Qty
01 Nos.
01 Nos.
01 Nos.
01No
01No
01 Nos.
Length of test section 3m material stainless steel two pressure transducers provides signals to a
dual trace storage oscilloscope allowing results to be studied at leisure. A free standing service
module containing sump tank self priming pump control valve volumetric measuring tank with
isolating valve. Instruction manual and lab. Manual.
 Sediment Transport Channel An acrylic channel in which water is circulated by a paddle
wheel to demonstrate all aspects of the principal methods of sediment transport in suspended
sediment transport 4 models are included. Working section length 660mm, width 50mm
height, 140mm, paddle wheel speed range 0-60 rmp. Sediment well depth 50mm.
Lab. Manual
01 Nos.
Annexure-A-VII
WOOD WORK SHOP PRACTICE
S.No
.
01.
02.
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
.
Description of Item
Work Benches.
1320mmx560mmx838mm Wood tops thickness 32 mm with wooden leg 102mm square.
Bits Auger.6mm to 25mm Bits auger consisting of 13 bits 6mm to 25mm.
Bits Auger.
6mm 10mm 12.5mm 19mmMade of tool steel double square.
Bits Expansive and Adjustable.15 to 35mmBits expansive and adjustable, boring from 15mm
to 5mm.
Bits Countersink.12.5mmBits countersink for brace. For wood, 12.5mm dia.
Bits Screwdriver.
4.75mmBits screwdriver 4.75mm for brace.
Screwdriver.
6mmScrewdriver, 6mm for brace.
Bits Screwdriver.
8mm,15mmBits screwdriver, for brace.
Bits Gimlet.
2 Size No2,3 Size No3,4 Size No4,5 Size No5
6 Size No6,7 Size No7,8 Size No8
Bits Brace.200mm Bits brace 200 mm sweep ″Alligator″Jaw chromed.
Bits (Machine).9.5mm 12.5mm 9mm, 25mm Bits Machine for wood.
Twist Drills.1.5mm to 12.5mm 3mm 4.74mm
Twist Drills straight shank.
Hand Drill
8mmDouble pinion drill with die cast body and wooden handle. Used for small drilling
operations. Overall dia. 215mm 3jaw chuck type.
Vice.
175mmVice, wood workers rapid action, dog in front jaw.
Curving Sets. Curving sets consisting of chisel, bent gauge u-tool skew chisel, veining tool,
forged stool blades long wooden handles (set of size)
Chisels.3mm, 115mmChisels wood forged in one piece, tough plastic handles.
Chisel Wood.
6mm 9.5mm 12.5mm 19mm 25mm 37.5mm 50mm
Chisels wood forged in one piece, tough plastic handles 115 mm blades.
Qty
05 Nos.
10 Nos.
10Nos
Each.
10Nos.
10 Nos.
06Nos.
06Nos.
06Nos.
06 Nos.
06Nos.
06 Nos.
06 Nos.
Each.
06 Nos.
05Nos.
06Nos.
12 Nos.
10Nos.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
Gauge.
6mm 12.5mm 19mm 25mm
Gauge inside ground for wood working hand forged tool steel blades wood handles (for
wood turning)
Gauges.
3mm 6mm 12.5mm 19mm 25mm
Gauges outside ground for wood working.
Hammer.
½ Kg,¼ Kg,Hammer nail bent claws, bell face designed to pull nails without heads.
Planes.355mm x 50mm Planes jack smooth bottom fine gray cast iron frames.
Plane.
355mm x 50mmPlane jointer.
Planes.
140mm x 19mmPlanes rabbit.
Planes.
225mm x 50mm Planes smoothing.
Plane.Planes Router hand plane circular for concave and convex surfaces, steel base.
Plane.
150mmPlanes block low cutting angle of 12 degree.
Rules.
610mm x 28mm 350mm Rules bench, made of hardwood.
Shrink Rules.
300mm 7.5mm (L)5mm(L)
Shrink Rules Steel.
Saw Coping.162mmSaws coping using pin type blades adjustable to any angle.
Saw, Blades.
150mm Saw blades coping saw.
Saw.
300mm.Saws back full hand grip handle.
Saw.
300mmSaw compass with reversible blade, feature.
Saw.
660mm Hand Saws, coarse cut 8 TPI
Saw.
140mm & 660mm Saw hand rip.
Saw.300mm 14 TPI.
Saw.
225mmHand saw coarse cut.
Mitre Box.608mm x 127mmMitre box including eleven point stiff back saw, adjustable angle
capacity at right angle 200 mm at 45 degree, 125mm.
10 Nos.
Miter Machine.660mm x 100mm Mitre machine including vice clamps stiff back fine tooth
saw for picture frame and molding cutting.
Screw Driver. Size 1, 2, 3, 100mm shank 6mm blade 150mm shank 6mm blade 225mm
shank 6mm blade. Screw drivers.
06 Nos.
06 Nos
Each.
06Nos.
06Nos.
06
Nos.
06Nos.
06
Nos.
06 Nos.
06Nos.
10 Nos.
06 Nos.
6 Nos.
10 Nos.
05 Nos.
06Nos.
06
Nos.
06 Nos.
06 Nos.
06Nos.
06 Nos.
10Nos.
ANNEXTURE-B
Electrical Technology in 4 colleges
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY
S.No. Description of Item

SQUIRREL CAGE (3-PHASE) INDUCTION MOTOR
Qty
1
Power: 0.37 kW
speed: 1400 rpm at 50 Hz; cos: 0.72
star connection: 400 V/0.85A
delta connection: 230 V/1.47A
Terminal boards:
imprinted with the respective symbols
Connections:
4 mm safety jacks (thermal contact: 2 mm jacks)
Provided with four machine feet and a coupling half.
For protection against thermal overload all machines are equipped with thermal
contact

UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Power: 0.3 kW
speed: 2250 rpm
AC voltage and current: 230 V/3.4 A;
DC voltage and current: 130 V/3.4 A;
Induction motor split phase
BIFILAR WOUND MOTOR
Power: 0.22 kW;
speed: 1360 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.69;
AC voltage and current: 230 V/2.8 A;
1
1

REPULSION MOTOR
Power: 0.25 kW
speed: 2100 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.69;
AC voltage and current: 230 V/2.9 A;
MULTI-FUNCTION MACHINE
Power: 0.27 kW
speed: 1340 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.7 /1;
star connection: 400 V/0.83 A
delta connection: 230 V/1.44 A

CUTAWAY MODEL SYNCHGRONOUS MACHINE,
1


With round-bar rotor
shaft height: 71 mm
the motor is painted light grey
blank parts are coated with a clear varnish to inhibit corrosion
1
1

CUTAWAY MODEL SLIP RING MOTOR
1
With slipring rotor
shaft height: 71 mm
the motor is painted light grey
blank parts are coated with a clear varnish to inhibit corrosion;

MAGENTIC POWER BRAKE 1.0
Basic Set, Consisting of:
Serves in connection with the control unit to record the torque in 1.0 KW electrical
machines. The current supply is provided by the control unit via a connecting cable
with a multi pin plug. The brake is protected from over loading by thermal switch.
Braking torque: max. 100 Nm, speed max. 6000 min-1,
1

DYNAMOMETER 100 N,
Colour coded precision dynamometer in a transparent plastic casing with easyto-read scale, protection against over extension of the spring and zero-point
calibration capability.
Precision: Scale division: 1% of total measuring range Dimensions: 280 mm x
16 mm dia.
1

CONTROL UNIT
The Control Unit controls the three-phase induction motor of the Brake Unit It
comprises:
- Frequency converter
- Control unit
- RPM display
- Torque display
Technical data
- Mains connection:
220 ... 230 V AC;
50 ... 60 Hz
- Working range of the
Control Unit: 0.5 ... 120 Hz
in both directions
Accessories included
- Connecting Lead, 4-pin
- Connecting Lead, 8-pin
- 2 Connecting Leads
1

COUPLING 1.0
1
Rubber coupling slceve for mechanical connection of two electrical machines of the
1.0 KW series.
COUPLING GUARD 1.0
1
Attachable guard for protection against contact with electrical machine rotating parts of
the 1.0 KW series.
SHAFT EXD GUARD 1.0
1
Attachable guard for protection against contact with electrical machine rotating parts of
the 1.0 KW series.
1
TACHO GENERATOR



Design: generator for r.p.m. detection,
complete with base plate
Coupling type: cog coupling
Output: 1V/1000 rpm
Internal resistance: 60 ohm
Inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Unit type: table-top unit

DIGITAL HAND HELD TACHOMETER, for contact type measurements, battery
operated, built-in memory function. Range: 1 to 25,000 rpm: Inaccuracy: +/-1 rpm,
display : 5 digits, large 7 segment LCD: complete with carrying case, 3 batteries , 2
conical and 1 funnel shaped adapter, 1 measurement disc for the measurement orf
circumferential velocity 0-.1 m., Dimensions: 133 mm x 74mm x 32mm.
PANEL FRAME-T 150, TWO LEVEL,
2 level frame for training panels in DIN A4 equivalent height, free standing design:
3 aluminum profile rails with 2 brush strips, 2 T-bases of rectangular steel bugging,
width: 1450 mm,. Height: 730mm, depth: 300mm.
1

THREE PHASE SUPLY UNIT
This power supply unit guarantees a clear experimental
set-up and a short set-up time.
Technical data
- Mains connection, three phase: 380 ... 415 V AC
- Outputs, three-phase:
with phase pilot lamp and safety switch, 3-pole (6 A)
- Fixed DC: 200 V / 4 A
(at 230 V mains) for field
current supply of DC machines, with pilot lamp
- DC, continuously adjustable:
0 … 250 V/4 A
1

RMS METER
Demonstration meter for measuring the true RMS voltages and currents types of
measurement:
RMS-AC+DC total true RMS
RMS-AC Alternating true RMS
AV-AC + DC arithematic average value switchover is possible for all ranges and
types of measurement at any time measurement ranges for all types of
measurements:Voltage: 3/10/30/100/300/1000 V, R= 10 mohm, Current:
0.1/0.3/1/3/10/30A, AV-Polarity indicators: 2 LEDS, instrument: moving coil , class
1.5, 192 x 96mm (W Xh), Scale division: 0…10 and 0….3, scale length” 119 mm,
continuous overload protection in all measurement ranges up to 1000 V and 30A,
mains supply: 110/130/220/.210 V, 50 Hz.:
ZERO VOLTMETER , for measuring differences of mains and generator voltage in
a synchronizing circuit full scale deflection at double operating voltage. The initial
range of the scale is largely expanded . Measurement range: 0….400/800 V,
Instrument: moving iron meter class: 1.5 front frame 144xz 144mm.
ON/OFF SWITCH THREE POLE , Switch load 20 A/500V AC, switch positions:
0- 1
10 SAFETY BRIDGING PLUGS BLK,
Tan 4 mm safety bridging plugs with 119 mm spacing, colour black, max. current
1




1
1
1
1


rating: 32 A.
SET 32 SAFETY CONN. LEADS ,
4mm safety connecting leads with 2.5mm cable, current rating 322?A,m consisting
of:
2 each safety connecting lead red 100 cm
2 each safety connecting lead, Blue 100 cm
2 each safety connecting lead red 50 cm
2 each safety connecting lead blue 50 cm
2 each safety connecting lead red 25 cm
2 each safety connecting lead blue 25 cm
4 each safety connecting lead black 100cm
6 each safety connecting lead black 50 cm
6 each safety connecting lead black 25cm
6 each safety connecting lead black 15 cm
MOTOR STARTER
The Universal Resistor carries out the following functions in conjunction
with the electric machines:
- Starters and field rheostats for DC motors
- Field rheostats for DC generators
- Load resistors for DC generators
- Starting resistors for slip ring motors
- Load resistors for synchronous machines
Technical Data
Ring rheostat, 500 W
- With protection series resistor:
1.8 /150 W
- With 5-step winding:
1.8 ... 11 /4.6 A
11 ... 32 /3.5 A
32 ... 56 /2.4 A
56 ... 140 /1.7 A
140 ... 1 k /0.6 A
- Additional series resistor, for expanding the resistance
range:
1 k /180 W; Imax = 0.43 A
- Bridge rectifier: 3-phase, B6
Vmax = 500 V AC
Imax= 9 A
Ring rheostat, 100 W
(field rheostat)
- 0 ... 1.5 k , with 2-step winding and q-contact
- Steps:
0 ... 450 /0.5 A
450 ... 1.5 k /0.25 A
The Universal Resistor is equipped with a bridge rectifier for loading of
synchronous generators with the Ring rheostat (500 W). The slip ring voltage
of the Slip ring motor can also be rectified by means of the bridge rectifier.
Thus all possible steps of the slip ring starter can be examined.
1
1

DOUBLE FREQUENCY METER,
“Two independent meter movements for frequency comparison of two voltages
measurement range: 2 x 47… 50….53 Hz, Rated voltage: 380V, Instruments:
vibration meter with tuned steel rod class 1.5 front frame 1`44 x `144mm.
1

SYNCHRONOSCOPE,
This module includes three indicator lamps, three fuses, a tripolar switch and
standard colour coded banana sockets. This module allows to see the
synchronism between two generators when are shunt connected between
them or when a generator is shunt connected to the main network
Operative voltage: 208/380/415V
1

SHUNT 0.1 OHM,
Plug-in element for current measurement in conjunction with the isolation amplifier
and no 735 26. Resister: 0.1 ohm, 8 A, 1%
PAIR CABLES 50 CM, RED/BLUE
Plug: 2 = 4 mm, with axial sockets: continuous current: 10 A max; conductor cross
section: 1.0 max.
1
POWER FACTOR METER:
Single Phase Power Factor Meter
Measure range:
-Voltage: 250V;
-Current: 2A;
-Accuracy: 1%
3 PHASE IOSOLATING TRANSFORMER
Three phase transformer realised in didactical version.
Each primary and secondary windings are divided in two sections to allow
many possibilities of connection including zig-zag.
Primary:400V (3x2x115V)
Secondary: 230V (3x2x66,5V)
Power: 300VA; Frequency 50/60Hz
1-PHASE ISOLATING TRANSFORMER
Primary and secondary windings are divided in several sections to allow
many possibilities of connections.
220/110V primary/secondary.
Primary: 2x110V ac;
Secondary: 2x55V ac;
Power: 300VA; Frequency: 50-60Hz;
1
1-PHASE AUTO TRANSFORMER 0.3
All connections via 4mm safety sockets. Power 300 VA, Primary 220 V, 50 Hz,
Secondary: 110/220/244 V.
SCOT TRANSFORMER
For transforming from a 2 phase to a three phase mains and vice oversa using a Scot
circuit. It can also be used a three phase isolating transformer for transformation of 3
x 110/220/380 V into 3 x 110/220 V and vice oversea. All connections via 4mm
safety sockets. Power: 2 x 150 VA Primary: 2 x 110/190-/220/230/380V, 50 hz,
Secondary: 2 x 110/220V.
1
RESISTIVE LOADS
This is a module fitted with 9 resistors in three identical groups to realise
balanced or unbalanced 3-phase loads (star and delta) and single phase loads.
1







1
1
1
1



Each phase can be independently varied in 7 uniform steps from 0 to max
current value for full power. Single phase connection provides 21 regulation
steps.
Power variation: 0-100%; Duty cycle: 100%;
Input/Outputs: 4 mm CE safety sockets
Unit type: Table top
CAPACITIVE LOAD
This is a module fitted with 9 capacitors in 3 identical groups to realise
balanced or unbalanced 3-phase loads (star and delta) and single phase loads.
Each phase can be independently changed in 7 uniform steps from 0 to max
current value of full load.
Single phase connection provides 21 regulation steps.
Power variation: 0-100%; Duty cycle: 100%;
Input/Outputs: 4 mm CE safety sockets
Unit type: Table top
INDUCTIVE LOAD
This is a module fitted with 9 inductors in three identical groups to realise
balanced or unbalanced 3-phase loads (star and delta) and single phase loads.
Each phase can be independently changed in 7 uniform steps from 0 to max
current value of full load.
Single phase connection provides 21 regulation steps.
Power variation: 0-100%; Duty cycle: 100%;
Input/Outputs: 4 mm CE safety sockets
Unit type: Table top
6 HU 3 PHASE VOLTAGE 380, 3N,
It is used for electrical supply of all A.C. 0,3kW EMMS machines.
Power requirements: 380/415V, 3PH + N + PE;
- General protection with high sensitivity magneto thermal differential
(0,03A)
automatic circuit breaker.
- Mushroom emergency push-button;
- Key consent for all outputs
- All outputs are protected by means of automatic magneto thermal circuit
breaker.
OUTPUTS:
3 phase adjustable output: 0-400 1A; L1, L2, L3, N, PE
- protection with magneto thermal automatic circuit breaker.
- with 1 x 0 - 500V A.C. voltmeter
- with 3 x 0-3A A.C. ammeters inserted on each phase;
Single phase adjustable output: 0-230V 2A.
- protection with magneto thermal automatic circuit breaker.
- with 1 x 0-300V f.s. A.C. voltmeter;
- with 1 x 0-5A f.s. A.C. ammeter;
- 1 service single-phase safety universal socket 10/16A.
1
1
1

1
BASIC ELECTRICITY TRAINER
The 2-mm plug-in system combines with the multimedia experiment and
training system to create a modern and powerful learning environment for
well grounded training in the fundamentals of electrical and electronics
engineering. Students are guided through experiments by clearly structured
course software aided by text, graphics, animations and tests of knowledge.
The experiments themselves are carried out on a 2-mm Experimenter unit. A
wide variety of virtual instruments is available so that students can make realtime measurements. The plug-in modules contain both passive and active
electronic components connected via 2-mm laminated plugs featuring goldplated contacts
Training contents:
Assembly of simple circuits
Use of voltmeters and ammeters.
W’s law
Series and parallel connection of resistors
Voltage dividers with and without loads
Light bulb characteristics
Voltage dependent resistors (VDRs)
Negative temperature coefficient thermistors (NTCs)
Positive temperature coefficient thermistors (PTCs)
Light-dependent resistors (LDRs)
Capacitors in DC circuits
Relay circuits
2-mm plug-in components:
All components and jumpers equipped with gold plated
2-mm contacts Housing made of transparent, highly impact-resistant plastic
(Makrolon)
Top featuring scratch-resistant, high-contrast screen
print of type and circuit diagram of component
Easy-to-open housing for repair purposes
Includes:
1x Button
1x Switch
1x Incandescent lamp
1x Relay
1x LED, red
1x LED, green
1x 22 R. 1x 100 R. 2x 220 R. 1x 470 R. 1x 1 k. 2x 2.2 k. 2x 10 k. 1x 22 k. 1x
47 k. 1x 100 k. 1x 1M resistors
1x VDR, 1x LDR, 1x NTC, 1x PTC resistors
1x 100 μF, 1x 470 μF capacitors
1x NPN transistor, BC 547
CD-ROM with browser and course software
Case for storage of component set and CD-ROM
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the desktop lab. It
incorporates all inputs and outputs,
switches, power and signal sources and measurement
circuitry needed to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2mm sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges
100mV to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital
inputs, 1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display
modes: binary, hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter for 2-mm plug-in component
To be linked to measurement interface unit. 70 nodes allow for easily
understood circuit set-ups in a compact space. Circuits are built by inserting
the plug-in modules between nodes on the board. Connections between nodes
can be made using 2-mm or 7.5-mm jumpers.
Fixed and variable power supply connections via 2mm sockets
For use with 2-mm plug-in components
70 nodes each with 9 x 2-mm sockets
7.5-mm grid for 2-mm sockets
4 bus lines for power supply (+15 V,+5 V, -15 V,
earth) via 2-mm sockets
Ergonomic working thanks to console housings
Contact loading: max. 10 A
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, blue
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, black
4 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, red
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, blue
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, black
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, red
60 jumpers 2mm /7.5mm, black

AUTOMATIC COIL WINDING MACHINE
For wires from Ø mm0,06 to mm1,40;
Max diameter of bobbins mm 180
Minimal length of bobbins mm 5 max mm 190;
Winding spindle Ø mm. 10
Distance between centres mm 250;
Single phase motor included with protective crankase
2 winding speeds 1400 and 3000 rpm 2 speed gear
Mechanical reversal: automatic or hand reversal;
Clockwise rotation of the machine (if required it can be c-clokwise)
The machine is usually supplied with:
1
 N.1 Bobbin-holder THR/R for wires Ø mm 0,30 to 2
 N.1 Bobbin-holder TC for wires Ø mm 0,05-0,20
 N.1 Special bobbin-holder column
 N.1 Single phase motor with electronic rheostat 220V
 N.1 Table with drawer of steel-sheet
 N.1 Mechanical revolution counter with 5 digit
 Single phase motor included

HAND OPERATED COIL WINDING MACHINE
The machine is equipped with:
 N.1 Simple mechanical revolution counter with 5 figures;
 N.1 Spindle from 1 to 10 mm;
1
 N.1 Winding shaft diam. mm 10 complete with cones and nuts;
 N.1 Single phase motor and rheostat 125W 220V.
 N.1 Bobbin holder TN for wires diam. mm 0,10-0,40

BEARING PULLER 3,4,6” CAPACITY three jaws

6
2
OIL CIRCUIT BREAKER for demonstration purpose, 220/440 volt, 10-15 amp. 50
hz.

2
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
for demonstration purpose, 220/440 volt, 10-15 amp. 50 hz

2
ARMATURE TEST GROWLER

1
INDUCTION RELAY,
demonstration type

1
OVER CURRENT/OVER VOLTAGE RELAY,

5
CELL TESTER 1.5 V

BEARING PULLER, 4, 8, 12”

3SET
2
STAR DELTA STARTER, 30A, 400 V

2
DIRECT ON LINE STARTER, 220V, 50A, 50 CYCLE

2
BATTERY CHARGER, input 230 V, 50 cycle, AC output 3, 6, 12 V DC

1
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE, Telephone exchange incoming line 2 nos., outgoing
lines, 10nos. along-with telephone sets 10 nos

1
AUTO TRANSFORMER STARTER,
Power 2 Hp, voltage 220 single phase.

2
CURRENT TRANSFORMER, Primary 100 amp. Secondary 5 amp., maximum 600
volt,

2
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER, Primary 110 volt, secondary 11 KV

2
AMPERE METER WITH MOVING COIL, range 15 to 6 A, 3 version,
Demonstration type

2
VOLTMETER (AC) BENCH TYPE FOR DEMONSTRATION, range 0 to 300 V, 0
to 500V,

2each
INSULATOR,
 Disc type 15KV,
 pin type : 15 kV,
 Post type 15KV,
 Low voltage capacitance 750 V.

1 SET
12 LINE INTER COM
With Digital Dialing And Provision For Secrecy Along-with Connecting
Accessories

1
INDUCTION MOTOR, Capacitor type, 5 hp AC three phase.

2
INDUCTION MOTOR, Capacitor type 2 hp, AC single phase.

5
COIL WINDING MACHINE, hand operated, with counter, small size, mounted
type.(Pak)

DEMONSTRATION BOARD SERVO CONTROL MOTOR
The SERVO BOARD contains a DC motor which is
coupled to a potentiometer by a gear. The potentiometer is used for analog
position location. To protect the potentiometer, the wiper is decoupled
through an amplifier. The actual value is inverted at the output.
The motor of the SERVO BOARD can be controlled
digitally in both directions of rotation by TTL inputs and a series-circuited
logic. This makes digital control of
the SERVO BOARD possible. A pre-circuited amplifier is used to match the
input signal of -10 V ... +10 V to the
12 V motor voltage. The unit also has a digital encoder.
A reflective sensor is plugged in to measure the
speed and angle of rotation (incremental). Its output signal is fed through a
Schmitt trigger. The reflective sensor can be plugged in two positions in
order to examine different resolutions.
Reflective Sensor
Plug-in module with built-in
 LED photo Darlington transistor.
Technical Details:
Motor
- Rated voltage: 12 V
- Current consumption: max. 0.4 A
Encoder disk
1
- Speed: 125 min-1
- Resolution 1: 24 lines / rev.
- Resolution 2: 48 lines / rev.
DC amplifier
- Input voltage: 0 ... +/-10 V
- Amplification factor: v = 1.2
- Output current: max. 0.5 A
Motor control logic
- Input above: TTL level, log. 1 =^
right-hand rotation
- Input below: TTL level, log. 1 =^
left-hand rotation
Disturbance variable (switchable)
Mechanical play in the drive (realised electronically)
Actual value measurement (by potentiometer)
- Resistance: 5 k (+/-15 %)
- Mechanical range of rotation: 320° without stop
- Linearity tolerance: +/-1.5 %
Actual value output
Decoupled through amplifier and inverted for protection of motor
potentiometer
- Output voltage: 0 ... 10 V
- Output resistance: 200
2 outputs (U1 / U2)
Output voltage:
TTL, 90° offset, decoupled by TTL component. The output signals are
incremental and only available when the reflective sensors are plugged in
Decoding logic
Indicated by two LEDs for right- and left-hand rotation.
The logical 1 or 0 states can be tapped additionally at 2 mm jacks; TTL
signal; decoupled by TTL component.
The signals are available when both reflective sensors are
Plugged

TRAINER MODULATION TECHNIQUE
All the important modulations on separate Boards. Experiment setup time
reduced to a minimum. Built-in signal source (short-circuit-proof) .Integrated
clock generator with synchronized carrier and modulation frequencies to
provide static oscilloscope images. Modulation / Demodulation Boards for
ease of use and understanding
Features:
Clock generator (quartz controlled) with frequency
dividers for generating the carrier and modulation signals.
Signal button, for simple examination of the digital modulation techniques,
with electronic debounce and optical indication by an LED DC voltage
source, adjustable, for generating static, analog modulation signals.
1
Summer, for adding up to 3 signals.
- Amplifier, variable gain, for matching external modulation signals
built-in power supply unit
The following modulation techniques can be studied
with the MODULATION BOARD:
- Amplitude Modulation (AM)
- Single Sideband Modulation (SSB)
- Frequency Modulation (FM)
- Phase Modulation (PM)
Technical Data:
DC voltage output (short-circuit-proof)
- +/-15 V/0.15 A ; +5 V/0.2 A;
for connecting external devices
Signal source
- Sine wave: Vpp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Square wave: Vp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.25 / 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Trigger signal: 250 Hz
Summer
- With three inputs, short-circuit-proof output
DC voltage, adjustable
- 0.. approx. +/-2.5 V
- 0.. approx. +/-1.5 V
Signal button
- With TTL output
Amplifier, variable gain
- 0.. 2.5
AM
- Vin ≤ 5 V
- Bandpass: 15.. 25 kHz / Low pass: 0 ... 20 kHz
FM / PM / PFM
- fo = 20 kHz / fn = DC ... 3.4 kHz
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB interface
cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or higher
Set of Connection Leads:
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
4 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
5 connecting plugs, 2 mm
Experiment manual with CD:
Modulation Techniques - Modulators
65 ANTEINA AND TRANSMISSION LINES, TRAINER
1 Experiment card with 9GHz antenna interface,
logarithmic detector with >60 dB dynamic range, 16
1
bit measurement resolution
CD-ROM with browser and course software
Antenna rotation platform controlled by stepping
motor with a resolution of 0·18°
Tripod stand with mountings and connection cables
Aluminum case for storage.
Antennae:
Monopole, dipole and folded-dipole
3-element and 6-element Yagi-array
Helix antennae; right and left polarisation
Patch antennae, linear and circular polarisation.
Transmitter:
X-band oscillator with dielectric resonator
Fixed frequency 9·0GHz, stable and maintenance-free
Safety First – low transmission power and energized
only during measurements Optical display when radiating
Receiver:
X-band LNC for a frequency range of 8 to 10 GHz
Precise measurement with a high degree of
sensitivity upto –65dBm and higher
True frequency measurement of 8 to 10 GHz
Several workplaces can be operated in the same room
Course contents:
Introduction to antenna technology
Forms of antenna and examples
Physics of transmitting and receiving
Resistance of an antenna plus matching and symmetrication (Balun)
Close-field and distant-field transmission
Antenna gain
Form of directional image
Measurement of directional image for various antennae
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the desktop lab. It
incorporates all inputs and outputs,
switches, power and signal sources and measurement
circuitry needed to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2mm sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges
100mV to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital
inputs, 1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display
modes: binary, hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter Unit:
Experimenter for coupling to the Experimenter modules.
Connects to the PC Interface and additional
Experimenters
Bus connection for experiment cards
Direct connection to the standard power supply
Fixed and variable voltages available via 9 2-mm
sockets
Accommodates a breadboard for experimenting with
discrete components and integrated circuits
Accommodates a multimeter using IrDa interface
Accessories and Cables:
Shunt resistors on a PCB, for current measurement using
the analog inputs of the system.
6 Shunt resistors: 2 x 1 ohm, 2 x 10 ohm, 2 x 100 ohm
Screen print of symbols for identifying resistors, the
voltage taps and current inputs
24 x 2-mm sockets
Set of connection cables 2mm (22 pcs):
8 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, blue
4 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, black
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, yellow
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, red
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, blue
2 x adapter connection leads 4mm to 2mm, 50cm,
white
Connection plugs 2mm/5mm (10 pcs)
2-mm connector plugs
Plug spacing 5 mm
Colour: white
Storage Case:
Sturdy aluminium case with moulded foam block to
accommodate a complete system
Capable of accommodating 1 Interface, 2 Experimenters, 2 power supplies as
well as cables and smaller accessories
Lockable padlock; stable padlock hinge
66
4
ELECTRIC IRON, 220 V, 1000 W
67
PEDESTAL FAN 24”
68
4
1
VACUUM CLEANER 220v, 1300W
69
1
WASHING MACHINE WITH DRYER
70
1
MICRO WAVE OVEN
71
4
EXHAUST FAN
72
1
JUICER/BLINDER
73
1
ROASTER
74
4
ELECTRIC HEATER SINGLE ROD.
75.
1
ELECTRIC TOASTER
76
4 each
RHEOSTAT different ohms
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
77
Power supply 24 V DC / 2 A Alternatively:
Power supply 24 V DC / 5 A
CPU 313C Alternatively: CPU 314C-2DP
Micro Memory Card
1
Programming and commissioning of a PLC
(Siemens S7-300)
Programming according to international standard
IEC 1131-3
Modular assembling; to your own requirement
Expandable with additional input and output modules
For direct connection to mechatronic applications
For use with control and process simulations
DIGITAL IN
8 Input Insert module via 4mm safety jacks
Digital OUT
8 Output Insert module via 4mm safety jacks
Analog
4 Analog IN
2 Analog Out
1 PT100 IN via 4mm Safety Jacks
Adapter
1 MPI
2 DP
1 Profibus
78
TRAINER FOUR QUADRANT DRIVE
Four-Quadrant Drive is a training system to conduct experiments in the field
of automatic monitoring and control of the speed of Shunt-Wound DC
Machines.
Measuring and adjusting facilities are available for recording and displaying
all the important electrical parameters. Detailed instructions are available for
conducting experiments with the Four-Quadrant Drive.
The Four-Quadrant Drive is designed for operating DC machines rated up to
1 kW.
Technical Details:
Power consumption
- Approx. 200 VA ... 1.1 kVA
(depending on the connected machine set)
Armature voltage and current
- Max. 207 V; 6 A (with 230 V mains voltage)
Field voltage and current
- Max. 207 V; 2.5 A (with 230 V mains voltage)
Speed controller (can be switched off)
- Proportional part KP continuously adjustable
- Integral part adjustable in 3 stages
Temperature control
- For motor set, via 2 mm jacks
Set of connections for Four-Quadrant Drive
10 safety connecting leads, 4 mm, 150 cm
12 safety connecting leads, 4 mm, 100 cm
1
3 safety connecting leads, 4 mm, 25 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 100 cm
1 connecting lead, 2 mm, 30 cm
Experiment manual: Four-Quadrant Drive
79
1
TRAINER FIBER OPTICS SYSTEM
For plastic and glass fibres. With built-in transmit diodes in different
wavelengths of the light. Characteristic recording and attenuation
measurement also possible with DC voltages. Coupling attenuations can be
simulated directly on the Receiver Board. All necessary power supplies and
generators on Board Experiments on fibre optics with plastic fibre
- Characteristics of transmit diodes
- Attenuation of plastic fibres and connectors
- Transmission of TTL signals
- Immunity to interference of the optical fibre
- Experiments on optic fibre with glass fibre
- Measurement of propagation time
Optical Transmitter
Inputs (2 mm jacks)
- 1 analog / 1 digital
Optical outputs
- 660 nm / 850 nm (plastic fibre)
- 850 nm (glass fibre, ST-standard)
Electrical output (via 2 mm jacks)
- With preceding driver circuit for connecting a two-wire line or coaxial cable
for comparative measurements on a fibre optic transmission path
- Output impedance: 50 Ω; 75 Ω
Function groups
- Sinewave generator: F = 1 kHz; Vpp = 3 V
- Squarewave generator: F = 10 kHz (TTL)
- Pulse generator: impulse duration 400 ns
- Patch field and power supply for plug-in transformer to simulate
Interferences
Optical Receiver
Optical input
- Plastic fibre / Glass fibre
Electrical input (2 mm jacks)
- For connecting a two-wire line or coaxial cable for comparative
measurements
- Input impedance: 50 Ω; 75 Ω
Output amplifier
- Voltage gain: 1 ... 6 (adjustable)
- DC offset: +0,5 V... -5,5 V (adjustable)
Outputs (2 mm jacks)
- DC: Vout = 0 ... +/-8 V
- AC: Vout pp = 0 ... 16 V
- TTL: with Schmitt trigger; fan-out = 10;
Set of accessories:
Plastic fibre, 0.5 m, without plug
Plastic fibre, 5 m, without plug
Plastic fibre, 20 m, without plug
Glass fibre, 1 m, with ST plug
Glass fibre, 20 m, with ST plug
Optical coupling for glass fibre
Connecting plug, 2 mm, spacing: 5 mm
Coil, N = 100
Coil, N = 900
Tape-wound core (1 pair)
Connecting lead, 2 mm, 30 cm, yellow
Connecting lead, 2 mm, 100 cm, yellow
Experiment manual with CD Fibre optics
80
DEMONSTRATION BOARD SERVO CONTROL
Universal speed control system. Extendable with plug-in module for
temperature and brightness control
.With integrated four-quadrant display
.With variable centrifugal mass
.Dual-channel encoder
.Built-in four-quadrant Amplifier
The module contains a machine set comprising:
- DC motor with current actual value acquisition
- DC generator with connectable load
- Tacho generator with decoupling amplifier
- Connectable mechanical centrifugal mass, realized
electronically
- Dual-channel encoder for direct acquisition of speed
and direction of rotation
- Built-in sight window for optical recognition of
speed and direction of rotation and stroboscopic
scanning a four-quadrant indicator is integrated which links the current and
direction of rotation via a logical circuit and then indicates them on 4 LEDs.
The following disturbance variables can be applied:
- Variation of the mechanical centrifugal mass and
the related time constant fluctuation
- Connectable load on the Generator / Motor
- Rated voltage: 12 V
- Rated speed: 5900 / min
- Speed: max. 8000 / min
- Current: max. 0.5 A
Generator
- Rated voltage: 12 V
- Maximum current: 0.5 A
1
Tachogenerator
- Output voltage: 2 V@ 1000 / min decoupled by amplifier
RI = 200
Encoder
- Resolution: 100 lines / rev.
- Output channels: 2
- Output voltage: TTL (decoupled by TTL module)
Load
- Connectable load resistance: 33 / 5 W ; with parallel-circuited lamp
Current actual value acquisition
- Measuring resistance
Series-connected amplifier
- Gain factor: 10
- Internal resistance: 200
DC amplifier
- Input I: 0 ... +/-10 V
- Gain factor: V = 1.2
- Input II: 0 ... +/-5 V
- Gain factor: V = 2.4
- Output voltage in four-quadrant operation:
0 ... +/-12 V
- Output current: max. 0.5 A
Four-quadrant indicator
4 LEDs in two colours, to distinguish between motor and generator quadrants
ANNEXTURE-C
Electronics Technology in 1 colleges
EQUIPMENT LIST FOR ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGY
S.No

Description of Item
Qty
2
DIGITAL FREQUENCY /UNIVERSAL COUNTER
Four functions are frequency, period, totalize and self check, Channel A Range:
10Hz-10 Mhz direct counter, 10 MHz-100Mhz by 10, Channel B Range: 100Mhz
ti 1.3Ghz direct counter.




1
OSCILLOSCOPE 50 MHz with digital/cursor.
5 digit built-in frequency counter, 3 Channel, Automatic setup to H and V axis,
Auto measurements of p-p or DC voltage, 0.1V/0.5V attenuator for CH3, 2%
accuracy of V and H axis, 1KHz 1% , 1Vp-p 0.1% calibration output, Reliable
relay attenuator, 3 –channel, 8m trace scopes for a variety of waveform displays,
High precision measurement with cursor High sensitivity design for maximum
vertical axis sensitivity of 1mV/div, Automatic triggering (FIX) to solve
complicated triggering problems, Delay sweep for expanded waveforms, three
signals can be exactly synchronized in the V mode, Vidal signal clamp eliminates
trigger adjustments, complete with standard accessories.
100 MHz OSCILLOSCOPE
2% accuracy of V and H axis, 0.5 V attenuator for
CH-3, 1KHz 1%, 1Vp-p 0.1 % calibration output, Reliable relay attenuator, 3channel, 8m trace scopes for a variety of waveform displays, High sensitivity
vertical axis sensitivity of 1mV/div, Automatic triggering (FIX) to solve
complicated triggering problems, Delay sweep for expanded waveforms, three
signals can be exactly synchronized in the V mode, Vidal signal clamp eliminates
trigger adjustments, complete with standard accessories and manual
20MHz OSCILLOSCOPE, Dual Trace.
Bandwidth: 20 MHz, Accelerating potential: Approx. 2KV, operating modes:
CH1,CH2, ADD, ALT, CHOP, Deflection factor: 5mV/div to 5V/div: 20 Mhz,
1m/div, 2mV/div, 5MHz, 2 channel, input impedance 1 Mohm+2%, Approx. 22pF,
Max, Sweep speed, 0.2us/div, sweep modes: NORM, AUTO, TV-F, TV-L, FIX,
V-mode alternate trigger, magnified sweep, automatic triggering(fix), trigger
source: VERT, CH1, CH2, LINE, EXT, Intensity modulation, Vertical axis signal
output, video sync, line sync, line sync, complete with standard accessories.
ANALOG AND DIGITAL MULTI-METER
Automatic AC/DC recognjitio0n, AC/Dc voltage-400mV to 1000V, operating
frequency 20Hz to 10Khz, Resistance 400 ohm to 40M ohm, continuity Test 400
ohm, Frequency 4 KHz, to 400 KHz, Max and Hold functions, can be used as zero
Galvanometer, Backlighting of the digital display, complete with standard
accessories.
1
2
2

DIGITAL MULTI-METER : Single switch, 0.5% DCV accuracy, 3-1/2 digit, 2000
count, large 0.8” LCD play , AC volts 200mV to 1000V, DC volts 200mV to
1500V, AC/DC current 20A, overload protection, Diode Check, Continuity check
(beeper sound below 100 ohm approx), Frequency response 40Hz to 500Hz,
Resistance 200 ohm to 20 Mohm, complete with standard and rubber holster.
2

DIGITAL MULTI-METER
Bench type, 8 functions AC/DC current, Resistance Built-in C meter, Diode Test
and Audible continuity check, High voltage 1000V, 20A current range, 0.,5% basic
DCV accuracy, DC voltage 1000?V, AC voltage 750V, Resistance 200 ohm to
20M ohm in 6 ranges.
MULTI-METER: 37 measuring ranges, length of basic scale 87mm approx.
Pointer deflection 9 100o , sensitivity 50 k ohm for dc Voltage , 5k ohm for AC
voltage, Test Voltage 3 kV, DC volts 100mV to 1000V, AC voltage 3 V to 1000V,
Resistance range 1 ohm to 50 M ohm, complete with standard accessories. Japan
90 pcs Insertion/Extraction Kit: with black Zipper case.
2
ANALOG MULTI-METER
2
With the following multi ranges:
Overload protection, circuit breaker protection, switching cap-acity of the
protecting switch, selection range by Rotary switch DC voltage: 100mV, 0.3-1-310-0-100-300-1000,DC current 30uA, 100uA, 0.3mA, 1mA, 10mA, 30mA, 0.1A,
0.3A, 1,A, 3A, 10A, AC voltage: 0.3-1-3-10-0-100-300-1000,AC current: 1mA,
10m, 30mA, 0.,1A, 0.3mA, 1A, 3A, 10A.Transmission range: 20dB – 10dB, dB
scale: +10dB, +dB, +40dB, +50dB.Resistence: 0.2ohm-500ohm, 20ohm-50Kohm,
0.2ohm-50-0Koh, 2kohm-5Mnohm, 20Kohm-50Mohm,Internal resistance 31.6K
ohms/VDC, 50Kohm V/.AC,Accuracy DC + 1%, AC + 1.5%, Internal
cap[acitance: CI-50pF, Scale Length 110mm, complete with test leads and user
manual.
Large Demonstration meter.
Cat No.381, 112, Scale length 120mm, 100uA full scale, range: 20-0-100uA,
complete with standard accessories.
2MHz, Sweep Function Generator..
Features: 0.2Hz to 2MHz, sine, square, triangle and TTL pulse, variable symmetry,
variable DC offset, internal/external frequency sweep, Frequency range: 0.2Hz to
2Mhz, frequency accuracy +/-5% of full scale, wave forms: sine, square, triangle,
TTL, Ramp, max. amp.; output VP.P, counter sensitivity : 30mV Vrms, counter
input attenuator: 0/-20Db, Power consumption 20VA max.
SIGNAL GENERATOR.
1- RF Characteristics frequency range:
 100 KHz to 70 MHz in six fundamental bands.
 Out voltage .025uV to 1 Volt into 50 ohm load on any band.
2- AF Characteristics
 Internal audio oscillator approx 400 Hz
 Approx. 2 volts rms across 100K load
 Output voltage Approx: 2 volts rms across 100 k load. Approx: 1volts rms
across 10K load.
3- Modulation Characteristics
 % modulation internal 400Hz signal)
 0 to 100% on calibrated control
 Frequency range of external signal 20Hz to 15KHz
2






4
1
1
1
 Amplitude to external 1000Hz Approx: 0.3 volts rms
 Modulating signal for 30% modulation.
 .
Generator with built-in Audio Amplifier:
Sine, Square or Triangular waveforms,
Amplitude and frequency modulations, amplifier section can be use to amplify and
external input or the out put of the signal generator section continuously6 variable,
low and high impedance output. Signal generator range 0.1Hz, toi 100 Khz,
aptitude, modulations 100%, modulation achieve by inputs between 1600mV into
the AM input. Amplifier section power output upto 5W, 5V, rms to 5ohm load,
6Volt rmps , 17V, peak to peak frequency response DC to 100KHz, 1ohm output
impedance for high current load for 100 ohm output impedance. Complete with
standard accessories.
1

Function Generator with Frequency Meter
Same characteristics as generator P/N 3125 with the following specifications in
addition:
 Internal or external wabbulation(Linear or logarithmic).
 Built-in frequency counter.
 Dimensions 270 x 95 x 295mm.
 Weight: 2.8 kg.
Frequency display by LEDs (5 digits) from 5 Hz to 120 MHz. Automatic
reciprocal frequency meter.
Digital Capacitance Meter
5000 counts static recording function, Tolerance mode, setting HL/LO limit, wide
range with 0.1pF resolution communication, 1% basic accuracy full pushbutton
operation, Auto Power off, Full auto ranging capability, Large easy to read LCD
display, Range 500.0pF, 5nF, 50nF, 500nF, 5uF, 50uF, 500uF, 5000uF, 50mF,
complete with standard accessories.
1
Universal Power Supply,
This power supply unit guarantees
a clear experimental
set-up and a short set-up time.
Technical data
- Mains connection, three phase:
380 ... 415 V AC
- Outputs, three-phase:
with phase pilot lamp and
safety switch, 3-pole (6 A)
1


2
Fixed DC: 200 V / 4 A
(at 230 V mains) for field
current supply of DC machines,
with pilot lamp
- DC, continuously adjustable:
0 … 250 V/4 A

Balance Stabilized AC/DC Power Supply:
With built-in Short proof, Power switch with Lamp, compact and Light weight ,
ideal for Digital and Analog circuits. Specifications: DC Power Supply: DC+5V,.
1A, -5V, 500mA fixed, DC 0 to +15V,, 500mA variable, DC 0 to –15V, 500mA
variable, AC Power supply: 12V-6V-0V-6V-12V-60mA fixed, complete with AC
cables 1, DC output wires, Red x 4, Black x 1.
1

Single Phase Power Factor Meter:
Single Phase Power Factor Meter
Measure range:
-Voltage: 250V;
-Current: 2A;
-Accuracy: 1%
1


23 pcs Service Tool Kit with black zipper case,
Semiconductor Curve Tracer.
Frequency: 120Hz or 100Hz (2 line frequency) voltage: 121 steps,
5,10,20,30,40,50,60,80,100, 150 and 200V, Accuracy + 10%, sweep wave form:
full wave rectified . Current 500mA,m Maximum: current limited: 1K for low level
transistor 100 for power transistor, Steps 7, current step, 10,20,50uA, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5,
1/.2mA, accuracy: + 5% voltage per stop 0.1, 0.5V, accuracy: + 5% external Bias,
one curve display , polarity switch, three modes of operation npn, pnp, diode ,
Power source 220 V, 50Hz.
Resistance Attenuator.
Frequency range: DC to 1 MHz, Attenuation Range: 0 to 121dB (0.1dB step),
input /output impedance 600 ohm + 10 ohm, minimum input level + 27dB m or
0.5W or 17Vrms, Attenuation Accuracy: (1 KHz) less then + 0.2 dB, Reference
frequency 1KHz:
DC to 80 KHz + 0.2dB ( 0 to 121 dB)(, DC to 100 KHz + 0.2dB ( 0 to 100dB), DC
to 150KHz + 0.2dB ( 0 to 100dB), DC to 150KHz _1dB ( 0 to 121 Db), DC to
1MHz + 1.5dB ( 0 to 60 dB).
Sine/Square Wave Generator.
Microamplifier
Main operated input through plug in modules to select mV DC and AC uA, uA,
uC, Size 203x152x62mm.
26 Pieces Electronic Tool Kit with black zipper case ,
Regulated Digital DC Power Supply:
Variable output 0 to 50 V,/0 to 1 Amp. Load regulation 0.2%, main regulation
constant voltage 0.02%, Noise and hum constant voltage 2mV, rms, measuring
instrument digital V&A,
Accuracy: + 0./1% reading +1digit, Voltmeter resolution : 100mV, output V./A,
3,6,12, 24, V AC /1A., Power supply 110 -`125-220-230, main voltage 240 volt,
AC 50-60 Hz, consumption 150 W.
2
1





1
1
1
1
2














TV/FM Level Meters,
Auto Correction circuit not Ext. Compensation adjust needed. TV, FM and Cable
TV applications, 39 Pre-stored programmes. Frequency: VHF low VHF Band 48169 MHz, FM band 87-109 MHz, High VHF Band: 175-448 MHz, UHF:UHF
Band 455-856 MHz, Indication: Digital Frequency Meter 4-1/2 LCD digits., Input
impedance : 75 ohm, Scale Range L 30 dB IF bandwidth : 300K Hz, Battery
operated: Battery 12V 1.9Ah, with standard accessories.
Audio Power Meter, Power upto 200W, Frequency Range: DC to 30 Ahz, Internal
non inductive loads 4 ohm and 8 ohm, Internal/oscillator 1 KHz.
Portable Frequency meter, Uses a frequency to DC current transducer which drives
a high sensitivity moving coil type indicator. It features accurate frequency
measurement without noticeable influence of line voltage fluctuation ( 50 to 300
V) or waveform distortion. Frequency range: 45 to 65 Hz, Voltage: 120/240V,
Accuracy: +0.2% of full scale value, Scale Length: 135mm.
Portable Wattmeter, Single phase low power factor wattmeter, range 1/5A, voltage:
30/60V, Electrodynamics type, accuracy: +0.5% of full scale value, Scale Length:
135mm approx.
Portable AC Voltmeter.
Voltage range: 75/150V, Moving Iron type, Accuracy: 0.5% of full scale value,
scale length: 135mm approx.
Precision Sound Level Meter,
Range: 25 – 130d BA, Meter Scale: Linear 30 dB, Reading Resolution: 0.2dB,
Range Attenuators: 5-in 20 dB, Meter Damping Fast, Slow RMS time constants,
Microphone: Precision air condenser ½” Battery Life: 35h,, with carrying case
attach case calibrator.
25V Variable Power Supply, Continuously variable 0 to 25V AC and DC current
8.5A, Re-settable thermal cutout, Illuminated on/off mains switch, A degree of
smoothing is provided by an internal 2200uF capacitor.
Portable Recorder. Number of Pens: 12 calibrated /input ranges from 10mV to
50V, Full scale, 8 Push button selected chart speeds from 6 cm/min to 2 cm/h ,
High accuracy: 300mm/s max, Reliable accurate chart drive using pulse motor and
crystal oscillator, chart speed accuracy: +0.25%, Mess Free disposable felt tip pen.
1
Diodes & Transistor for Demonstration,
Consisting of following: 011.112.NPN Transistor 7 pcs, 011.119.PNP Transistor 6
pcs, 011.113, Phototransistor 9 pcs.
Decade Capacitance Box. Range:10nF to 100nF
Capacitance substitution Box, Range: 220 , 470pF, 2.2, 4.7, 10.22, 24,100,220,
470, 1uF, Max voltage 250 V dc,
Miniature circuit breaker:
10A, 220V, with built-in 3 pin socket, EMBID, S.L.
Application Power Check meter
Range: Voltage: 0-300V AC, current 0-1,5A AC 0-15A AC, Watts: 0-360W 0360W (Resistive load only 240V). In addition to these ranges a fuse selector for the
appliance being tested is also indicated on the dial.
1
Alarm and Signaling circuits,
Complete fire alarm system on a single Board .All single components freely
wire able, for step-by-step introduction right up to complete commissioning
of the whole system .With integrated fire alarm centre .With integrated
signaling devices such as acoustic alarm generator,
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
flashing light and alarm relaying by main alarm .Integrated key depot
Built-in components:
2 thermo-differential alarms (infrared)
Smoke alarm
Manual alarm
Main alarm with connection to the fire station
Key depot
Inside and outside horn
Optical alarm indicators (LEDs
4 terminating resistors
Fire alarm centre:
Key-operated switch for locking relaying of fire alarms to the main alarm
- Inputs: LINE 1 / LINE 2 / DOOR STATE / KEY STATE /
RESPONSE
- Outputs: ALARM OUT / Relay K1 / 12 V EXTERNAL /
DOOR OPENER
- Indicators (LEDs): Operation ON, operation OFF / ALARM /
ERROR / ERROR OFF, ALARM for LINE 1 and LINE 2 /
KEY DEPOT UNLOCKED / KEY DEPOT STATE
- Button: BUZZER OFF / RESET / OFF, ON for LINE 1 and LINE 2
- Simulation: power failure and missing battery
Technical Data:
Thermo-differential alarm (infrared)
- Operating voltage: 12 V DC
Optical smoke alarm
- Operating voltage: 12 V
Hand alarm
- The glass pane is simulated by a sliding plexiglass door.
- The alarm is indicated by a red LED.
- The alarm is triggered by a pushbutton.
- Operating voltage: 12 V
Main alarm
- The alarm is indicated by a red LED.
- Main alarm at rest, green LED alight
- The alarm is triggered by a pushbutton.
- Alarm to fire station additionally indicated by a red LED
- Operating voltage: 12 V
Alarm centre: - Voltage output: 12 V DC / 0.2 A
All inputs and outputs are wired by 2 mm jacks

Digital Tachometer:
Measuring RPM is safe and accurate without attachment to object. Wide measuring
range and high resolution, value will be automatically stored in memory and can be
obtained by pressing MEMORY CALL BUTTON, Test range. 5-999999M+0.05%
sampling time. 1 sec. (over 60 RPM), memory, Last value max. value min, value
detecting distance 50-150mm/2-5 inch. (Max 300 rpm/12inch) complete with
standard and hard carrying case.
1

Solid Am Radio Receiver Demonstrator.
1
Complete radio trainer in one Board. All the important signals tappable at
measuring points. With built-in AM and FM tuner. With stereo decoder and
integrated loudspeakers. With built-in sinewave generator
Experiment with the Tone Control
_ Experiments with the AM
- Generation of an AM Signal with the
FM/AM Transmitter
- Measuring the AM Antenna Signal
- Determination of the Oscillator Frequency
- Measurements at the AM Mixer
- Measurements at the IF Stage and at the
Demodulator
- Automatic Gain Control AGC
AM unit
- Ferrite antenna at the input circuit
- Frequency range: 540 ... 1600 kHz, tunable by LC input circuit, consisting
of capacitance diodes
- HF amplifier
- Oscillator for generating the IF frequency by means of a mixer, oscillator
frequency: approx.
900 Hz ... 2 MHz
- IF circuit with filter (455 kHz), IF amplifier and AGC
Sound adjuster
- 2 inputs: right channel / left channel
- Adjustable: volume, treble, bass and balance
2 AF amplifiers
- Output power: 3 W
Sinewave generator
- 5 frequency ranges: 300 Hz … 34 kHz, adjustable
- Output voltage: Vpp = 400 mV
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher

Transistor Characteristics Training Panel
Training contents:
Diodes in DC and AC circuits
Half-wave and bridge rectifiers with smoothing
Displaying diode characteristics on an oscilloscope
Light-emitting diodes
Photodiodes
Diode-like characteristics of transistor circuits
Input, output and control characteristics of transistors
Transistors in common emitter, common collector and
1
common base circuits
Transistors used as switches
Transistors used as delay switches
Required 2-mm plug-in components:
1x Switch
1x Speaker
1x Incandescent lamp
1x LED, red
1x LED, green
1x 33 W, 2x 100 W, 1x220, 1x 330 W, 1x 470 W, 1x
680 W, 1x 1 kW, 1x 2.2 kW, 2x 4.7 kW, 3x 10 kW, 1x 22
kW, 1x 47 kW, 1x 100 kW resistors
2x Potentiometer, 1kW + 10 kW
1x 0.1 μF; 1x 22 μF, 1x 0.47 μF capacitors
1x 1 μF electrolytic capacitor, 1x 10 μF electrolytic
capacitor
6 x Diodes, 1N4007, 1 x germanium diode, AA118
1 x Zener diodes, 4.7 V, 2 x zener diodes, 10 V
1 x Transistor, BC547, base left
1 x Transistor, BD237, base left
CD-ROM with Labsoft browser and course software
Case for storage of component set and CD-ROM

Audio Amplifier R.,C coupling Training Panel.
Training contents:
Basic amplifier circuits using bipolar transistors
Basic amplifier circuits using field effect transistors
(FETs)
Two-stage AC amplifier
Darlington pair amplifier
Coupled emitter amplifiers
Phase reversing stages
Differential amplifiers
Two-stage DC amplifier with complementary transistors
Push-pull amplifiers
Positive and negative feedback
2-mm plug-in components:
29 film resistors 10 Ω ... 1 M Ω
2 potentiometers, linear 1 k Ω ... 10 k Ω
8 capacitors 100 pF ... 0,47 μF
6 electrolyte capacitors 1 μF ... 470 μF
2 coils 10 mH ... 33 mH
2 transformer coils N = 300, N = 900
1 cut strip-wound core (1 pair)
2 LEDs, green
6 silicon diodes 1N4007, 1 germanium diode AA118
1
1 Zener diode 4.7 V
2 transistors BC547 base left + base right
2 transistors BD237 base left + base right
1 transistor BD238 base left

Audio Oscillators Training Panel.
Training contents:
Positive and negative feedback
Square-wave generators
Threshold switches (Schmitt triggers)
Astable multivibrators
Monostable multivibrators
Bistable multivibrators (flip-flops)
Saw tooth generators (pulse generators)
Sine-wave generators with RC and LC elements
2-mm plug-in components:
Storage case for plug-in component modules
29 film resistors 10 Ω ... 1 M Ω
2 potentiometers, linear 1 k Ω ... 10 k Ω
8 capacitors 100 pF ... 0,47 μF
6 electrolyte capacitors 1 μF ... 470 μF
2 coils 10 mH ... 33 mH
2 LEDs, green
2 transistors BC547 base left + base right
2 transistors BD237 base left + base right
1 transistor BD238 base left
1

Multistandard Colour Television Trainer
The trainer is designed for easy teaching operational,
fundamental theory and troubleshooting techniques of
common household color television.
1
The Trainer consists of a large panel board with detailed
block diagram of color television printed clearly on panel.
Equipped with fault simulation point and fault LED
indicators. If one of the fault point is triggered, a
corresponding LED is electronically activated, indicating
that the fault is active. The LED indicators can be
de-activated for students to learn the troubleshooting
techniques.
To get realistic fault, points of fault simulation are created
according to common problems happened in the real world,
which make teaching troubleshooting techniques closed to
reality.
The color television main board is mounted on sliding
tray, placed in a box with window and lock to protect
television board when not in use. Pull out sliding tray to
access television board.
Student can access directly to the color television main
board for doing measurement and investigation.
Complete with comprehensive experiment manual book to
guide student step by step conducting experiments.
Specification:
System Mode
: TV: PAL (B/G, D/K,I)
SECAM (B/G,D/K)
NTSC
AV: PAL, SECAM
NTSC (3.58/4.43MHz)
Size of CRT
: 15 inches
Channel frequency
: VHF channel 1 to 12
UHF channel 21 to 69
Antenna impedance
: 75 Ohm
Sound system
: Built-in speaker 3W
Fault system
:20 electronics fault system with fault
LED indicator on block diagram.
Resettable to initially condition
LED Indicators ON/OFF control point
Fault simulation and LED indicators
Connection terminal 4mm leads for Fault Pen simulator
- Master reset point
- Power requirement: 110 – 220 VAC, 50/60Hz
- Include schematic of color television
- Outdoor antenna
- Impedance
: 75 Ohm
- Reception channel : 21 – 69
- Coaxial Cable
- Impedance: 75 Ohm
- Mirror for inspection
Covered Topics
Operating Television
Voltage Checking
Installing RF AGC (Automatic Gain Control)
Measuring High Voltage
Adjusting M-NTSC Sub-TINT
Adjusting PAL Color Level
Focus Installing
Video in Adjustment
Installing Color Purity
Installing Convergence
Tracking Power Circuit Damaged
Tracking Vertical Circuit Damaged
Tracking Horizontal Circuit Damaged
Tracking Color Circuit Damaged
Tracking RGB Out Circuit Damaged
Tracking Video Circuit Damaged
Tracking Video IF Circuit Damaged
Tracking Sound Circuit Damaged










Fix Ohms Resistance Box, 1000 OHMS.
Electronic Insulation Tester(Portable)
500V/100M ohm along with test lead and carrying case, voltage/resistance
500V/100M ohm stabilized voltage circuit and automatic zero calibration with low
ohms (0-2K ohm) and AC V (0-500V)
Phase Sequence Indicator:
Rating AZ-25-65, cycles 450V, 5 minutes , 220V, 30 minutes 110V continuity
along with testing leads and carrying case
Pre-Scaler, Frequency range 40 MHz 5o 600 MHz,m input sensitivity better than
10mV rms from 50 ohm source, input impudence 50 ohm, nominal operating
power voltage range 6/9V, DV,
Temperature Controlled Soldering Station:,
Heater voltage, 24V, heater power 48W for soldering pencil, soldering tip size 5 .5
mm temperature direct reading constant temp. controlled temp. continuous,
adjustable,
Electronic Control Relay: 10 amp. 600V AC pilot duty 69-0VA type D.,2.40/10V
50Hz-120V 60Hz, square D.
Limit Switch: Tube type 4-form M11 A volt 125 Ac amp. 25 DC 5.0A, 250 volts
15 amp AC DC 1.0.1600 V, 15 amp, AC-DC 0.2 amp. Square D.
Rheostat: 94 ohms 1.6 amp type ES-5 fully covered overall length 16” app.
Demonstration Type Insulation Tester:
Range: 1000V, 1000 mega ohm, min, scale division 0.2 mega ohm, accuracy 1%
of full scale length cranking speed 120 rpm dumping time within 4 seconds, all
crystal body.
Demonstration type Set: Demonstration type
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the desktop lab. It
incorporates all inputs and outputs,
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
switches, power and signal sources and measurement
circuitry needed to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2mm sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges
100mV to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital
inputs, 1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display
modes: binary, hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter Unit:
70 nodes allow for easily understood circuit set-ups in a compact space.
Circuits are built by inserting the plug-in modules between nodes on the
board. Connections between nodes can be made using 2-mm or 7.5-mm
jumpers.
Links to a PC Interface Unit
Fixed and variable power supply connections via 2-mm sockets
For use with 2-mm plug-in components
70 nodes each with 9 x 2-mm sockets
7.5-mm grid for 2-mm sockets
4 bus lines for power supply (+15 V,+5 V, -15 V,
earth) via 2-mm sockets
Variable three-phase power supply
Ergonomic working thanks to console housings
Contact loading: max. 10 A




Demonstration type Galvano meter: The demonstration type sensitive
galvanometer is available for students to undertake experiments in detecting weak
current 300UA, +5%, 125ohms, G 12.4K-3K ohms all body structure is made of
transparent plastic.
Demonstration Type Multi Meter:
Display 3 ½ digit, dual integration mode automatic polarity indicated , low battery
indication , DC voltage AC voltage DC current resistance continuity Test to
understand how a multi meter works.
AC Voltage Detector: Check fuses without removing them, check breaker panel ,
locates breaks in insulate wire light weight , easy to operated, power supply 2 size
AA batteries 25 to 1500V.
AM/FM/ Radio Transmitter Receiver System
Complete radio trainer in one Board. All the important signals tappable at
measuring points. With built-in AM and FM tuner. With stereo decoder and
integrated loudspeakers. With built-in sinewave generator
Experiment with the Tone Control
_ Experiments with the AM
- Generation of an AM Signal with the
FM/AM Transmitter
- Measuring the AM Antenna Signal
- Determination of the Oscillator Frequency
- Measurements at the AM Mixer
- Measurements at the IF Stage and at the
Demodulator
- Automatic Gain Control AGC
The FM/AM Transmitter is a module for generation of
a FM and AM signal.
Technical data
- Modulation input:
700 mV
- Modulation output:
AM signal: carrier 1 MHz
FM signal: carrier 100 MHz
- Supply voltage:9 V DC
AM unit
- Ferrite antenna at the input circuit
- Frequency range: 540 ... 1600 kHz, tunable by LC input circuit, consisting
of capacitance diodes
1
1
1
1
- HF amplifier
- Oscillator for generating the IF frequency by means of a mixer, oscillator
frequency: approx.
900 Hz ... 2 MHz
- IF circuit with filter (455 kHz), IF amplifier and AGC
Sound adjuster
- 2 inputs: right channel / left channel
- Adjustable: volume, treble, bass and balance
2 AF amplifiers
- Output power: 3 W
Sinewave generator
- 5 frequency ranges: 300 Hz … 34 kHz, adjustable
- Output voltage: Vpp = 400 mV
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher












Wire Stripper.
For cutting and stripping insulated wire. The depth can e set to avoid accidental
severing of the wires. Incorporated in the handles are spanner apparatus suitable
for 6 BA and 4 RA nuts.
Wire Stripper.
Specially developed for use where more than one wire is required to be stripped
simultaneously. Single cables are still easily stripped and the strippers may be
used on p.t.f.a covered wires. Particularly suitable for miniature conductors and
coaxial. Capacity 0.25mm to 2.5mm.
End Wire Stripper. Multi-adjustments are obtained by means of side screw with
opening spring. High tensile quality with polished head and red PVC velvet grip
handles. Overall lengths. 150mm.
Cable Stripper. Designed to quickly remove the outer cheating on multicore,
coaxial and circular cables, eliminating possible damage to the inner conductors .
Capacity ¼” to 7/8” .
Co-Axial Wire Stripper. Lap jointed insulation striping pliers that cut the wire and
strip 6mm of insulation in one operation Adjustable for wire dia upto 5mm.
Overall length 137mm.
Flat Nose Pliers ,. Spring tempered with smooth jaw caces and insulated handles.
Overall length 112mm.
Snipe Nose Pliers, Half round tapering jaws with smooth inside faces and
insulated handles. Over length 112mm.
Round Nose Pliers, .With round section jaws tapering to a fine point and insulated
handles. Over length 112mm.
Snipe Nose Radio Pliers, With smooth faced half round tapering jaws and side
cutters. With insulated handles. Over length 112mm.
Diagonal Cutting Nippers, Incorporating keen cutting edges making this tool ideal
for small intricate work. With insulated handles. Overall length 112mm.
Forceps, Curved, Stainless steel, fine pointed curved ends:
Length. Mm, 110, 150
Forceps, Curved, Stainless steel.,Length. Mm 110, 130
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20



Drill Kit, Titan Major ,
This kit incorporates the powerful Titan supper drill and a sturdy multipurpose
drill stand which can also be lused in the horizontal position as a miniature lathe
for turning small components between centers.
Kit contents:
1 Titan supper drill.
1 Multi purpose drill stand.
1 Mains transformer/rectifier unit.
Set of forty assorted tools for drilling, buffing, grinding and sawing.
Screw Driver, Neon Test,
With molded plastic handle containing a neon indicator and with an insulated shaft.
This screwdrivers as outmoded to serve as a main tester over the voltage range
from 100V to 500V, complete with pen type pocket clip, overall length 140mm
approximately.
Screw Driver, Posidrive,
Specially cross head point to fit “Posidriv screws”.
Should not be used with standard Philips screws:
Point sixe
To fit screw sizes.
Blade length mm.
10
20
20
1
No.4 & smaller
76
2
Nos. 5 to 10 inc.
102
3
Nos. 12 to 16 inc.
152
4
Nos. 18 & larger.
203
1
No. 4 and smaller.
25
2
Nos. 5 to 10 inc.
38


OFFSET SCREW DRIVERS ,
One end standard cross slot other end Philips points. Blade width 5mm, 6mm.
TRAINING TOOL KIT,
20
20





The kit contains:
8 Twin coloured nylon holders.
2 extensions holders.
2 Turner adjusting tools.
16 different inter changeable tips.
6 spare kits.
1 double ended hexagon trimmer .
SPANNERS, METRIC, .
Set of seven, high tensile steel double open ended, covering sizes 6 to 19mm
inclusive. Length of largest spanner 200mm ,
SOLDERING IRON, LOW VOLTAGE
For use on 220V-240V, AC,
SOLDERING GUN,
For Use On 230v-240v(Ac),
HACKSAW FRAME(ADJUSTABLE)
For 10” Or 12” Blades,
BALL PIN HAMMER,
Standard Pattern Ball Pin Hammers With Polished Faces And High Quality
Hickory Handles:
Weight Of Head
10
10
10
20
10sets
G
Lb
230
½
450
1
910
2
1860
3



VTR HEAD CHECKER having measuring range:Range A: approx. 0.4 to 2.8 UH.
Range B::approx .0.8 to 2.7 UH.
Range C: approx. 0.5 to 1.3 UH.
Nominal Inductance of 0 point: 0.9UH, 1.3 uH and 0.8uH.
HIGH VOLTAGE METER PROBE,.
Accuracy: + 3% of full scale , 40kv input impedance: approx: 800 Magohms.
CASSETTE CHECKER,
Portable Cassette checker with six kinds of measuring functions, designed small
and light weight, for use in servicing cassette players, measuring functions:
 Tape speed.
 Wow and flutter.
 level.
1
2
1
 Noise level.
 Audio Oscillator.
 DC voltage audio.





Complete with accessories i.e pin-plug mini plug…..1pc. Pinplug-pin- plug…….1
pc, Test.
Leads…1pc. Battery 006p (9V)2pcm.
ELECTRONIC VACUUM PHOTO TUBE
, Visible range, spectral response 300-650mm, peak length 400mm, windows
material Borosilicate.
ELECTRONIC VACUUM PHOTO TUBE, .
Spectral response 300 to 1100mm, peak wave length 730mm, anode supply voltage
90 VDC, peak cathode current 9uA.
TRAN SISTER RADIO KIT 3 BAND,
COLOUR TV 20” , SONY. Imported
DIGITAL MODULATION
All the important modulations on separate Boards. Experiment setup time
reduced to a minimum. Built-in signal source (short-circuit-proof).
Integrated clock generator with synchronized carrier and modulation
frequencies to provide static oscilloscope images. Modulation /
Demodulation Boards for ease of use and understanding
Features:
Clock generator (quartz controlled) with frequency
dividers for generating the carrier and modulation signals.
Signal button, for simple examination of the digital modulation techniques,
with electronic debounce and optical indication by an LED DC voltage
source, adjustable, for generating static, analog modulation signals.
Summer, for adding up to 3 signals.
- Amplifier, variable gain, for matching external modulation signals
built-in power supply unit
The following modulation techniques can be studied
with the MODULATION BOARD:
- Pulse Frequency Modulation (PFM)
- Pulse Phase Modulation (PPM)
- Delta Modulation (DM)
- Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK)
- Frequency Shift Keying (FSK)
- Phase Shift Keying (PSK)
Technical Data:
DC voltage output (short-circuit-proof)
- +/-15 V/0.15 A ; +5 V/0.2 A;
for connecting external devices
Signal source
- Sine wave: Vpp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Square wave: Vp ≤ 5 V; f = 0.25 / 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 20 kHz
- Trigger signal: 250 Hz
Summer
- With three inputs, short-circuit-proof output
1
1
10
2
1
DC voltage, adjustable
- 0.. approx. +/-2.5 V
- 0.. approx. +/-1.5 V
Signal button
- With TTL output
Amplifier, variable gain
- 0.. 2.5
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher
Set of Connection Leads:
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
4 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
2 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
5 connecting plugs, 2 mm
Experiment manual with CD:
Modulation Techniques - Modulators
Modulation Techniques – Demodulators



AC PNUMATIC TIME RELAY
Demonstration type(open) with single pole time contact, AC volts 120, 240 , 400,
600 break 15 amp, 010 amp, 6amp, 5amp, make 40A, 20A,m 10A, 8A, DC volt,
0.5 –0,25-0.05, double throw 0.25-0.10,
15 KV MEGOHM METER TESTER
Volt rms 105, 130 volt, current (Rms 1.5 amp maximum. Continuous frequency 60
Hz, full rating , 50Hz, reduced rating , basis of rated performance , 120 volt, 60Hz,
supply with stabilizer.Output test voltage 0.15 KV, DC megantive with respect to
ground , output current with stabilizer 60Hz, volt meter , power off -on switch,
circuit breaker with green lamp indicator , high voltage off-on switch(circuit
breaker with red lamp indicator), voltage control with zero start interlock 0-100
reference dial stabilizer selector switch input volt meter range , 7-5-15 KW,
1
DIGITAL COMPUTERS FUNDAMENTALS TRAINER
Universal training and exercise unit for fundamental digital
technology/microcomputer technology. The BOARD contains all function
groups and the power supply for fast experiment setup. Can be used as a
desktop, demonstration or portable training unit .Individual expansion
possibilities. With an adapter for connection to a computer. The BOARD
has been developed for the instruction and detailed study of fundamental
digital technology, non-contact control engineering and microcomputer
technology. All the function groups required for conducting experiments in
digital technology are integrated in the BOARD and supplied with power by
a built-in power supply unit. The individual function groups are connected
in 2 mm connection technique. The BOARD can be set up as a desktop unit
1
1
for conducting experiments or suspended in a rack for demonstration
purposes. The BOARD can be converted into a portable training unit by
simply screwing it into a Box. All the experiments can be conducted
directly in the Box. Dust-free storage and protection against transport
damages are further advantages of the Box version.
Experiment Manual: Experiments in Digital Technology
This manual contains detailed experiment instructions with problems and
solutions section.
Board Features:
2 input keyboards with 4 pairs of keys (L/H) each
- Clock generator with divider, TTL level, crystal-controlled
- DC signal source 0...5 V/ 10 mA
- Hexadecimal/dual coding switch (double)
- LED display, divided into 3 groups with the colours
- HIGH/LOW, for tapping HIGH, LOW states
- 7-segment display (2-digit), with decoder: dual/7-segment
- Adapter (2 mm jacks/ SUB-D socket), for adapting
2 mm jacks to SUB-D connector (25-pin), pins
1...13 and 18 assigned
- 8 AND gates, with pull-up resistors, one of which is disconnectable
- 6 OR gates, with pull-down resistors, one of which is
disconnectable
- 3 AND/OR combi-gates
- 1-bit comparator 4-bit comparator
- 4 JK-flipflops, can also be used as RS flipflops
- 4 D-flipflops
- 2 adders (4-bit), with input and output carry
- Monoflop, settable times: 0.1 s; 1 s; 5 s
- Multiplexer, 4 channels
- Demultiplexer, 4 channels
- Shift register (4-bit), parallel and serial operation
possible, bidirectional
- ALU, for conducting 16 arithmetic and 16 logical
computing operations with 4-bit dual numbers
- Binary counter (4-bit), up/down counter
- 2 inverters with open collector (pull-up resistors
can be connected)
- 2 Schmitt triggers, inverting
- Units complements for negating a 4-bit binary number
- Antivalence and equivalence gates
- RAM 8x4, static RAM, 8 addresses, 4 bits data Width
EEPROM 8x4, storage time without power supply
approx. 1 hour
- AD / DA converter (4-bit)
- Two slots for expanding a circuit with additional
plug-in modules
Experiment manual: Experiments in Digital Technology
Set of connections for DIGI BOARD 2
22 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
12 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
12 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
14 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
8 connecting plugs, 2 mm

16-Bit Microprocessor System
Program debugging function by PC.
Software : TURBO-C 2.0 / Borland C or later
Support Startup Code
Program download and trace function
Display the register contents
Memory contents modification and dump function
KEY BOARD with 16 hexadecimal and 10 function keys
Various Command function
Included stepper motor interface/driver circuit
DOT MATRIX unit
LCD display unit
D/A and A/D converter experiment
Sound experiment with Speaker
Interrupt experiments
Interrupt Controller
I/O expander
Timer Controller
Thermistor Sensor
Bar LED unit
Keypad experiment
External interface connector
Display the current BUS status on LED
8086 assembler
Integration Development Environment Program
+5V, +12V, -12V Free Voltage) Power.
1

Multistandard Videorecorder Trainer
• Introduction to videorecording
• Block diagram and circuit analysis of the VCR
• Measurements, calibrations and trouble-shooting on the different stages of the
VCR:
- Power supply
- Tuner
- Intermediate frequency
- RF modulator
- Luminosity and chrominance circuits
- Audio circuits
- Recording and playback circuits
- Servomechanism for the control of the motors and the mechanics
1

- Microprocessor
- Timer
Module For Analysis And Realization Of Experiments Of Digital Electronics
All the functions groups required for the experiments are integrated in a
clear arrangement:
3 AND/NAND gates
3 OR/NOR gates
4 inverters
1 equivalence gate
1 antivalence gate,
4 JK flipflops,
1 display (7-segment)
8 LEDs
1 pushbutton
1 resistor network
2 diodes,
jacks for 0/1 states
Operable immediately after connecting the operating voltage (plug-in power
pack)
Experiments in basic logic circuits possible without additional measuring
equipment
Experiments in sequential and applied circuits in connection with the
Measuring Interface
Experiments for the following topics:
Comparison analog versus digital technology
Logical basic circuits
TTL circuits in practice
Assembled digital engineering components
Digital technology in practice
Laws of switching algebra
Simple circuits with logic gates
Complete disjunctive and conjunctive normal form
Analysis of logic switching networks
Bistable elements
Counters
Register circuit
Code converters
Arithmetic circuits
Digital / analog converters
Analog / digital converters
Displays
Technical data of the Measuring Interface:
Generator unit, digital
- 8 digital outputs, individually switchable
- Output from a programmable digital list (8 bits)
- Adjustable output speed
- Output level: TTL
1
Generator unit, analog
- DC voltage, sine, sine half wave, rectangular,
delta, ramp
- Freely definable signal forms by list input
- Amplitude: max. +/-5 V, resolution: 10 bits
Measuring unit, digital
- Status display for 8 logic states
- Digital recorder (8 channels)
- Pulse counter
- Input level: TTL
Measuring unit, analog
- Digital multimeter with bargraph display
- Time and X/Y recorder
- Measured value storage in MS-Excel®
- Measuring ranges: 0 … 5 V / 0 … 10 V / -5 … +5 V,
0 … 10 mA / 0 … 20 mA / -10 mA … +10 mA
- Resolution: 8 bits
Complete with Measuring Interface Software.







DIGITAL TELEPHONE EXCHANGE
2+ 8 lines,
Digital Telephone Exchange DCX-25 (PLUS)
General
Operating temperature:
40 C 0 , upto 85% R.H.`
Technology: - Microprocessor controlled solid state switching
Requirements:- External lines………..4
Internal lines……… 20
Maximum Capacity: - 4+20 lines
Extensions: -2 wire, 24v loop,Voltage, 20ma loop current,1800 ohms including
telephone set,
Dialing 100 PS (40/60) DTMF.,Trunks:- 2 wire loop start, 600 ohms, 24v loop
voltage , 20 hz,90v AC ring
Power supply:- 220 V AC to logic voltages
Battery back up :- Inverter from battery to 220v AC power consumption 125 watt
at average activity.
VOLTAGE STABILIZER.
Voltage Stabilizer 2000 watts (Universal)/NRTC
VOLTAGE STABILIZER.
Voltage Stabilizer 6000 watts (Universal)/NRTC
RHEOSTAT. 10 amp, 110 ohms,Rheostat Made as George griffin (Pak)
RHEOSTAT.1 amp, 1040 ohms,Rheostat Made as George griffin (Pak)
RHEOSTAT. 5 amp, 230 ohms,Rheostat Made ad George griffin (Pak)
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT TRAINER
Using op amps as inverting amplifiers
Using op amps as non-inverting amplifiers
Using op amps as differential amplifiers
Dynamic response of operational amplifiers (opamps)
1
4
4
8
8
8
1
2-mm plug-in components:
Storage case for plug-in component modules
1 CD with Basic Electronic Circuit” course
29 film resistors 10 Ω ... 1 M Ω
2 potentiometers, linear 1 k Ω ... 10 k Ω
8 capacitors 100 pF ... 0,47 μF
6 electrolyte capacitors 1 μF ... 470 μF
2 LEDs, green
6 silicon diodes 1N4007, 1 germanium diode AA118
1 Zener diode 4.7 V
1 operational amplifier
1 switch
1 incandescent lamp 15 V with socket E10
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, blue
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, black
4 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, red
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, blue
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, black
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, red
60 jumpers 2mm /7.5mm, black










DIGITAL LUX METER
20 to 2000 lux (4 ranges)
The meter having a range of measurements from 20 to 2000 lux (4 ranges), power
supply battery 9V, with extendable lead.
DOUBLE BRIDGE:
Measuring Range 0.001 ohm to 100 ohm standard res. Of 0.001 ohm to 0.001ohm
Measuring range of 0.001 ohm to 100ohm, standard resistance of 0. 001 ohm to
0.01 ohm.
WHEAT STONE BRIDGE:
Measuring range 0.1 ohm to 100 ohm with ratio arm 2x(1,10,1000,10000) ohm
adjusting arm 110 ohm 5-dials. The bridge must be having measuring range 0.1
ohm-100 M ohm, with ratio arm of 2 x (1,10,100,1000,10000) ohm, adjusting arm
11,110 ohm, (5 dial)
LCR METER
3-1/2 digit display meter to measure
Capacitance and its dissipation factor, Inductance and its Q, and the Resistance
SOLDERING SUCKER,
Soldering sucker, standard size (China/Taiwan)
TELEPHONE SET PUSH BUTTON TYPE.
Telephone sets for Electronics
TELEPHONE SET. Dial Type
VIDEO CAMERA.
Panasonic, with lights, Stand and lenses.
FLASH GUN. Flash Gun with fan 0srom
TELEGRAPH SYSTEM TRAINER. It should provide the basic Training on
1
2
2
2
5
10
20
01
01
01






Morse code multi channel Telegraph system and wireless Telegraph etc.
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
Amplifier 200w, 1 No (National0 Unit 25 w/ 50
2 Nos
Horn
2 Nos
Stand
1 No.
Microphone (Dynamic) 1 No.
STENO TELEPHONE SETS
Satellite Receiver
LOUD SPEAKER FRAME with permanent Magnet.
GRID DIP METER.
Freq range 700 khz 250 mhz
 Complete with plug in coil, cables and plug
 With rechargeable batteries
 Operation and service manual.
PCM Switching And Transmission System
1 Experiment card with PAM PCM modulator
1 Experiment card with PAM PCM demodulator
1 Experiment card with AMI/HDB3 coder/decoder
CD-ROM with Labsoft browser and course software
Course contents:
Introduction to PAM modulation, PAM demodulation,
time multiplexing
Shannon's sampling theorem
Measuring PAM modulated signals over time
Optimal filtering and anti-aliasing
Introduction to PCM modulation and PCM
demodulation
Identifying advantages and disadvantages of digital
transmission
Introduction to the principle quantisation of analog
signals
Generation of parallel and serial codes
Companding methods using A law and μ law
Determining quantising interval for a PCM
transmission by measurement
Measuring PCM coded signals over time
Recording logarithmic transfer characteristics with
companding according to a law and μ law (13 or 15
segments)
Measuring PCM time-multiplexed signals over time
Introduction to the key features of transmission
codes
Introduction to pseudo-ternary codes AMI, HDB3,
modified AMI
Measuring line-coded signals over time: AMI, HDB3
and modified AMI
02
04
01
20
02
1
Transmission of information on a line along with
clocking and synchronisation information
Clock recovery and phase jitter
Introduction to data packet formats for ISDN layer 1
(Integrated Services Digital Network)
ISDN layer 1, investigation of position and function of
frames and bits
Investigation of a 2 channel transmission with control
channel at data rates of 64kbits per channel
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the desktop lab. It
incorporates all inputs and outputs,
switches, power and signal sources and measurement
circuitry needed to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2mm sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges
100mV to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital
inputs, 1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display
modes: binary, hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter Unit:
Experimenter for coupling to the Experimenter modules.
Connects to the PC Interface and additional
Experimenters
Bus connection for experiment cards
Direct connection to the standard power supply
Fixed and variable voltages available via 9 2-mm
sockets
Accommodates a breadboard for experimenting with
discrete components and integrated circuits
Accommodates a multimeter using IrDa interface
Set of connection cables 2mm (22 pcs):
8 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, blue
4 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, black
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, yellow
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, red
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, blue
2 x adapter connection leads 4mm to 2mm, 50cm,
white
Connection plugs 2mm/5mm (10 pcs)
2-mm connector plugs
Plug spacing 5 mm


DC POTENTIOMETER, 1 ohm to 2k ohm, 1 ohm to 22k ohm, ½ w to 5w
DISTORTION METER/ANALYZER.
HP-331/339 or Equipment or AF voltmeter 600 impend.
3
02

THREE-PHASE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR/ MOTOR WITH
ASYNCHRONOUS STARTING
Three-Phase Induction Motor
Power: 0.37 kW
speed: 1400 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.72
star connection: 400 V/0.85 A
delta connection: 230 V/1.47 A
Synchronous Machine
Power: 0.3 kW
speed: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.97
excitation current: 0,95 A
star connection: 400 V/0.66 A
delta connection: 230 V/1.44 A;
1

SQUIRREL CAGE (3-PHASE) INDUCTION MOTOR
1
Power: 0.37 kW
speed: 1400 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.72
star connection: 400 V/0.85A
delta connection: 230 V/1.47A
Terminal boards:
imprinted with the respective symbols
Connections:
4 mm safety jacks (thermal contact: 2 mm jacks)
Provided with four machine feet and a coupling half.
For protection against thermal overload all machines are equipped with
thermal contact

STARTER MODULE
The Universal Resistor carries out the following functions in conjunction
with the electric machines:
- Starters and field rheostats for DC motors
- Field rheostats for DC generators
- Load resistors for DC generators
- Starting resistors for slip ring motors
- Load resistors for synchronous machines
Technical Data
Ring rheostat, 500 W
- With protection series resistor:
1.8 /150 W
- With 5-step winding:
1.8 ... 11 /4.6 A
11 ... 32 /3.5 A
32 ... 56 /2.4 A
56 ... 140 /1.7 A
140 ... 1 k /0.6 A
- Additional series resistor, for expanding the resistance
range:
1 k /180 W; Imax = 0.43 A
- Bridge rectifier:
3-phase, B6
Vmax = 500 V AC
Imax= 9 A
Ring rheostat, 100 W
(field rheostat)
- 0 ... 1.5 k , with 2-step winding and q-contact
- Steps:
0 ... 450 /0.5 A
450 ... 1.5 k /0.25 A
The Universal Resistor is equipped with a bridge rectifier for loading of
synchronous generators with the Ring rheostat (500 W). The slip ring
voltage of the Slip ring motor can also be rectified by means of the bridge
rectifier. Thus all possible steps of the slip ring starter can be examined.
1

Single-Phase Asynchronous Motor With Running Capacitor
Power: 0.3 kW
Speed: 1425 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.93
AC voltage: 230 V
current:2.1 A
phase-shift and starting capacitor: 10uF/14uF
1

STARTING CAPACITOR MODULE
This is a module fitted with 9 capacitors in 3 identical groups to realise
balanced or unbalanced 3-phase loads (star and delta) and single phase
loads.
Each phase can be independently changed in 7 uniform steps from 0 to max
current value of full load.
Single phase connection provides 21 regulation steps.
Power variation: 0-100%; Duty cycle: 100%;
Input/Outputs: 4 mm CE safety sockets
Unit type: Table top
1

DC SHUNT WOUND MOTOR/GENERATOR
Industrial design, complete with base plate
Motor: self & externally excited
Generator: self & externally excited
Nominal Voltage: 220V
Nominal Power: 0.25kW
Nominal Speed: 3000rpm
Excitation Voltage: 190V
Protection: IP20
In/Out: 4mm safety
Unit Type: Table top unit
1

AC/DC Universal Motor
Power: 0.3 kW
Speed: 2250 rpm
AC voltage and current: 230 V/3.4 A;
DC voltage and current: 130 V/3.4 A;
1

Single-Phase Induction Motor With Repulsion Starting
Power: 0.25 kW
Speed: 2100 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.69;
AC voltage and current: 230 V/2.9 A;
1

MOTOR OVERLOAD SWITCH,
Protects the drive units from overloading.
Dimensions: 205 x 297 mm, overload cap: 6A, 500V, setting range: 0.4 to
0.75 A.
1










Three-Phase Squirrel-Cage Asynchronous Motor – Double Polarity
(Dahlander)
Power: 0.3/0.42 kW
Speed: 1390/2780 rpm at 50 Hz; cos : 0.76/0.83;
Delta connection: 400 V/1 A
Dual star connection: 400 V/1.2 A;
DC MOTOR WITH AUXILIARY POLE SHUNTING Industrial design,
complete with base plate
Motor: self & externally excited
Generator: self & externally excited
Nominal Voltage: 220V
Nominal Power: 0.25kW
Nominal Speed: 3000rpm
Excitation Voltage: 190V
Protection: IP20
In/Out: 4mm safety
Unit Type: Table top unit
1
WATTMETER. Voltage &wattage `~ 48 V - 240W, 120V - 600 W, 220V 50Hz/300W, Current (AC & DC)
DIGITAL IC TESTER. For 16 Pin.
 16 Character display
 With adopter.
 TTL, 74, COMS 40, COMS, 45 Dram 41 Dram 44.
Energy Meter. Measuring in K. Watt hour.
 Single Phase
 TIP
MINI DRILL MACHINE.
For PCB.
 Electric
 Speed 6000 RPM
 Drill Size 4-6mm
 12V DC power.
UNIVERSAL MEASURING BRIDGE.
Capable of measuring resistance
10 Ohm to 1000 Ohm inductance 1mH-.1H.
WAVE FORM AMPLIFIER.
30V pk-pk max. output. 30 pk-pk max. output.
DC-1MHz bandwidth variable gain 0dB to 20dB.
50 and 600 output (Separate output) 20dB attenuator fully protected output.
AC CLAMP METER.
 Audible continuity clock
 Data hold
 2 ½ digit LCD readout
 Includes test leed.
RESISTANCE SUBSTITUTION BOX.
The box containing ten 2w resistors ranging in values from 100 ohm to 5k ohm in
4
1
01
10
10
02
01
04
04


ten steps.
INDUCTANCE SUBSTITUTIONS BOX.
Ten inductor (air core) L value 1mH to 10mH.
AM/FM Radio Trainer
04
01
Complete radio trainer in one Board. All the important signals tappable at
measuring points. With built-in AM and FM tuner. With stereo decoder and
integrated loudspeakers. With built-in sinewave generator
Experiment with the Tone Control
_ Experiments with the AM
- Measuring the AM Antenna Signal
- Determination of the Oscillator Frequency
- Measurements at the AM Mixer
- Measurements at the IF Stage and at the Demodulator
- Automatic Gain Control AGC
AM unit
- Ferrite antenna at the input circuit
- Frequency range: 540 ... 1600 kHz, tunable by LC input circuit, consisting
of capacitance diodes
- HF amplifier
- Oscillator for generating the IF frequency by means of a mixer, oscillator
frequency: approx.
900 Hz ... 2 MHz
- IF circuit with filter (455 kHz), IF amplifier and AGC
Sound adjuster
- 2 inputs: right channel / left channel
- Adjustable: volume, treble, bass and balance
2 AF amplifiers
- Output power: 3 W
Sinewave generator
- 5 frequency ranges: 300 Hz … 34 kHz, adjustable
- Output voltage: Vpp = 400 mV
PC Based Interface Unit:
Digital 2-channel oscilloscope with USB interface, max. sampling rate: 1
GS/s, spectrum analyzer, transient recorder, incl. 2 test probes, USB
interface cable, software, manual for operating systems: Windows 98 SE or
higher

ANTENNA SYSTEM DEMONSTRATOR
1 Experiment card with 9GHz antenna interface,
logarithmic detector with >60 dB dynamic range, 16
bit measurement resolution
CD-ROM with browser and course software
Antenna rotation platform controlled by stepping
motor with a resolution of 0·18°
Tripod stand with mountings and connection cables
Aluminum case for storage.
Antennae:
Monopole, dipole and folded-dipole
1
3-element and 6-element Yagi-array
Helix antennae; right and left polarisation
Patch antennae, linear and circular polarisation.
Transmitter:
X-band oscillator with dielectric resonator
Fixed frequency 9·0GHz, stable and maintenance-free
Safety First – low transmission power and energized
only during measurements Optical display when radiating
Receiver:
X-band LNC for a frequency range of 8 to 10 GHz
Precise measurement with a high degree of
sensitivity upto –65dBm and higher
True frequency measurement of 8 to 10 GHz
Several workplaces can be operated in the same room
Course contents:
Introduction to antenna technology
Forms of antenna and examples
Physics of transmitting and receiving
Resistance of an antenna plus matching and symmetrication (Balun)
Close-field and distant-field transmission
Antenna gain
Form of directional image
Measurement of directional image for various antennae
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the desktop lab. It
incorporates all inputs and outputs,
switches, power and signal sources and measurement
circuitry needed to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2mm sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges
100mV to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital
inputs, 1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display
modes: binary, hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter Unit:
Experimenter for coupling to the Experimenter modules.
Connects to the PC Interface and additional
Experimenters
Bus connection for experiment cards
Direct connection to the standard power supply
Fixed and variable voltages available via 9 2-mm
sockets
Accommodates a breadboard for experimenting with
discrete components and integrated circuits
Accommodates a multimeter using IrDa interface
Accessories and Cables:
Shunt resistors on a PCB, for current measurement using
the analog inputs of the system.
6 Shunt resistors: 2 x 1 ohm, 2 x 10 ohm, 2 x 100 ohm
Screen print of symbols for identifying resistors, the
voltage taps and current inputs
24 x 2-mm sockets
Set of connection cables 2mm (22 pcs):
8 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, blue
4 x connection leads 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, black
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, yellow
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, red
2 x connection leads 2mm, 45cm, blue
2 x adapter connection leads 4mm to 2mm, 50cm,
white
Connection plugs 2mm/5mm (10 pcs)
2-mm connector plugs
Plug spacing 5 mm
Colour: white
Storage Case:
Sturdy aluminium case with moulded foam block to
accommodate a complete system
Capable of accommodating 1 Interface, 2 Experimenters, 2 power supplies
as well as cables and smaller accessories
Lockable padlock; stable padlock hinge



UV METER.
Measure long, midrange and short wave UV light in 3 ranges 0 to 199.9 W/CM
and 0 to 19.99 W/CM. Accurate ±50 , Display with 3 inter changeable sensor
Q METER.
 Resistance range .01 ohm to 19.99 M ohm
 Capacity 1PF to 19990F
 Inductance ranges 0.1 H to 1999H.
 Q range 01. to 1999.
 Oscillator 1 khz external
Complete with power cord, cables and loads.
2
Electrical Testing of an Apartment Building
Training contents:
Fundamentals of an EIB installation bus
Preparation and installation of an EIB project
Programming on-off functionality to demonstrate how programming of
devices is accomplished
Programming an intermediate circuit
Including conventional switches in an EIB project
Programming centralised functionality
Switching and dimming lights
Control of blinds and curtains
Control Board:
The panel provides a basic unit for any subsequent KNX/EIB experiment
sets. The panel accommodates the conduct of a comprehensive range of
experiments on lighting control, dimming and control of blinds. It includes
the following components:
EIB power supply with choke
EIB-USB interface
EIB dimmer unit
EIB control chip for controlling multiple dimmers
EIB 8-way actuator switch
EIB 4-way actuator for blinds
EIB 4-way push button
EIB 2-way push button
EIB 2-way button interface
1
2
Conventional multi-circuit switches
Mains switch, illuminated Phase indicator light, red
Technical data
Operating voltage: 230V/50Hz
EIB bus voltage: 30V DC
Mains inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Bus inputs/outputs: 2mm safety sockets
Room Simulation Panel
The panel is designed for project-oriented display of
applications for various KNX/EIB projects. It can be used
purely for room simulation or as a central monitor display.
The various overlays mean the board can be used for a
wide variety of projects. This flexibility can be enhanced by
means of additional project-based overlays.
Technical data
4 Overlay masks for room simulation
4 Blinds, two of which can be used as curtains
12 Lamps, 230V, dimmable
Lamps can also be used for visualisation of heating
simulation
Operating voltage: 230V/50Hz
EIB bus voltage: 30V DC
Mains inputs/outputs: 4mm safety sockets
Bus inputs/outputs: 2mm safety sockets




















169

MALLET
POOKER 8” SIZE.
WOODEN SAW 10” blade German, handle Pak.
BENCH VICE 4”, Standard.
RACHAT BIT BRACE 10” SWEEP,
BLOW LAMP MEDIUM SIZE.
ELECTRIC GRINDING MACHINE Pedestal type 10” size with two extra wheel.
220V, 50Hz.
Industrial Electronics Trainer
WOODEN CHISEL ½ “, ¼ “, ¾ “ (3 pcs set).
BEARING PULLER SIZE 4”, 8” and 12”
PVC CONDUIT BENDER
FISH TAPE FOR DRAWING MACHINE ¾ “
STEEL TAPE 6’ long
MEASURING TAPE FLEXIBLE 100”
CENTRE PUNCH 6 “ SIZE
THREE STAR SCREW DRIVER set
SAFETY BELT
LINEMAN GLOVES.
ELECTRICIAN KNIFE
PUSH BUTTON STARTER, 15 AMP. 220V, 50HZ.
DIRECT ON STARTER 30AMP, 400V.
MAGNETIC STARTER 3 PHASE, 415V, 50HZ, 10 HP, 15 AMP.
20
40
20
20
10
6
2
01
12 sets
4set
4
2
19
09
10
10
09
10
25
5
5
4














BATTERY CHARGER INPUT 230V, 50 HZ, AC OUTPUT 3-6-12V, DC
ELECTRIC SUPPLY CHANNEL
WRIST WATCH TYPE VOLTAGE DETECTOR AL-4R
CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE MAH, primary current range: 0.5-1-2, 5-510 amp. Secondary current range: 5 amp. Accuracy: 0.2%
THERMAL RELAY TRB –34
THERMAL RELAY 80-120A, TRB-36
COIL WINDING MACHINE, Hand operated, with counter ,small size, mounted
type
AC Ampere meter lab type 0-5 amp.
AC Ampere meter lab type 0-10 amp
AC Ampere meter lab type 0-50 amp
DC Ampere meter lab type 0-5 amp.
DC Ampere meter lab type 0-25 amp
Induction Motor single phase 220V, 50 Hz, 1 HP
Induction Motor three phase 440V, 5HP
2
09
03
4
4
2
20
10
10
10
10
10
2
2
ANNEXURE-D-I
List of Equipment
A- Computers & Networking Equipment:
 Server (Branded)
1
Processor :1.4 Ghz or high single processor
CPU: 1 at least
Cache : 512 KB
RAM (Upgradable): 1 GB
HD Controller :Dual Channel Ultra 160 SCSI
RAID Controller: Single Channel RAID Adpator
Hard Disk :3 x 36.4 GB ultra 160 SCSI Hot Swap
CD : 48X or above
FDD: 1.44 MB
Network Adapter:10/100/1000
Drive Bays: 8 (6 hot Swap)
Expansion Slot: 5 min
Ports: 2-serial, 2-USB, 1-parallel
Keyboard, Mouse: Standard
Modem (External) : min 56 k
Monitor:15" (Digital)
Power Supply :2 x 250W Hot Swap/Redundant
Form Factor:Tower
Management: System Management Software
Warranty (by Manufacturer):3 Years (Parts & Labour) on-site, per failure
OR HIGHER
 Desktop - Core i5.
Processor:
Intel® 3rd Gen I.V.B .Core™ i5-3470
Processor 3.20GHz (6M Cache, turbo up to
3.60 GHz) LGA 1155 ( 95W)
50
Chipset:
Intel® Q77, Support Intel® vPro Technology,
Motherboard with integrated EPU Chip, Anti
Surge Chip and Solid Cap.-Uses 100% All Highquality Conductive Polymer Capacitors
Graphics:
Intel® HD graphics Support
DirectX11 (3
Independents Display
without VGA Card)
Memory:
4GB - 2 x DIMM dual
channel DDR3 1600 MHz
Hard Drive:
500GB, (SATA 7200 RPM)
Optical Drive
DVD Writer
Network Interface:
Integrated GB LANSupport Wake OnLan function,
Windows Graphical Interface Base BIOS.
Raid
Support RAID 0/1/5/10
Interface:
USB 3.0,USB 2.0, 2 x Display Port, DVI-D, D-Sub,
RJ45,Microphone, Headphone LAN, COM Port,
Serial port.
Audio:
High Definition Audio,6
Channels
Power Supply
Minimum 300W PFC
Keyboard and Mouse: USB Keyboard and Optical
Mouse
Security:
Kensington Security Slot,
Chassis Intrusion
Alert System
Display:
18.5” Wide Screen (ZBD) LCD
Warranty:
3 year Parts and Labor.

Computer Maintenance Workshop
Computer P-IV, Used computer with monitor, processor etc.
 Multimedia Projector.
Liquid Crystal Panel Structure
0.9" LCOS (Liquid Crystal on Sillicon) x 3
Number of Pixels
1397760 pixels (V 1024 x H 1365)
Resolution
1365 x 1024 color pixels
Lens: Manual zoom (f = 2.7 - 3.1) 1:13
Lamp: 220W UHB
Brightness: 1500 ANSI Lumens
Contrast Ratio: 600:01:00
Speakers: 1.0 W x 1
Power Supply: AC 100 - 124V/200-240V
Power Consumption: 360W
Operating Temperature: 32o - 95o f (0o- 35o C)
Input Signals: VGA, SVGA, XGA, S-XGA, U-XGA(Compressed),
25
1
Mac 13", Mac 16", NTSC4.3, PAL, M-PAL, N-PAL,
SECAM, S-Video, HDTV (480i, 625l, 480p, 1080l, 720p,
1035l)
Noise Level: 32 dB (Whisper mode) 36 dB (Standard mode
RGB input signal Terminals:
Digital RGB: DVl terminal x 1
Standard RGB: D-sub 15-pin snrink terminal x 2
Audio: Stereo mini jack x 2.

5
SCANNER

02
Laser Jet Printer Latest Model

SOFTWARE











Windows 2000 Advanced Server with 60 clients
Linux 7.2
Office 2000
PSPICE
SQL Server 2000
Visual Basic (Entreprise Edition)
JAVA (Latest) i.e 6.0
Flash (latest) i.e 6.0
Circuit maker
C++ (Language) VC++
Antivirus (Norton 2002 Entreprise Edition).
ANNEXURE-D-II
B- ACCESSORIES

2
DIGITAL CAMERA

1
UPS 1.5 KVA, imported(for server)
Input Voltage , 230 V-AC, I/P Voltage Range
185-265 VAC , Output Voltage, 230 VAC O/P Voltage Reg 5%, Battery, Sealed
lead acid maintenance free
Intelligent Interface, D89 Connector with both RS 232 (or RS 485) & Contact
Closure, Backup Time
30 Minutes (full load)

25
Voltage Stabilizer for work stations (1000 KVA): imported


Input Voltage :230 V-AC, I/P Voltage Range: 185-265 VAC , Output Voltage:
230 VAC: O/P Voltage Reg, 5%, Type ,Servomotor Driven, having adjustable
relay
Overhead Projector:
Liquid Crystal Panel Structure: 0.9" LCOS (Liquid Crystal on Sillicon) x 3,
Number of Pixels: 1397760 pixels (V 1024 x H 1365) Resolution:1365 x 1024
color pixels, Lens: Manual zoom (f = 2.7 - 3.1) 1:13, Lamp: 220W UHB,
Brightness: 1500 ANSI Lumens, Contrast Ratio: 600:01:00, Speakers: 1.0 W x 1,
Power Supply:AC 100 - 124V/200-240V, Power Consumption:360W, Operating
Temperature: 32o - 95o f (0o- 35o C), Input Signals: VGA, SVGA, XGA, S-XGA,
U-XGA(Compressed), Mac 13", Mac 16", NTSC4.3, PAL, M-PAL, N-PAL,
SECAM, S-Video, HDTV (480i, 625l, 480p, 1080l, 720p, 1035l), Noise Level:32
dB (Whisper mode) 36 dB (Standard mode), RGB input signal Terminals: Digital
RGB : DVl terminal x 1, Standard RGB : D-sub 15-pin snrink terminal x 2,
Audio:Stereo mini jack x 2
Fax Machine.
Modem Speed
14.4 (Min)
Recording Speed
6.5 ppm (Min)
Scanning Resolution
203 dpi x 98 dpi up to 406 dpi x 391 dpi or better
Printing Resolution
300 dpi x 300 dpi or better
Image Memory
Approximately 60 pages (optional memory card base memory plus approximately
80/160/320 pages) or better
Paper Supply
Min 150 sheets (using 20-lb. paper)
Transmission Speed
Min 3-seconds per page
Recording Method
Laser printing on plain paper
2
1
ANNEXURE-D-III
C- Training Equipment:
S.N Description of Item
o
.
Digital Logic Trainer

Qty
25
Power Supplies:
• 0V to 20VDC @ .5 amp (0V to 15V @ 1 amp)
• 0V to –20VDC @ .5 amp (0V to –15V @ 1 amp)
• +12V +5% @ 1 amp
• –12V +5% @ 1 amp
• +5V +5% @ 1 amp
• 30V AC center-tapped at 15VAC @ 1 amp.
• Load regulation all DC supplies less than .2V no load to .5A
• Hum and ripple all DC supplies less than .01V rms
• Short protection all DC supplies - Internal IC thermal cutoff
• Fuse - 1.25A, 250V
Function Generator Analog Section:
• Waveforms sine, square, triangle, complimentary square
• Frequency - 1Hz to 100kHz in 5 steps continuously variable
• Fine frequency adjust - 10:1 approximate
• Amplitude variable 0-15Vpp
• Output impedance 330Ω: short protected
• DC offset change +10V from zero crossing
Digital Section:
• Data switches, eight DPDT, Hi 5V, low 0V
• Logic switches, two no bounce with complimentary output
“On” voltage level 2.8V min., “Off” voltage level 1V max.
Input impedance 100kΩ.
• Eight LED readouts, 100kΩ input impedance
• Clock frequency, 1Hz to 100kHz in 5 steps continuously variable
• Clock amplitude, 5Vpp square wave
• Clock rise time, better than 100nsec.
Bredboards Section:
• Two bredboards containing 830 tie points each (total 1,660 pins)
• 6 independent power bus lines for common connections
Variable Resistance (undedicated):
• 1kΩ Potentiometer
• 100kΩ Potentiometer

Analog Trainer
Power Supplies:
• +1.25V to 15VDC @ 0.25 amp
• -1.25 to -20VDC @ 0.25 amp
• +5V + 5% @ 0.5 amp
• 30V AC center tapped at 15VAC @ 0.25A.
• Load regulator all DC supplies less than 0.2V no load to 0.25A
25

• Hum and ripple all DC supplies less than .01V RMS
• Short protection all DC supplies-Internal IC thermal cutoff
• Fuse - 0.25A 250V
Function Generator Analog Section:
• Waveforms sine, square, complimentary square
• Frequency - adjustable from 200 - 40kHz in 2 ranges
• Amplitude - sine wave 4Vpp
square wave 12Vpp
• Output impedance 600Ω:
Digital Section:
• Data switches, eight DPDT, Hi 5V, low 0V
• Logic switches, two no bounce with complimentary output
“On” voltage level 2.8V min., “Off” voltage level 1V maximum
Input impedance 100kΩ.
• Eight LED readouts, 100kΩ input impedance
• Clock frequency, 1Hz,1kHz, 100kHz, 60Hz
• Clock amplitude, 5Vpp square wave
• Clock rise time, better than 100nsec.
Bredboards Section:
• One bredboard containing 830 tie points including to bus strips
Variable Resistance (undedicated):
• 1kΩ Potentiometer
• 100kΩ Potentiometer
Microprocessor
3.
Interface Trainer
Standard CPU clocked at 11.0592 MHz
56 I/O lines. All I/O lines are clearly labeled and available. 32K
SRAM, program variables and code. 24K SRAM for program code
download. Baud rates: 115200, 75600, 38400
Display port, works with standard character-based LCDs, Eight
LEDs. Bus expansion Port with 4 chip select signals, Unregulated,
polarity-protected DC voltage input with 2 position terminal block.
PC Computer With Serial Port, Linux or Microsoft Windows 95OSR2, 98, 98SE, NT4, 2000.
Assembler or Compiler, usually AS31 or SDCC, Terminal
Emulation Program, eg Hyperterminal (windows), Minicom (linux)
Text Editor Program, eg Notepad, Vi, Emacs
Standard 9 pin serial cable (straight through, not null-modem).
Monitor program for easy code development without additional
equipment. This is a highly versatile board, compatible with all our
micro trainer hardware. It is ideal for teaching the basics of
microprocessor programming and applications such as decision
making, D/A and A/D conversion, open and closed-loop control,
delay loops, sub-routines & event counting. It covers the techniques
of micro control of Fibre optics, keypad entry, DC motor control,
infra-red sensing, heating & cooling.
Inputs
25
Optical fibre receiver
8-bit digital switch bank
Numerical keypad
Optical speed sensor
Temperature sensor
Slide potentiometer
External analogue input
Outputs
Optical fibre transmitter
DC motor
8LEDs
Heater
Analogue output
Speaker
Inputting & outputting data
Subroutines & delays
DAC and ADC
Seven Segment display
Scanning the keypad
Control of a DC motor
DC motor speed control with IR sensor
Temperature control
Fibre optic link

Digital Low Controlled Soldering station:
Power Consumption 60 W, Ceramic heater AC:24V/50W, Temperature
range 175 to 500 oC, Complete with standard accessories with fine tips
10
ANNEXURE-D-VI
D. Components & Tools
S.No.
Description/specification
4” flat Screw Driver

6” Flat Screw driver

10” Flat screw driver with plastic handle.

6” Combination Plier.

4” Insulated flat Nose Plier.

4” Round Nose Plier.

6” Insulated cutter plier.

Wooden Mallet.

6” wire Stripper (for insulation & removing).

1/8 kg Ball Peen Hammer.

6 Drill set of twist Drill bit. 1/16" to 1/2"

½ “ Hand Drill machine.

½ “ Electric Hand rill machine.

5-10 amp Intermediate switch.

12” Mini Saw

Vise

4” file

Solder Gun 25-40 Watts rating

Solder sucker.

Solder Raisin

Serial warp Plug.

Parallel Warp Plug.

PC Cleaning J kit (Frcon, staoilant 22, etc).
















Measuring tape (10 feet).
2 kg PCB Chemical (Ferric Chloride).
Water Proof Markers.
Plain copper plates
Wiring wooden Boards (wood 4’ x 4’).
Blowers
Breadboard.
Anti static work station mat and wrist pad.
Temperature controlled soldering stations.
Compete set of allen wrench.
Complete set of torx Screw drivers (T-04 to T-155)
Logic probe pulser.
Analog I.,C
Digital I.C
Microprocessor I.C
Qty
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
20
20
10
2
20
4
4
20
10
10
10
20
20
10
10
1
10
10
10
10
20
5
5
2
2
5
1500
1500
500
ANNEXURE-D-V
E- Networking:
Description of Item
S.No.
Switch 16 port 10/100 (auto sense)

LAN card (PCD) dual port 10/100

UTP Cat-5 Cable (Roll 1000ft)

Coaxial cable (Roll 1000 ft)

Connector RJ-45

Connector RJ-11

Face plate (simple port)

Patch cable ( 5 fit piece)

Crimping Tool for UTP cable Universal

Clamping Tool (for RJ 45 and RJ 11).

LAN TESTER

Wire stripper

BNC connector

Terminator

Qty
5
80
2
1
200
10
80
175
2
2
2
4
40
10
ANNEXURE-D-VI
F- List of Electronic Devices & Circuits.
Description of Item
S.No.
 Analog Multi-meter, AC/DC Voltage 1 V to 1000V amp. 10mA, to 10A,
diode test , transistor: 1 K to 1M.
 Digital Multi-meter, AC/DC Voltage 1 V to 1000V amp. 10mA, to 10A, diode
test , transistor: 1 K to 1M.
 Oscilloscope, 20MHz, 2 channel
 Signal generator, 0 to 10MHz, Sine square wave.
 Digital Oscilloscope, 2 channel, 100 MHz.
 INTERNET FACILITIES
Qty
15
15
5
15
5
ANNEXTURE-E
Telecommunication Technology in 1 Colleges
S.No.








LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY.
Description of stores
100MHz 4 Channel Oscilloscope
CRT Display: 100mm rectangular, post accelerator type CRT with a graduated
inner face 20 KV accelerating potential P-31 phosphor, Sensitivity: 5m V/div.
Input Impedance: 1 Mohm + 1%, 22pF, Power Requirements: Switching type, 45
–400Hz, Approx. 55W
9-264V.
Oscilloscope:
20 MHz Dual Trace in V/div. CRT: 150mm rectangular Domed mesh post
accelerator type with graduated inner face. Accelerating potential 6 KV. Effective
area: Flat face, 8X 100 division(1 div-10mm)Sensitivity: 1mV/div-5V/div+3% in
1-2-5 steps (12 ranges and find adjustment). Input impedance: 1Mohm +2%
Power requirements:220/.240V, 50/60Hz.
Digital Multimeter
4 ½ digit Digital Multimeter , Voltage Range: 2-20-200-1000V, Resolution
0.1mV-1mV, 10MV-10mV.AC Voltage measurement: 2-20-200-1000V, current
range: 200mA-2000mA, power source: Four SUM 2 dry cells external power.
Digital V.T.V.M
DC voltage: 200mV-2000mV-20V-200V-1000V. AC voltage: 2000mV-20V200V-750V. PC current : 200uA-2000UA-20mA-200mA-10A. Power supply
batteries (IEC R 14) (4) continuous operation with manganese batteries).
CR Oscillator (Audio Frequency Signal Generator)
Frequency range: 10Hz to 1MHz. Accuracy +(3% + 1Hz). Output voltage:
7Vr.m.S (at 1KHz and max. output)Power requirements 220/.240V AC 50/60 Hz.
FM-AM Standard Signal Generator
Power source: 220/230V, 50/60Hz., Approx. 100VA. Carrier frequency: dynamic
range: 0.1 to 520MHz. Resolution at 1 sec. Of setting time: 10Hz for 10KHz to
50 MHz. 100Hz for 50 to 520MHz. Display: 3 digit LED, Error less than 10% of
setting tone source internal 1000Hz.
Q Meter
Frequency 50KHz, 50MHz 6 bands, range: 10-600, 3 range, Q Ranges: 50 , 2
range, tuning capacitor: 10-483pF overall external source: 1-50 KHz input.
Voltage required 1 V r.m.s
Qty
1
2
2
2
1
1
1






Master Builder
With Audio, power amplifier SIP-326, Master Builder. Features:

A standard transformer coupled power amplifier and driver often found
in audio equipment.

Fault insertion switches for diagnostic training.

Experimentation in band pass and distortions measurements.

Comprehensive manual with test results enable self-study.

Test points (TP) terminals at important junctions for science
instruments.
Master Builder Insertion Pannels AM Transistorized Radio: Features:
 Tuner, LF, detector and gain control of an AM radio.
 The Development of diagnostic skills in radio repair.
 3 phase in evaluating the performance of a typical AM receiver which
uses transistor.
 Standard 455 KBs transformers for alignment techniques.
 Can be used with the AM transmitter in order to demonstrate, a
communication procedures.
 A comprehensive manual provides background discussion, testing and
evaluation procedures.
 Test Point (TP) terminals at important junctions for science instruments.
Master Builder Insertion Pannels Computer Logic SIP-390
Course topics: Experiments: Logic inverter, Binary numbers, BCD to Decimal
Decoder/Driver, seven segment LEDs and Decoder driver or Gates, and GATES,
NAND Gates, Nor Gates, Boolean Algebra, Theoroms, Exclusive or Gates,
Adders, Monostable Multivibrator, 1 of 4 Decoder, 4 phase clock and individual
project. For science instruments.
Regulated DC Power Supply Dual Tracking.
Dual output: 0=30V/3A: 0-30A. Tracking negative voltage variable , 20% around
positive voltage series output 0.60V/3A. Power requirements: 220/.240V, AC,
50/60 Hz.
Regulated DC Power Supply
Voltage: 0-18V, output current: 0-1.5A, Ripples: Less than 1.5mV pp, output
current variation (+ 10%) less than + 2mA, 220/240V, 50/60Hz.
1
1
1
1
1















Level Oscillator
a) Circuit Troubleshooting Kit,consists of Ex-1 8-24 pin IC extractor, Ex-2 24-40
pin IC extractor, MOS-1416 14-16 pin IC inserter, kit is ideal for every one dealing
with PC boards, Ics circuits etc and can be used by electronic service technicians,
field teach’s and lab engineers, detailed operation manual for digital logic probe and
digital logic pulser included.
b) Solder Aid, Tool and solder station: A unique tool and solder station designed to
accommodate and organize many items used for PC board assembly and solder
repair work. Will hold solder . Soldering iron, desoldering pump. Shears and small
tools. Station includes: safe soldering iron holder, sponge pad for tipe cleaning and
compartments for more than 15 tools. For use in lab factory or home.
c) Mini Drill . The STD-50 drill stand is designed specifically to hold the PD-3
allowing the tool to be used like a drill press for precise hold drilling.
Transmission Measuring Sets:
In addition to the features of the transmission measuring set 447A, this set has the
following features:
Easy operation 0 + 1dB adjustment is only required. Then the display shows the
result of measurement. Easy connection. Easy reading.
Fault Locator: (Portable wheat stone bridge)
Measuring range: 1.000 Ohm to 10.00 Mohm in four digit reading minimum
division: 0.001 ohm, Ratio arms (Multiplier) X0.001, Xo.01 Xo.1, X1, X20, X100,
X1000. Accuracy : + 1% of reading on 100 Ohm to 100 kohm. Power source: Three
1.5 V batteries.
Frequency Meter:
Frequency counter, function: frequency measurements: Display: 6 digit LED with
memory and Zero blanking. Display time: 1 sec. Sensitivity: Direct. 10Hz-10MHz,
50mVR.m.a. Prescaler 50MHz-150 OMHz) 50 Mvrma Max input Voltage: Direct:
50Vrms, Prescaler 3 Vrms. Accuracy : + (1 count+time base accuracy) . Power
requirements: 220/230VAC 5/60 Hz.
Antennas/Transmission Lines Trainer SIP 360 Master Builder.
Microwave Techniques/Radar Trainer SIP 365 Master Builder.
Components Kit and Lab Manual for teaching Electricity S301C.
Component Kit and lab manual for teaching transistor S305C
Component Kit and lab manual for teaching Linear application amplifiers filters,
oscillators, S-310C
Component Kit and lab manual for teaching linear applications,
telecommunications. S312C
Add-on Components to the Basic S210C Telecommunications course: S312/310C
Electromagnetic Teleprinter
DC Regulated Power supply 60V/3 Amp .
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
 Complete tool kits containing cutter Plier, files, set of screw driver, saws,
hammers and Misc.
 Advance AC/DC Power supply AC Low Voltage 0-10 High Voltage 0-120
VDC supply 0-40V input Power 21-0/250V., 50/60 Hz. Pak made.
 Electronic volt milliamper meterRange0-1.5 A input 210/250 50/60 Hz.
 Digital Multimeter imported.
 Micro wave unit for training courses in Micro wave theory and application
with complete equipments and other accessories.
 Micro Computer to allow theoretical and practical study for three fundamental
courses Binary, Octal, Hexa decimal power input.
 Basic Electronics Trainer
The 2-mm plug-in system combines with the multimedia experiment
and training system to create a modern and powerful learning
environment for well grounded training in the fundamentals of electrical
and electronics engineering. Students are guided through experiments by
clearly structured course software aided by text, graphics, animations
and tests of knowledge. The experiments themselves are carried out on a
2-mm Experimenter unit. A wide variety of virtual instruments is
available so that students can make real-time measurements. The plug-in
modules contain both passive and active electronic components
connected via 2-mm laminated plugs featuring gold-plated contacts
Training contents:
Basic amplifier circuits using bipolar transistors
Basic amplifier circuits using field effect transistors
(FETs)
Two-stage AC amplifier
Darlington pair amplifier
Coupled emitter amplifiers
Phase reversing stages
Differential amplifiers
Two-stage DC amplifier with complementary transistors
Push-pull amplifiers
Positive and negative feedback
Square-wave generators
Threshold switches (Schmitt triggers)
Astable multivibrators
Monostable multivibrators
Bistable multivibrators (flip-flops)
Saw tooth generators (pulse generators)
Sine-wave generators with RC and LC elements
Amplitude modulators and demodulators
Frequency modulator
Single-phase and three-phase rectifier circuits
Voltage multipliers
Stabilising circuits
Voltage and current regulators (linear)
5
4
4
10
1
1
1
Switched-mode voltage regulators
DC converters
Pulse generation using diacs
Pulse generation using unijunction transistors
Phase control using thyristors
Phase control using triacs
Full-wave control with zero-voltage switch
DC voltage switch using thyristors
Using op amps as inverting amplifiers
Using op amps as non-inverting amplifiers
Using op amps as differential amplifiers
Dynamic response of operational amplifiers (opamps)
2mm Plug-in Components:
Storage case for plug-in component modules
1 CD with “EloTrain 4 – Basic Electronic Circuit” course
29 film resistors 10 Ω ... 1 M Ω
2 potentiometers, linear 1 k Ω ... 10 k Ω
8 capacitors 100 pF ... 0,47 μF
6 electrolyte capacitors 1 μF ... 470 μF
2 coils 10 mH ... 33 mH
2 transformer coils N = 300, N = 900
1 cut strip-wound core (1 pair)
2 LEDs, green
6 silicon diodes 1N4007, 1 germanium diode AA118
1 Zener diode 4.7 V
2 transistors BC547 base left + base right
2 transistors BD237 base left + base right
1 transistor BD238 base left
1 field effect transistor 2N3819
1 unijunction transistor
1 DIAC, 1 thyristor, 1 TRIAC
1 operational amplifier
1 switch
1 incandescent lamp 15 V with socket E10
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the desktop
lab. It incorporates all inputs and outputs,
switches, power and signal sources and measurement
circuitry needed to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2mm sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges
100mV to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital
inputs, 1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display
modes: binary, hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter for 2-mm plug-in component
To be linked to measurement interface unit. 70 nodes allow for easily
understood circuit set-ups in a compact space. Circuits are built by
inserting the plug-in modules between nodes on the board. Connections
between nodes can be made using 2-mm or 7.5-mm jumpers.
Fixed and variable power supply connections via 2mm sockets
For use with 2-mm plug-in components
70 nodes each with 9 x 2-mm sockets
7.5-mm grid for 2-mm sockets
4 bus lines for power supply (+15 V,+5 V, -15 V,
earth) via 2-mm sockets
Ergonomic working thanks to console housings
Contact loading: max. 10 A
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, blue
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, black
4 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, red
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, blue
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, black
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, red
60 jumpers 2mm /7.5mm, black





Slide Projector fitted with TV camera for complying with relative apparatus
Automatic overhead projector with screen and other accessories.
Television Set 21” colour with all accessories trolley.
Opaque Projector.
8-BIT MICROPROCESSOR TRAINER:
Standard CPU clocked at 11.0592 MHz
56 I/O lines
All I/O lines are clearly labeled and available
32K SRAM, program variables and code
24K SRAM for program code download
High speed baud rates: 115200, 75600, 38400, etc.
Display port, works with standard character-based LCDs, Eight LEDs
Bus expansion Port with 4 chip select signals, Unregulated, polarityprotected DC voltage input with 2 position terminal block.
PC Computer With Serial Port, Linux or Microsoft Windows 95-OSR2,
98, 98SE, NT4, 2000.
Assembler or Compiler, usually AS31 or SDCC
Terminal Emulation Program, eg Hyperterminal (windows), Minicom
(linux)
Text Editor Program, eg Notepad, Vi, Emacs
Standard 9 pin serial cable (straight through, not null-modem)
Monitor program for easy code development without additional
equipment.
This is a highly versatile board, compatible with all our micro trainer
hardware. It is ideal for teaching the basics of microprocessor
programming and applications such as decision making, D/A and A/D
conversion, open and closed-loop control, delay loops, sub-routines &
event counting. It covers the techniques of micro control of Fibre optics,
keypad entry, DC motor control, infra-red sensing, heating & cooling.
Inputs
Optical fibre receiver
8-bit digital switch bank
Numerical keypad
Optical speed sensor
Temperature sensor
Slide potentiometer
External analogue input
Outputs
Optical fibre transmitter
DC motor
8LEDs
1
2
2
2
1
Heater
Analogue output
Speaker
Inputting & outputting data
Subroutines & delays
The digital to analogue conversion (DAC)
Analogue to digital conversion (ADC)
Seven Segment display
Scanning the keypad
Control of a DC motor
DC motor speed control with IR sensor
Temperature control
Fibre optic link
 16-Bit Microprocessor System
Program debugging function by PC.
Software : TURBO-C 2.0 / Borland C or later
Support Startup Code
Program download and trace function
Display the register contents
Memory contents modification and dump function
KEY BOARD with 16 hexadecimal and 10 function keys
Various Command function
Included stepper motor interface/driver circuit
DOT MATRIX unit
LCD display unit
D/A and A/D converter experiment
Sound experiment with Speaker
Interrupt experiments
Interrupt Controller
I/O expander
Timer Controller
Thermistor Sensor
Bar LED unit
Keypad experiment
External interface connector
Display the current BUS status on LED
8086 assembler
Integration Development Environment Program
+5V, +12V, -12V Free Voltage) Power
 COLOR TV TRAINER:
The trainer is designed for easy teaching operational,
fundamental theory and troubleshooting techniques of
common household color television.
The Trainer consists of a large panel board with detailed
block diagram of color television printed clearly on panel.
1
1
Equipped with fault simulation point and fault LED
indicators. If one of the fault point is triggered, a
corresponding LED is electronically activated, indicating
that the fault is active. The LED indicators can be
de-activated for students to learn the troubleshooting
techniques.
To get realistic fault, points of fault simulation are created
according to common problems happened in the real world,
which make teaching troubleshooting techniques closed to
reality.
The color television main board is mounted on sliding
tray, placed in a box with window and lock to protect
television board when not in use. Pull out sliding tray to
access television board.
Student can access directly to the color television main
board for doing measurement and investigation.
Complete with comprehensive experiment manual book to
guide student step by step conducting experiments.
Specification:
System Mode
: TV: PAL (B/G, D/K,I)
SECAM (B/G,D/K)
NTSC
AV: PAL, SECAM
NTSC (3.58/4.43MHz)
Size of CRT
: 15 inches
Channel frequency
: VHF channel 1 to 12
UHF channel 21 to 69
Antenna impedance
: 75 Ohm
Sound system
: Built-in speaker 3W
Fault system
:20 electronics fault system with fault
LED indicator on block diagram.
Resettable to initially condition
LED Indicators ON/OFF control point
Fault simulation and LED indicators
Connection terminal 4mm leads for Fault Pen simulator
- Master reset point
- Power requirement: 110 – 220 VAC, 50/60Hz
- Include schematic of color television
- Outdoor antenna
- Impedance
: 75 Ohm
- Reception channel : 21 – 69
- Coaxial Cable
- Impedance: 75 Ohm
- Mirror for inspection
Covered Topics
Operating Television
Voltage Checking
Installing RF AGC (Automatic Gain Control)
Measuring High Voltage
Adjusting M-NTSC Sub-TINT
Adjusting PAL Color Level
Focus Installing
Video in Adjustment
Installing Color Purity
Installing Convergence
Tracking Power Circuit Damaged
Tracking Vertical Circuit Damaged
Tracking Horizontal Circuit Damaged
Tracking Color Circuit Damaged
Tracking RGB Out Circuit Damaged
Tracking Video Circuit Damaged
Tracking Video IF Circuit Damaged
Tracking Sound Circuit Damaged
 DIGITAL TELEPHONE EXCHANGE:
 Operating temperature: 40C° up to 85% R.H.
 Microprocessor controlled solid state switching
 External lines……..6
 Internal lines……..30
 Maximum capacity 20+100 lines
 Extensions 2 wire, 24V loop voltage, 20 mA loop, 1800 ohms
including telephone set
 Dialing 100 PS (40/60) DTMF
 Trunks 2-wire loop start, 6000 ohms, 60V loop voltage, 20 ring
 Power supply inverter from battery to 220V a.c. power
 Consumption 125 Watt at average activity.
 Detailed theoretical, experimental handbooks, service manual and
1






other explanatory materials should be provided for testing and
faultfinding.
FUNCTION GENERATOR: Compatible
* Frequency range 0.01 Hz to 100 KHz
TRANSISTOR AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS MODULE:
The module should cover the following:
 Common base circuit dc operation
 Common base circuit ac operation
 Common emitter circuit with dc operation
 Common emitter circuit with ac operation
 Common collector circuit with dc operation
 Common collector circuit with ac operation
 Transistor parameters familiarization
 RC coupled amplifier dc operation
 RC coupled amplifier ac voltage gain and phase relationship
 Transformer coupled dc
 Transformer coupled ac
 Transformer coupled amplifier frequency response
 Direct coupled amplifier dc operation
 Direct coupled amplifier ac operation
 Direct coupled amplifier frequency response
 Troubleshooting transistor amplifier circuits
FET FUNDAMENTALS MODULE:
The module contains circuit blocks capable of performing practical that
demonstrate the principle of JFET, MOSFET and UJT, JFET amplifier, JFET
current source, Thermister, Colpitts/Hartley oscillator, photo resistor and fiber
optic link.
PULSE AND DTMF ELECTRONICS TELEPHONE TRAINER:
This trainer should have the following technical specifications/facilities to
carry out the theoretical analysis and experiments related to the study of :
 Different types of telephone dialing
 Telephone operation with pulse and multi frequency dialing call
circuits and speech circuits
 Reception and separation of multi frequency signals
NOTE: Along with handbooks/service manuals/operating manuals
PULSE MODULATION TRAINER
This trainer should covered all the experiments/theoretical analysis on the
following topics:
 Sampling of analog signal
 Quantization and reconstruction of analog signal
 Pulse modulation (PAM, PPM, PWM)
 Digital signal coding (PCM and Delta)
NOTE: Along with handbooks/service manuals/operating manuals
FM STEREO RECEIVER WITH AUDIO AMPLIFIER TRAINER:
The trainer should have the following technical specification/facilities to carry
out the theoretical analysis and experiments related to the study of :
 Operation of FM Stereo receiver
2
1
1
1
2
1
 Analysis of the characteristics and use of vancap diode, RF, IF circuits
etc.
 Typical calibrations and measurements at all stages of the receiver






NOTE: Along with handbooks/service manuals/operating manuals
OSCILLOSCOPE 50 MHz with digital/cursor.
5 digit built-in frequency counter, 3 Channel, Automatic setup to H and V axis,
Auto measurements of p-p or DC voltage, 0.1V/0.5V attenuator for CH3, 2%
accuracy of V and H axis, 1KHz 1% , 1Vp-p 0.1% calibration output, Reliable
relay attenuator, 3 –channel, 8m trace scopes for a variety of waveform
displays, High precision measurement with cursor High sensitivity design for
maximum vertical axis sensitivity of 1mV/div, Automatic triggering (FIX) to
solve complicated triggering problems, Delay sweep for expanded waveforms,
three signals can be exactly synchronized in the V mode, Vidal signal clamp
eliminates trigger adjustments, complete with standard accessories.
DIGITAL MULTI-METER
Single switch, 0.5% DCV accuracy, 3-1/2 digit, 2000 count, large 0.8” LCD
play , AC volts 200mV to 1000V, DC volts 200mV to 1500V, AC/DC current
20A, overload protection, Diode Check, Continuity check (beeper sound below
100 ohm approx), Frequency response 40Hz to 500Hz, Resistance 200 ohm to
20 Mohm, complete with standard and rubber holster.
MULTI-METER
37 measuring ranges, length of basic scale 87mm approx. Pointer deflection 9
100o , sensitivity 50 k ohm for dc Voltage , 5k ohm for AC voltage, Test
Voltage 3 kV, DC volts 100mV to 1000V, AC voltage 3 V to 1000V,
Resistance range 1 ohm to 50 M ohm, complete with standard accessories.
Japan
ANALOG MULTI-METER
With the following multi ranges:
Overload protection, circuit breaker protection, switching cap-acity of the
protecting switch, selection range by Rotary switch DC voltage: 100mV, 0.31-3-10-0-100-300-1000,DC current 30uA, 100uA, 0.3mA, 1mA, 10mA,
30mA, 0.1A, 0.3A, 1,A, 3A, 10A, AC voltage: 0.3-1-3-10-0-100-300-1000,AC
current: 1mA, 10m, 30mA, 0.,1A, 0.3mA, 1A, 3A, 10A.Transmission range:
20dB – 10dB, dB scale: +10dB, +dB, +40dB, +50dB.Resistence: 0.2ohm500ohm, 20ohm-50Kohm, 0.2ohm-50-0Koh, 2kohm-5Mnohm, 20Kohm50Mohm,Internal resistance 31.6K ohms/VDC, 50Kohm V/.AC,Accuracy DC
+ 1%, AC + 1.5%, Internal cap[acitance: CI-50pF, Scale Length 110mm,
complete with test leads and user manual.
Portable AC Voltmeter.
Voltage range: 75/150V, Moving Iron type, Accuracy: 0.5% of full scale
value, scale length: 135mm approx.
Diodes & Transistor for Demonstration,
Consisting of following:
011.112.NPN Transistor 7 pcs, 011.119.PNP Transistor 6 pcs, 011.113,
Phototransistor 9 pcs.
1
2
3
1
2
4
ANNEXTURE-FI
Petro- chemical Technology 2 COLLEGES.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY
GOVT. POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTES MARDAN,
S#


Description of item
Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Flash Tester. For flash point determinations of
fuels, lubricating oils, liquids containing suspended solids and liquids that
tend to form a surface film during testing.
Determines flash points of a wide range of products by a closed cup method
with two option speed stirring of the sample. Extensively used in shipping
and safety regulations for detection of contamination by volatile and
flammable materials in fuel oils and lubricating oils, and for characterization
of hazardous waste samples.
Specifications
Conforms to: ASTM D93; AASHTO T73-811; IP 34; ISO 2719; DIN 51758;
FTM 791-1102; NF M 07-019
Included Accessories
Brass Test Cup with Handle
Thermometer Holder
Without stirrer motor
K16270 Electrically Heated Model
Cleveland Open-Cup Flash Tester Electrically Heated Mode. For flash and
fire points of all petroleum products, except fuel oils and those having an
open cup flash below 79°C (175°F).
Determines flash and fire points by the Cleveland Open-Cup method.
Consists of test flame applicator, brass test cup, thermometer support, heating
plate and electric heater. Applicator is precisely aligned per specifications and
pivots for test flame application at specified temperature intervals. Hinged
thermometer support raises to facilitate placement and removal of test cup.
Adjust flame size using built-in needle valve and comparison bead.
Qty
01
01
Equipped with a 1000W nickel-chromium heater with stepless variable heat
control for accurate repeat setting of temperature rate of rise per
specifications.
Heater unit is enclosed in a stainless steel housing with cooling vents. Test
flame applicator and thermometer support are constructed of machined nickel
plated brass.


Specifications
Conforms to: ASTM D92, D6074, D6158; AASHTO T48; ANS Z-11.6; IP
36; ISO 2592; DIN 51376; FTM 791-1103, FTM 141-4294
K14000 Cleveland Open Flash Cup
Low Range Thermometers: ASTM-9F, 20-230 FW, 1° increments, calibrated
for 57 mm immersion.
High Range thermometers,
ASTM-10F 200-700 F in increments, calibrated for 57mm immersion.
5
5

Automatic Distillation Apparatus
The sample is evaporated and condensed under controlled conditions, and
observations are made of the temperatures at which various percentages are
recovered and/or the percentages recovered at specified temperatures.
Automatic Distillation Analyzer is designed to perform optimal distillation
analyses of gasolines, fuels, oils, solvents, aromatics, napthas, kerosenes,
hydrocarbons, and other volatile products to ensure conformity to rigid
quality control standards. The analyzers automatically perform tests, process
results, and produce standard reports according to ASTM, ISO, DIN and
related international test specifications.
Automatic Distillation Unit comes ready with the equipment, accessories, and
features as standard to properly run distillation groups 0 to 4 per ASTM D86
and related test specifications. No additional accessories are required. The
Windows®-based software package allows simple operator selection of the
programmed settings for each distillation protocol. No complicated routines
are needed to setup the unit. User-defined programs are easily created for
customization of the analyzer.
Dry Point can be detected visually or by automatic detection for ASTM D850
and D1078 test methods. The unit is delivered ready with the PC board
components already included as standard to perform the dry point analysis. It
only requires the additional accessories of the dry point thermocouple,
200mL flask, and PTFE plug in order to perform the dry point detection
analysis automatically.
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D86, D285, D4737 and related international
specifications
• Pt-100 RTD probe with automatic temperature calibration system (°C or °F)
• Windows®-based software package for PC control with LIMS export
capabilities
• Automatic determination of initial boiling point (IBP), final boiling point
(FBP), dry point and barometric and residue corrections
• Diagnostic system continuously ensures proper unit performance and user
safety
• Automatic temperature and volume calibration
• Programmable distillation rate (2-15mL/min)
• Ready for distillation groups 0 - 4
• Networking for up to 32 units
• Powerful CFC-free cooling & heating system
• Receiver chamber heating system to 60°C
01
• Precision level follower system with optical meniscus detector
• Integrated automatic fire extinguishing system with manual operation option
Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of:
ASTM D86, D285, D850, D1078, D4737; D189 Section 10; DIN 51751;
ISO
3405; IP123; JIS J2254; NF M 07-002
Electrical requirements:
120V 50/60Hz 20A
230V 50/60Hz 10A
Temperature
Distillation Range: 0 to 450°C (±0.1°C accuracy)
Condenser: -5 to 60°C (±0.1°C accuracy); closed loop system
Receiver Chamber: 0 to 60°C (±0.1°C accuracy)
Distillation Parameters:
Distillation Rate: 2 to 15 mL/min in 0.1mL increments, user selectable
Receiver Volume: 0 to 100 mL (±0.01mL accuracy) by photoelectric
infrared detection of meniscus by level following system utilizing a precision
stepper motor and a special calibrated glass receiver; automatic calibration of
evaporated loss volume and automatic volume calibration system ensures
highest accuracy
Barometric Pressure: Automatic barometric correction utility with
automatic sensor, range 550 to 900 mm Hg (±1mm Hg accuracy)
Dry Point Detection: Dry point detection board is included with standard
equipment and only requires a dry point sensor, 200 mL flask and PTFE plug
for ASTM D850 and D1078 tests.
Environment: Operates at 0 to 45°C (113°F)
K45604 Automatic Distillation System




Petroleum Distillation glass ware Engler flask. 100 unl, Pyrex Brand
Accessories for 13-464 distillation unit, 10-145.
Graduated Cylinder
IM1 Sub Divisions for use as receivers 8-558.
Bath jars.
PRYEX BRAND FOR DISTILLATION Temperature control in receiving
cylinders safe ground edges 23H x 12cH DIA , 13-476.
Saybolt Viscosity meter
The instrument is designed and made as per T0623 “Asphalt Saybolt
Viscosity Test (Saybolt Viscometer Methods)” in the Industry Standard
JTJ052 Specification and Test Methods of Bitumen and Bituminous Mixture
for Highway Engineering. It is used to determine viscosity of petroleum
asphalt and liquid petroleum asphalt. It is used to decide the construction
temperature.
Main structure and characteristics
The instrument is mainly composed of bath, bath temperature controller, and
measurement parameters display calculator (calibration coefficient, time,
viscosity, etc).
The instrument adopts microprocessor controlling technology and has
05
05
05
01
function of two-way determination. It can make parallel determination for
two samples at the same time. It can digitally show test parameters and
calculate average value of test data. It can also convert Saybolt viscosity into
Engler viscosity or Kinematic viscosity. Only make determination once, you
can get three types of test data. It is efficient and reliable.






Technical parameters
1. Power supply: AC 220V±10%, 50 Hz;
2. Types: Desktop;
3. Working mode: Two-way determination; parallel test;
4. Sample receiving bottle: 60±0.05ml;
5. Heating power: 1000 W;
6. Working temperature range of bath: room temperature ∼240.0℃;
7. Temperature controlling accuracy of bath: ±0.1℃;
8. Timing range: 0.0s∼999.9s;
9. Timing accuracy: ±0.1s;
10. Ambient temperature: ≤35℃;
11. Relative humidity: ≤85％;
SYD-0623 Saybolt Viscosity Tester
Electric Viscosimeter Heater. Connects directly to electrical outlet, 220V AC
500W, 13-580.
Bath Oil
Stabilized recommended for temperatures above 60 C, Won’t smoke, can be
used for months before it drakes fours easily . Does inching to glassware,
Viscosimeter Pipet. For draining overflow chamber on say bolt Universal and
Furol Viscosimeters glass tube with Robber Aspirator Bulb.
Saybolt Combined Universal and Forol Viscosimeter Tobe.
For determining Viscosity of light and lubricating orls supplier with 13-591
office and 13-593 wrench.
Ostwald Dropping Pepet
For Posiscuille Method 215 MH, with 20 and 15ml bulbs delivery time 951155 SEL.
pH Tester
The instrument is designed and made as per the National Standard GB/T264
“Test Methods for Acid Number of Petroleum Products” and GB/T258 “Test
Methods for Acidity of Gasoline, Kerosene, and Diesel oil”. It is suitable to
determine acidity of gasoline, kerosene, and diesel oil, which don’t add ethyl
liquids, and acid value of petroleum products. The instrument uses alcohol to
extract acid from sample. Then make titration for alkali liquids.
The instrument is also suitable to determine acid number of transformer oil
and turbine oil in service as per the National Standard GB/T7599 “Test
Methods for Acid Number of Transformer Oil and Turbine Oil in Service”.
Technical parameters
1. Power supply: AC 220V±10%, 50 Hz;
2. Heating power of electric heater: It can be continuously adjusted from 100
W to 1000 W;
3. Precision of titration tube: scale division is 0.02 ml;
4. Ambient temperature: ≤35°C;
02
05 gallon
can
5
01
05
01

5. Relative humidity: ≤85%;
6. Total power consumption: not more than 1200 W;
K12860 Neutralization Number Apparatus
Automated Petroleum Colorimeter Measures the 4 most important color
scales used for liquid chemicals, resins, oils, fuels, and fats for liquid color
measurement
• Touch Screen TFT-Display
• Compact housing suitable for both field and laboratory use
• Modern user interface with sample and user ID entry in 16 languages
• Automatic cuvette recognition
• Data memory for up to 200 measurements
• Automatic Zero Calibration Program
• Reference Beam Technology
01
Color measurement methods
• Hazen Color, APHA Color, Pt/Co Color (ASTM D1209, ISO 6271)
• Gardner Color (ASTM D1544, ISO 4630)
• Iodine Color (DIN 6162)
• Saybolt Color (ASTM D156, NF M 07-003)
Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of:
ASTM D156, D1209, D1544, D6166; 4630, 6271; DIN 6162; NF M 07-003
Wavelength Range: 400 to 700nm / 20nm
Photometric accuracy: 5 mAbs at 0.0 to 0.5 Abs 1% at 0.50 to 2.0 Abs
Photometric linearity: <0.5% to 2 Abs
≤ 1% at > 2 Abs with neutral glass at 546 nm
Stray light: > 3.0 Abs. at 500nm with OG570/3
Light Source: Gas-filled Tungsten bulb (visible spec)
Included Accessories
Univeral power supply 100-240V, 50-60Hz, with exchangeable plug adapters
for EU, GB, US, China
Dust Cover
User Manual
K13260 Portable Automated Colorimeter

NBS color standards

Glass Jars
127 H+, 33mm I.D Pack of 12.
Copper Strip Corrosion Test Bomb
The Copper Strip Tarnish Test assesses the relative degree of corrosivity of
petroleum products, including aviation fuels, automotive gasoline, natural
gasoline, solvents, kerosene, diesel fuel, distillate fuel oil, lubricating oil and
other products. A polished copper strip is immersed in 30mL of sample at
elevated temperature. After the test period, the strip is examined for evidence
of corrosion and a classification number from 1-4 isxc assigned based on a
comparison with the ASTM Copper Strip Corrosion Standards. For aviation
fuels and natural gasoline the sample tube is placed inside a stainless steel
bomb during testing.

01 sheet
of 16
02
02
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D130 and related test specifications
• For aviation fuels and natural gasoline
Precision machined stainless steel bomb inserts in copper corrosion bath for
testing aviation fuels and natural gasoline. Withstands test pressure of 100psi
(689kPa) per specifications. Threaded cap with O-ring gasket and knurled
circumference tightens by hand to a positive seal. A 1/8 groove in the bomb
threads permits safe, gradual release of pressure when opening the bomb.




Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of:
ASTM D130, D6074, D6158; IP 154; ISO 2160; DIN 51759; FTM 791-5325;
NF M 07-015
K25200 Copper Strip Corrosion Test Bomb
Accessories Copper Strip. Semi finished for corrosion tests in No.13-420-20
bomb 7.61x1.3 W x0.3cm, thick 13-420-25 pack of 12
Bakelite Holder, secures 4 copper strips (13-420-20) for polishing 13-420-40
Flat Test Tubes , Protect copper strips. During inspection of corrosive
effects.
Carbon Residue Apparatus Provides an indication of relative coke forming
properties of petroleum oils. The residue remaining after a specified period of
evaporation and pyrolysis is calculated as a percentage of the original sample
02 packs
02
05
01
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D189 specifications
A weighed quantity of sample is placed in a crucible and heated to a high
temperature for a fixed period. The crucible and the carbonaceous residue is
cooled in a desiccator and weighed. The residue remaining is calculated as a
percentage of the original sample and reported as conradson carbon residue.
Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of:
ASTM D189, D6074; ANS Z-11.25; IP 13; ISO 6615; DIN 51551; FTM 7915001; NF T 60-116

Included Accessories
Porcelain Crucible
Skidmore Crucible, with
Monel Cover
Monel Crucible, with Cover
Monel Hood, with Bridge
Refractory Block
K41100 Micro Carbon Residue Tester
Saybolt chromometer
The Saybolt Color test is used for quality control and product identification
purposes on refined products having an ASTM Color of 0.5 or less. Products
in this range include undyed motor and aviation gasolines, jet propulsion
fuels, naphthas, kerosene and petroleum waxes. Color is an important quality
characteristic for many products, and can also be used to detect product
01
contamination. The Saybolt Chromometer measures color by comparing a
column of sample against standard color discs. The Saybolt Wax
Chromometer measures color of non-fluid waxes by heating the samples
during the test.
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D156 and related specifications
•
Three-position color standard turret
• Tests non-fluid waxes and liquid petroleum products
Determines Saybolt Color of highly refined petroleum products. Consists of a
matched set of sample and standard tube assemblies with optical viewer.
Compares a sample of the product to be tested against standard color discs
under a uniform light source. Reduce column height until the sample field is
lighter than the color standard and convert height to Saybolt Color using chart
on instrument. Three-position turret on standard tube permits convenient
changing of color disc combinations. Accessory Daylight Lamp (Cat. No.
K13010) provides standard light source per ASTM specifications.
For petroleum waxes, the Saybolt Wax Chromometer is equipped with
heaters to keep waxes that are not fluid at ambient temperature molten during
testing. Sample tube has a 200W chrome steel strip heater and a hinged cover
to maintain even heat distribution. An aluminum block heater with 50W
cartridge element keeps wax molten in the draincock assembly. Accessory
variable transformer may be used to regulate the sample temperature. Optical
viewer and stand are fully insulated from the heaters. Sample tube assembly
has heat resistant fiber handles.
Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of:
ASTM D156; DIN 51411; FTM 791-101; NF M 07-003
Included Accessories
Whole Color Standards (3)
Half Color Standard (1)
Engraved Conversion Chart
K13009 Saybolt Chromometer


Petroleum samples for composite sampling by ASTM D 270
 for large drems Model 13-417-5(Fisher)
 for samples from top third of tank model 13-417
 For sample from bottom of tank model 14-209.
Reid Vapor Pressure Bath
Vapor pressure is a critical factor in the handling and performance of liquid
petroleum and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) products. The vapor pressure of
automotive gasolines is subject to governmental regulation for pollution
control purposes.
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D323, D1267 and related specifications
02
01
• Free standing or flush-mount benchtop installation
• Microprocessor programmable high accuracy temperature control
Constant temperature water baths designed for Reid Vapor Pressure
determinations of liquid petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gases
(LPG). Immerses vapor pressure apparatus at the proper depth per ASTM
specifications. Controls bath temperature with ±0.2°F (±0.1°C) precision.
Microprocessor PID control provides quick temperature stabilization without
overshoot, and the bath is protected by an over temperature control circuit
that interrupts power should bath temperature exceed a programmed cut-off
point. Dual LED displays provide actual and set point temperature values in
°C/°F format. Communications software (RS232, etc.), ramp-to-set and other
enhanced features are available as extra cost options. Double-wall
construction with fiberglass insulated stainless steel tank. A sturdy 1" (25mm)
flange permits flush-mount bench top installation for easy access to the bath
interior. Built-in holders suspend test cylinders at the required depth.
Equipped with overflow stand pipe/drain.
Specifications
Conforms to: ASTM D323, D1267; GPA 2140; IP 69, 161; ISO 3007, 4256;
DIN 51616, 51754; FTM 791-1201; NF M 07-007, 41-010
Capacity: 1 to 4 vapor pressure apparatus, one-opening or two-opening type
Temperature Control Stability: ±0.2°F (±0.1°C)
Maximum Temperature: 212°F (100°C)
Bath Medium: 13.7gal (51.9L) water

Electrical Requirements
220-240V 50/60Hz, Single Phase, 9.4A
K11459 Reid Vapor Pressure Bath, 4-Unit
Vapor Pressure Bomb.
Vapor pressure is a critical factor in the handling and performance of liquid
petroleum and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) products. The vapor pressure of
automotive gasolines is subject to governmental regulation for pollution
control purposes.
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D323, D1267 and related specifications
Polished stainless steel test cylinders for vapor pressure tests of liquid
petroleum products, volatile crude oil and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).
Consists of upper chamber and lower chamber in required 4:1 volume ratio.
O-ring gaskets provide tight seal between chambers and at gauge coupling.
One-opening type is for gasoline and other products having a Reid Vapor
Pressure below 26psi (180kPa). Two-opening type is for liquid products
having a Reid Vapor Pressure above 26psi (ASTM D323) and for LPG
(ASTM D1267). Lower chamber of two-opening apparatus includes straightthrough ball valve and 1/4" needle valve. For LPG testing, order two-opening
type apparatus and accessory bleeder valve assembly.
01
Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of: ASTM D323, D1267; GPA 2140; IP 69,
161; ISO 3007, 4256; DIN 51616, 51754; FTM 791-1201
Hydrostatic Test (two-opening type): Withstands 1000psi (6894kPa) gauge
hydrostatic pressure per ASTM D1267 specifications

Included Accessories
Threaded 1/4" Gauge Coupling
O-ring Seals (2)
K11500 Reid Vapor Pressure Cylinder, One-Opening Type
Vapor pressure bomb gages. Accurste to +0.5% full scale calibrated and
guaranteed easy to read dial. WW CM dia, ¼ 1 PS male connection.
Range
Sub-Div.
Cat No.
01 each
0 to 51b
0.1 1b
13-419-30A
0 to 15 1b
0.1 1b
13-419-30B
0 to 30 1b
0.2 1b
13-419-30C

Cloud and Pour Point Apparatus
Cloud point and pour point are indicators of the lowest temperature of utility
for petroleum products. The sample is periodically examined while it is being
cooled in the cloud and pour point apparatus. The highest temperature at
which haziness is observed (cloud point), or the lowest temperature at which
movement of the oil is observed (pour point), is reported as the test result.
Features and Benefits
• Conforms to ASTM D97, D2500 and related specifications
• Compact four-place portable chamber
• Mechanically refrigerated models with factory preset cold baths
Cloud and Pour Point Chamber – Immerses four copper test jackets in
suitable freezing mixtures at the required depth per ASTM specifications.
Available with inlet and outlet connections for circulating refrigerated coolant
from an external source. Consists of steel exterior housing with polyurethane
enamel finish and all copper interior for corrosion resistance. Removable
composition top plate and 1/2" (13mm) cork insulation around interior aid in
02
cold retention. Supplied with copper jackets, gaskets, disks, and thermometer
holders for test jars and cooling bath. Order test jars and thermometers
separately.
Mechanically Refrigerated Baths – Bench-model test units with multiple
four-jacket mechanically refrigerated baths, each factory preset at a different
temperature for convenient cloud and pour point testing. Bench model has
three baths, set at +30, 0, and –30°F (–1, –18 and –35°C). Each bath has a
phenolic top plate with ports for thermometer and four copper test jackets.
Synthetic sponge covers over each top plate and gasketed hoods over each
bath prevent excessive ice accumulation around the test jackets. Cascade
hermetic refrigeration system provides reliable long term service. Bath
interior and cabinet are constructed entirely of stainless steel. Floor model
rides on swivel castors. Supplied with test jackets, gaskets, disks, and
thermometer holders for test jars and cooling baths.
Specifications
Conforms to the specifications of: ASTM D97, D2500, D5853, D6074,
D6158; IP 15, 219; ISO 3015, 3016; DIN 51597; FTM 791-201; NF T 60-105







Electrical Requirements
Refrigerated Bench Model:
220-240V 50/60Hz, Single Phase, 6.9A
K46195 Cloud and Pour Point Bath, Bench Model
Crease Penetration cone. Bross body stainless steel tip and S ton
Universal Penetration cone; for all present ASTM and Govt. penetration tests
and tests on consistency of Semi fluid lubricants with penetration to 60mm.
Wax Penetration Needle. For use in ASTM procedure 1321
Analytical balance.
Dutch and lamb refract meter. ABBE 31, eyepiece knob has two speeds for
slow or fast adjustments with 1 set of Prisms, Glass Test Piece, 1
thermometer graduated from 0 to 100 c in 1 increments, one 7 ml bottle of 1bromonapathelene, 1 calibration wrench, plastic dust cover, 1 calibration
wrench plastic dust cover, dispersion tables and instructions. 220V, 50/60 Hz,
U1 and CSA listed.
Low Cost Isotemp forced convection oven . Temp: trang 40 to 250C central
sensitivity:
10.5C
Uniformity 12.5C
Recovery
15 MIH
Model: 176. 176 capacity 0-.049 M, outside 48+8460 cm, Inside 30x11x41
cm. Amp: 15, Voltage 240, 50 Hz
Oxygen Bomb Calorimeter.
The instrument is designed and made as per the National Standard GB/T213
“Test Methods for Heat of Coal”, GB/T384 “Test Methods for Calorific
Value of Petroleum Products”, the National Measurement and Determination
Specification JJG672. The heat capacity of the instrument is
14000～15000J/℃. It is suitable to determine heat value of petroleum
products (Gasoline, jet fuels, diesel oil and fuel oils), which do not contain
water, coal, paraffin and other combustible substance.
02
02
02
01
01
02
01
Instrument characteristics:
1. It adopts a high precision sensor. It is much more accurate and reliable;
2. It adopts microprocessor for control and LED for display. It can also save
31 temperatures automatically.
3. It is with integrated structure, so it is compact and easy to be operated;
4. The stirring motor has no noise;
5. It past anti-shake test, so it can be transported for a long distance safely.

Technical parameters
1. Mean value of heat capacity: 15 kJ/K;
2. Measurement accuracy for heat value: ≤0.2%;
3. Endured pressure of oxygen bomb: 20 Mpa; Test pressure in oxygen bomb:
3 MPa;
4. Temperature controlling range: 10℃~35℃;
5. Temperature resolution: 0.001 ℃;
6. Temperature saved: 31 pieces;
7. Power supply: AC 220±10％, 50 Hz;
Size and weight: 400×400×600mm/18 kg;
8. Ambient temperature: 20℃±5℃;
9. Relative humidity: ≤85％;
XRY-1A Oxygen Bomb Calorimeter
Oil Test Centrifuge.
Centrifugation provides a convenient means of determining sediment and
water content in crude oil, fuel oils, and middle distillate fuels. Also used in
determining the precipitation number, demulsibility characteristics, trace
sediments, and insolubles in used lubricating oils.
Features and Benefits
• Portable design for remote operation with 12V DC power requirements
• Accommodates two 6" conical ASTM centrifuge tubes
• Control of acceleration ramp and centrifugation speed
• Special heating unit for sample pre-heating prior to testing
• Bowl heating system to maintain sample temperature during testing
• Doubly-insulated construction to reduce heat loss
• Self balancing, quiet operation
• Sliding stainless steel lid
Portable centrifuge designed expressly for petroleum testing applications
according to ASTM D96 test method. Centrifuge accommodates two 6"
conical ASTM centrifuge tubes. Molded PTFE supports provide for
maximum protection and easy positioning of tubes. Quiet running unit
features elastic suspension of the drive motor for self-balancing operation.
Specifications
02






Conforms to the specifications of: ASTM D96
Capacity: Two (2) oil test centrifuge tubes (100 mL)
Maximum Speed: 2200 rpm
Maximum RCF: 1050
K61094 Portable Oil Test Centrifuge
12V DC
Low Speed Corox Brand Tubbs(3500xG), for speed upto 3500+G without
breakage, corex and extra strength glass etched white filled graduations 15ml
1 No.1 ml sub-divisions. 170 D x 120ml.
Centrifuge tube for water and Sediment in Petroleum, Meets American
petroleum Institute specifications marked with official Institute Monogram
100% (12.5ml) graduated from 0-3% in 0.2%, 3-10% in 0.5% 10-50% in
1.0% and at 100%, 170D x 118 mml.
Friedrich Condenser: Pyrex Brand, spiral inner tube fits closely within jacket
Inlet and outlet water connections at Top vapor tube is sealed to jacket ar 75o
angle and tooled to fit No.3 rubber stopper hot vapors can be introduced
either at the side or through bottom total 1315 mm.
Sarvac Tough Little Vaccum Pump. Light weight and economical with
thermally protected 1/8 hp motor directs drive Mechanism has no external
moving parts. Built in handle facilitates carrying. Pump mounted on steel
base. Supplied with automatic thermal overload protection and 3 conductor,
1.85 H cord, and switch No. of stage 2. Free air displacement 21 liters/min
vac. Microns, oil capacity 110ml,
Fisher 150 Temp: Muffle furnae. Exterior size 53x46x46x64(1xw=H),
chamber size (1xWxH) 23+23+36, voltage 240 50 Hz, Power 3000W,
Gas Chromatograph
Chromatograph system equipped with EPC and AFC technology is developed
in response to the requirement of global GC technological development.
Experience in producing international high-end gas chromatograph has also
been introduced. Automation, intellectualization and multi- functionalization
are realized on the prerequisite of ensuring the reliability and stability of the
instrument
Features:
Powerful control function
All parameters can communicate bi-directionally through GC work station.
Powerful multi-CPU system to control correctly and stably.
ARM9-32 micro chip.
Memory is 64M.
The system is capable of operating complicated graphics controlling function
interface.
8-way external event function supports multi-valve switch so that
multidimensional chromatograph system is achievable.
Automatic door open function makes ambient operation in the oven possible.
Highly sensitive PC control system, Reliable jam proof system, Perfect
automatic operation
Intellectualized self-diagnosis function makes breakdown retrieval simple
Digital control on all gas circuit parameter
Many kinds of injectors and detectors solve difficult separation problem
quickly
Pressure precision is 0.0015psi
Operating Mode: Constant Pressure
Pressure Control Increment: 0.09psi/min
03 cases
each case
of 18
One case
of 24
One case
of 04
02
02
01
Setting Pressure Accuracy: 0.015psi
Gas Circuit Control Mode:
Constant Temperature/Constant Pressure
Constant Temperature/Constant flow
Analysis and Application:
Petroleum Chemical Industry
Crude oil component analysis
Refinery gas, mine gas analysis
Simulation distillation
Oils analysis
Simple substance hydrocarbon analysis including sulfur and azotic compound
analysis Gasoline dope analysis
Aliphatic hydrocarbon analysis
Aromatic hydrocarbon analysis
Technological process chromatograph analysis (process monitoring, chemical
intermediate analysis etc.). Cosmetics analysis (methyl alcohol, cantharis,
chlormethine etc.
Column oven with good performance. Unique double air flue cold hot
alternate system ensures warming and cooling speed. The oven made of
special material can preserve heat, which ensures the stability of temperature
control. The large volume design of the main oven can achieve the function
of multi-dimensional chromatographic system.
Gas Chromatograph CH-GC-07

C.F.R Engine Cooperative Fuel
01
Description
* SmartPlug ignition system
* 4-stroke Diesel
* 1 cylinder
* Variable compression ratio
* Aquanol fuel
Use & Purpose
* Fuel rating engine
* Compression ratio can be
varied while running
* Measures octane rating of fuels
* Runs as a gasoline or diesel engine depending upon set-up configuration
ANNEXURE-F-II
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR UNIT OPERATION OF PETROLEUM TEHNOLOGY.
S#

Description of item
Vaccum pump Dimensions 23.2x12.2x13.4 in displacement 3 clb.m per hour
speed 460 cu oms, V-belt dimensions 13x8x850 mm Electromotor voltage
3x220/380 volts. Size 0.25 KW. Speed 1380 rmp
Qty
02
























Electromagnetic Stirrer Power consumptions of electromotor ibw power
consumptions of hot plate 70w number of revolution of stirring body.
Bimetallic Dial thermometer with dial thermometer diameter 24mm stainless
steel strom 120mm long x 4mm diameter (Crifin 80/82) type dial thermometer
(Pocket type).
Electrical Thermometers Battery operated with 70mm scale subdivided in 2C,
include calibration check and OFF positions sokets for connecting fire temp.
probes, temp range 50 to 50 C.
Filter presses lab scale with motor operated mounted on trolley size 20/9,
having a plates net weight 33 kg No.335-150 cat. K/K second redition pages
339.
Evaporates Evaporation pilot plant (for evaporating aqueous solution) capacity
20 to 25 kg/h of water made of stainless steel .
60 Minutes stop clock large second hand and small integrating hand one second
graduations. Spring wound.
Level Indicator Chain-o-Matric level indicator
Multi purpose Boiler, (Packing type electrically heated or gas fired) Multi
purpose boiler siko, capacity 13 liters.
Glass Blowing Kit with hand torch stand, blowhose (with 2 extra Mouth pieces)
Twin tubling, didymium goggles, wire screen 13 pieces.
Ball Mill complete with fTV drive 0.4 H ¼ motor for 220V, tubblar stand with
10 1 jar w.150kg.
Sieve Shaker Machine complete with 1 standard sieve set ½ hp motor , 220V.
Batch Drying Heaters Fan type 500 watt heates temp probes thermocouple with
digital read out indicator measuring to 0.1 C air flow measurement with all
optional accessories.
Venturi Meter 1” tp be fitted in line of 1”
Rota Meter with accessories of different floats.
Oil Pressure Gauges Model colored Bourden type with move able parts
mounted on transparent PVC sheet 250 x 250 3mm.
Bimital Thermometer Range 0 2 to 200C liquid level

Flote valve.

Chain type flote gauge.

Liquid flow meter ¼, ½, 1”
Gas Regulator ¼ , ½ , 1 “
Flow Meter Air flow from 0.25 1/min to 85 1/min water flow from 0.012 1/min
to 4.6 1/min.
Orifice meter 2/16, 3/16 , 4/16” (dia of hole).
Open Pan Evaporator Versal capacity 10 litrs stainless steel vessal.
Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger Co current type lab scale with all accessories.
U-Tube Manometer with stop cock, calibrated 80x0x80 2mm. Monometer
limbs are 285x5mm bore. Bath plate in 395x80mm stand fitting, GML 290 K
Manometer.
Water Distillation Apparatus Capacity 10 liters per hour consumption of
condenser water in liters per hour 80-100 6.8 kht, operating voltage, 380V.
Water content of boiling vessel.
Dryer Spray Dryer pilot plant water evaporation capacity 7.5 kg/h. All parts
coming into contact with the liquid and dried made of Acid Resistant stainless
steel .
02
02
02
01
02
04
03
01
02
01
02
02
02
02
03
03
05
04
01 each
02 each
03 Nos.
03 Nos.
02
02
02
01
02











Glass Wool suitable for filtering.
Cooling Trap small falange NW 25made of stainless steel for 500ml cooling
agent.
Distillation Column (Pressure Vessel) Dia 1’, Height 8’, Accessories:
 Reboiler.
 Condenser.
 Reflux divider.
 Sieve tray hole suze 1/8” (20 plates).
 Bubble cap trays cap sheped metallic cap with slot around the edge circular
caps with out side diameter 1” and 2” (20 plates).
 Molecular sieves (5 kg).
 Flexi trays 20 trays.
Packing Porcelain 6mm Beir saddle.
Vane Anemometer (for accurate velocity calculation) Biram type measures air
velocity from 200-3000 ft/min consists of vanes connected to common shaft,
with jaw land movement, disconnector automatic were setting adjustment.
Centrifugal pump with ½ hp power motor for 220 AC supply single phase.
Reciprocating pump with ½ hp, power motor for 220 AC supply single phase.
Packing
a. Flax
b. Cotton.
c. Buck and rubber.
d. Metal ling (Lead).
e. Metallic Aluminum based.
f. Metallic copper based.
Pipes:
 Seam less pipes sch. 80,60, ½, ¾ “
 G.I pipes ½, ¾, 1”
 PVC pipe ½”, ¾”
FITTINGS
a) 90 Elbow: ½ “, ¾ “ and 1 “ dia
b) 45 Elbow: ½ “, ¾ “ and 1 “ dia
c) Socket: ½ “, ¾ “ and 1 “ dia
d) Union: ½ “, ¾ “ and 1 “ dia
e) Nipple: ½ x 4” dia, ½ x 6” dia, ¾ x 4 “ dia, ¾ x 6” dia, 1” x 4” dia, 1x6” dia
f) TEE (Straight) ½ “, ¾ “ and 1 “ dia
VALVES
a) Gate Valve: ½” dia height 5” fact to face length 4x3/4” dia height 5”
(Flanged screw) face to face length 4 x 1” dia height 6.2” face to face length
5.1”
b) Globe Valve:
(Flanged and Screwed )
½ dia height 5” face to face length 4”
¾ dia height 5” face to face length 4”
1” dia height 6.2 face to face length 5.1”
c) Soing Check Valve:
½ dia 2.5” (Flanged and screwed) face to face length 3.2”
¾ dia H.3 (H.3.3”) face to face 1.4.8”
01
02
01
03 box.
04
02
02
05 kg
each
(06
items)
200ft
300 ft
200 ft
10 each
10 each
10 each
10 each
10 each
10 each
10 each
10 each
10 each
d) Swing Check Valve:
1” dia H.4.4” face to face 5.8”
e) Diapharam Valve
Face to face (flanged screwed) diamensation 108mh. 74mm hand wheel dia
57mm.
10 Nos.
10 Nos.
ANNEXURE-F-III
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR MACHINE SHOP
S#

Description of item
Lathe machine
Specification
Hardened and grounded gears in the headstock. Super voice frequency heated
bed ways with 2 precision D degree taper roller bearings on the spindle CE
certified by TuV products and service.
Integrated deluxe cast iron floor stand. Aluminum change gear guard.
Center height =
200 mm
Distance between center =
1000 mm
Swing over bed =
400 mm
Swing Over cross-slide =
240 mm
Swing Over gap =
506 mm
Bed width
=
210 mm
Spindle bore =
52 mm
Spindle bore fixture = DIN 55029 , D1-5
Speed range = (12) 45-2000 rpm
Longitudinal feed = (27) 0.06 -2.78 mm/r
Cross feet = (22) = 0.01-0.72 mm/r
Metric thread = (36) 0.8-14mm
Inch thread = (30) 2-28 thread/1”
Diameter of tailstock sleeve = 45mm
Travel of tailstock sleeve = 100mm
Motor power = 2.4KW/2.0KW
Machine Dimension (WxDxH) = 1950x780x1540 mm
Taper in toil stock spindle
=
MT-4
LATHE STANDARD ACCESSORIES.
Three – Jaw chuck K11-200mm/D5
Independent K 72-200mm/D5
Steady rest
Follow rest
Coolant device
Face plate 320mm
4-Way tool holder
Micrometer longitudinal fence
Thread dial
Halogen lamp
Mores taper drill sleeve
Change gears
2 Dead centers
Foot brake
Tools
Qty
02
WITH DRO.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR
EQUIVALENT OF BEST QUALITY

Machine Vices 4”
02
Clamp force- 1500Kg, GW- 20Kg,
CFT-(CM) 35X24X15

Centre Drill 4
06

Dial Indicator
01
1 Scale 0-01,
0.01—10mm
Weight 0.3Kg

Safe edge file 6”/8” smooth

Drill shuck
04 each
02
Clamping Capacity 0.5-13mm. (1/64” to ½”)
Length. Open 70.5mm, Closed. 88mm.
Type G
Wt.800g, Key size P6,

Surface Plate
01
semi steel hand scraped 600x600mm
Surface accuracy 0.006/100
Weight 78Kg

Tool bits 3x11x155mm
10

Tool bits 10x10x150mm
10

Precision V Block with clamp
01 set
Size: 60mmX50mmX70mm
W of large V 50mm
Weight: 2.4Kg

Twist Drill 1 No. to 16 Nos. with HSS straight shank jobber.
01

Twist Drill HSS straight shank jabbers 1.00 to 13.00mm
01

Drill counter sink 3mm
03

Pin punches set of 5 drill from punches 3mm to 10mm.

Steel Rack 1830 x 460 x 1350 mm
05

Steel Almirah 915x460x1830mm
05
01 set

Surface gauge universal 305mm spindle base hardened
01

Wrench adjustable 100mm
01

Wrench adjustable 150mm
01

Knurling Tool 12.7x28x6.x165mm
02

Parting off tool holder small for 8mm blades
02

Parting blade 8mm wideth

Screw extractors set of 6 (1/8 to ¾”)

Ground Parallels
02 doz
1 set
02
5X15X100 to 22X62X150mm 18pcs sets

5C, C32, OZ25 Collet Rack
02
220X110X6mm

Middle pitch permanent Magnetic Chuck
01
150x150x116x18mm (Five Pitch)

Precision Gauge Blocks
01
103 Block Set
1.005-1.01 to 1.49

Digital Electronics Caliber
02
Accuracy 0.01

Dial Caliber
02
Accuracy .002mm

Outside Micrometer
02
Accuracy 0.01mm

Inside Micrometer.
02
Accuracy 0.01mm

Height Vernier Caliper
02
Accuracy 0.02mm

Touch point sensor
02
Optical Type

Touch point sensor
02
Mechanical Type

Live lathe centre
Set of three
MT-2, MT-3, MT-4, MT-5, MT-6
02

Lathe centre
02
Set of three
MT-2, MT-3, MT-4

Face milling cutter
02
45degree 80mm, 100mm, 125mm dia.

Shoulder End Mill
02
20x120mm, Two blades

High speed rough end Mill.
02

T-Slot End Mills.
02
D24, L1 11, d20, d1 12, 12 29, L90 Teeth 4
D31, L1 14, d25, d1 15, 12 42, L110 Teeth 4
With T8 Wrench

Side Milling Cutter.
02
100, 125, 150, 200mm dia
Wrench WRN-M4T

Tool Holder
02
60 degree, Right Hand

Tool Holder
02
75 degree, right Hand

Tool Holder
02
95 degree, right Hand.

Tool Holder
02
45 degree, right hand.

Solid carbide end mill.
02

Machine reamer in steps of 0.5mm
02
Set of 2

High performance Drill
02
1mm to 13mm.

Adjustable Reamer
02
Var-870 Range 8.70 to 9.50

Counter bore End Mill
02
Dimension 5mm, Blade 8.9mm Shank 6

Metal Slitting Saws
02
Inside Dia 1” (0.5mm m/m , 1.0mm
Outside dia 75mm

PU-Hammer Series
02
Set of three

Air Die Tool
02
ANNEXURE-F-IV
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING SECTION
S#

Qty
03

Description of item
Single phase 240 volts 50 Hz welding transformers air cooled/oil cooled with
holder and leads.
Hand shield

Chipping hammer
05

Pair of Tonge 10/12”
05

Hand gloves with 88mm

Anvil 50 kg`
01

Wire brush 2”
01` doz

02 sets

Portable gas welding set complete with cylinders, houses torch, pressure, regulators
etc.
Gas cutting and welding torch and tip set complete

Welding goggles (safety glasses).

Welding Table 2’ x 2 ½
05

Hand shear with lever 12” blade
01

Exhaust fan 18”
05

Head Shields
05

`Spark lighter
10

Grip plier 8”
03

Allen keys set (10 keys) Metric/imperial

Oxygen cylinder
02

Acetylene cylinder
02

Pressure Regulators with guaps.
04
05
02 doz each
05
01 doz each
01 each
ANNEXURE-F-V
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR FITTING SHOP
S#

Description of item
Micrometer outside 0-25mm
Qty
05
1 Scale 0.01mm , Weight 0.3Kg

Micrometer outside 50-75mm
03
1 Scale 0.01mm, Weight 0.5Kg

Micrometer Inside
01
1 Scale 0.01, Size 25-75mm
Weight 0.4Kg

Vernier Calllipers 6”
05
1 Scale 0.02mm, 1/1000”
Weight 0.4Kg

Vernier calipers 8”
05
1 Scale 0.02mm, 1/1000”
Weight 0.5Kg

01

Surface gauge 150mm (Height 300mm base 57x75mm Universal 305mm spindle
base hardened
Hammer ½ kg ball pen

Hammer ¼ kg cross pen
05

Hammer 1/5 kg straight pen
05

Table Vice 4”
10
05
Open 100mm. Weight:7Kg

File 2nd cut Nicholson flat 10”
25

File 2 cut Nicholson flat 10”
25

File smooth Nicholson flat 10”
25

File 2nd cut Nicholson, half round 10”
25

File knife edge 6”
05

Needle file sets (set of 12 files) chisel

File brush
25

Double ended bench grinding machine 6/8”
01

Safety goggles
06

Feeler gauge
01

Hacksaw frame adjustable 12”
25
nd
2 sets

Calipers outside 6”
25

Calipers inside 6”
25

Sprit level 12” steel base.
01

Scribers 6” (double ended one and straight one end bent).
25

Centre punch 4”
25

Oil cane 250cc
05

Oil stone chine 180x50x25mm
02

Die and tap set upto ¼
1 set

Die and tap set 5mm to 12mm
02 set

Chipping chiceals 6” imperial
25 set

Steel scales 1’ (matric and imperialZ)
25 set

Filler type drill machine
01

Steel scales 6” (Matric and Imperial)
05

Power hacksaw machine with coolant
01

Elbow lamps 2 pint
02

Drill bit set inches 1/54 of .3mm
02

Number punch 3mm
01 set

Letter punch 3mm
01 set

Cold chisel round 150mm
3 Nos.

Cold chisel diamond points 150mm
03

Cold chip/cross chisel 150mm
03

Mallet rubber 370mm
03


Combination (comprising hardened steel rules, protector, center and wire leed)
Grip Plier standard 3”

Wire Plier standard 3”
1 each

Drill gauge matric/imperial
01 each

01 each

SCRAPERS
 Triangular blade lenglth 140mm
 Flat blade 150mm length
 Half round length 150mm
Work Benches

Steel Rack 1230x150x1350mm
1 set
2
06 Nos.
04
ANNEXURE-F-VI
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR WIRING SECTION
S#

Description of item
Screw drivers small 4”
Qty
25

Screw driver medium 5” plastic handle.
25

Screw driver heavy duty plastic handle 12”
25

Combination plier insulated 6”
25

Flat nose plier 4”
25

Long nose plier 4”
25

Round nose plier 4”
25

Cutter plier
25

Soldering iron 45/120 watt
06

Mallet wooden
25

Ball pen hammer 1/8 kg
25

Hand drill machine ½ “ capacity
25

Twist drill upto 3/6 set of 6 drill
25

Measuring tape 6 ‘
25

Bastared file 10”
06

Round files/half round 10”
06

Electric head drill machine 1/3
22

Soldering Gun 220 V 100/140W
03

Intermediate switches 5 amps
12

Single phase energy meter
06

Philips screw driver (set of 06)

Megger 500 V.
02

Multi-meter Sanwa
06

Volt metric AC (range 160, 300)
06

AC ammeter moving coil range 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 amp
06

Glide wire resistors 4.7 ohm yew 27 112/sq 6 A
02
1 set

10 ohm yew 10/sq 4 A1
02

39 ohm yew 08/sq 2 A`
02

170 ohms yew 06/sq 1A
02

Volt meter DC (3,10,30,100 volt range) accuracy + 1%1
02

Ammeter DC (0,1,0.3, 1.3 A range)
02

Ammeter a||C (range 2.5, 10, 20A) accuracy +1%
02

Ammeter (Range 2.5, 1.2, and 6A)
05

Watt meter single phase (0.2, 1A, 03, 120, 240V) + 0.5 A
03

Watt: meter single phase (1.5A, 120, 240V) +0.5%
03

Watt meter single (5.25A, 120, 240 V)+ 0.5%
03

Wiring wooden boards wall mounted 3 meter x 1 meter x 30mm deidar wood).
23
ANNEXURE-F-VII
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR DRAWING LAB
S#

Description of item
Drawing table top surface 48”x54” with 37” high
Qty
50 Nos

Drawing stool 14” or 14” square and 2 feet height
50 Nos.

Drawing board 36x42”
50

Parailet tee square 42”
50


Radiograph Technical pen set of 9 pens with cape and barrels “Perform”
Lorroy lettering stencil set standard type set of 18 plates with 123 radiographs
pens and other accessories.
French curves set of 12 pen large size
01
1
01

Lettering Stencil set of 08-10 plates with points, two holders green color
complete set
Triangular scale (A,B, C,D, E,F, G.H)

Lead sharpener
02

Drawing board cleaning brush with nylon hair
50

Protector 12” and compass set for black board.
01

Pencil sharpener machine with 8 holders.
02

Drawing instrument set of 9
02

Proportional divider 8” size
02

Set square 16” with French curve unbreakable
02

Elliptical Template to draw ellipses upto 12” major size.
02

Steel racks 72”x13”x84”
02


01
01

Steel Almirah 36”x16”72”
02

Parallel ruler 12”x18” long
2 each

Ammonia printing machine.
01

Dino printing machine
01
ANNEXURE-F-VIII
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR CHEMICAL LAB
S#

Description of item
Sulfuric Acid (A.R quantity)
Qty
05 lit

Nitric Acid (A.2. quantity)
05 lit

Hydrochloric Acid
05 kg

Sodium Hydroxide (Pellets)
04 kg

Ammonia liquor
5 lb

Carbon Disufide
02 lb

Silver Nitrate

Ammonium carbonate
2 kg

Sodium Carbonate
2 kg

Sodium Nitrate
5 kg

Sodium bicarbonate
5 kg

Potassium carbonate
5 kg

Potassium chloride
3 kg

Potassium chromate
2 kg

Potassium Dichromate
2 kg

Potassium chlorate
2 kg

Ammonium sulfide
2 kg

Ammonium sulfate
2 kg

Ammonium sulfilcuanote
2 kg

Ammonium Molybedate
2 kg

Bismith Nitrate
1 lb

Bismith Chloride
1 lb

Cadmium Nitrate
2 kg

Cadmium chloride
2 kg

Lead Nitrate
1 kg

Lead Carbonate
2 kg

Lead Acetate
2 kg

Sodium Nitropurside
2 kg

Sodium sulfite
2 kg

Sodium sulfate
2 kg
100gm

Sodium Thiosulfate
2 kg

Sodium Chloride
2 kg

Sodium chromate
2 kg

Acetic acid (glacial)
5 lit

Oxalic Acid
2 kg

Malsic Acid
2 kg

Succinic Acid
2 kg

Salicylic acid
2 kg

Ethylane glycol
2 kg

Potassium poarmansanate
5 kg

Glycaline
5 kg

Acetona
5 kg

Chloroform
5 kg

Carbon Terachloride
5 kg

Banzane
5 kg

Tolsane
5 kg

Xylene
5 kg

Naphtha
10 lit

Acetelda hyde
5 lit

Benzalde hyde
10 lit

Cyclohexane
10 lit

Hexane
10 lit

Bleaching power
10 kg

Butyl acelate
10 kg

Acetona
10 kg

Methyl ethyl ketrone
10 kg

Copper sulfate
2 kg

Copper Chloride
2 kg

Zinc Chloride
2 kg

Zinc Sulfate
2 kg

Zinc Carbonate
2 kg

Zinc Granules
2 kg

Urea
10 kg

Magnesium sulfate
2 kg

Magnesium Chloride
2 kg

Magnesium Nitrate
2 kg

Magnesium Dixide
2 kg

Magnesium sulfate
2 kg

Magnesium chloride
2 kg

Cobalt chloride
1 kg

Cobalt Nitrate
2 kg

Cobalt carbonate
2 kg

Nickel sulfate
2 kg

Nickel nitrate
2 kg

Stammous chloride
2kg

Stannic chloride
2 kg

Phenolphthalene
2 kg

Mettyl orange
2 kg

Mettyl red
2 kg

Congo red
2 kg

Aluminum Nitrate
2 kg

Aluminum sulfate
2 kg

Ethyl alcohol abeclute
10 lit

Methyl alchol
10 lit

Sodium Benzonate
2 kg

CMC (Technical)
2 kg

Sodium phosphate
2 kg

Sodium tripolyphosphete
2 kg

Sodium Gilicate
5 kg

Sulforic Acid
15 kg

Chalk
5 kg

Talc
10 kg

Zince Oxide
15 kg

Tilanium Dixide
10 kg

Boric Acid
5 kg

Sodium Tetra Borate (Borax)
10 kg

Stearic Acidf
5 kg

Iodine crystals
2 kg

Potassium Iodate
4 kg

Starch
31 kg

Fabling solution No.1
5 kg

Fabling Solution No.2
5 kg

Potassium Feericyacide
5 kg

Buffer solution PS-7
10 tubes

Buffer solution Ps-5
10 tubes

Buffer solution PS-8
10 tubes

Potassium tarranate
5 kg

Citric acid
5 kg
ANNEXTURE-G
MINING TECHNOLOGY
Sr.
No.
1
2
Descriptions
Bridge Multi-Blade Block Cutter Technical parameters
Max blade diameter
2200 mm
Max cutting length
2800 mm
Max cutting width
2000 mm
Max cutting height
850 mm
Max No. of blades
6 pc
Max motor power
30 kw
Overall dimensions
6300X3800X5800 mm (LxWxH)
Crane for Bridge Saw Technical Parameters
Loading capacity0.5 T
Lifting height
3000 mm
Turning radius
4000 mm
Rotating angle
0~360 n
Running speed
20 m/min
Rotating speed
0.8 r/min
Qty
1
1
Overall dimensions
4130X4600 mm
3
1
Automatic Slab Cutting Machine with Programmable Logic Controller
Max diameter of blade
600 mm
Table tiling degree
0-85° n°
Table rotating degree
360° n°
Water consumption
4 m3/h
Main motor power
15 kw
Table dimension 3200x2000 mm (LxW)
Overall dimension
6000x5000x2600 mm (LxWxH)
Max cutting dimension
3200x3200x180 mm (LxWxH)
4
5
6
7
Hand Stone Cutter Technical Parameters
Blade diameter
600 mm
Vertical stroke
800 mm
Chamfering range
0-60° n°
Main motor power
4 kw
Size of cutting blade
680x680 mm
Rotation range
0-360° n°
Diamension(LxWxH)
2200x2700x28500 mm
Slice Machine Technical Parameters
Main motor power
2.2 kw
Max cutting length
1200 mm
Bevel cut degree 45~90 n
Max cutting dept 70 mm
Blade size
250~300 mm
Overall dimensions
1730x810x320 mm (LxWxH)
Numerical Control Wire Saw Technical Parameters
Linear cutting speed
22-33 m/s
General power
13 kw
Water consumption
50 m3/h
Dia of diamond wire
8.6~10.8 mm
Wire length
14700 mm
Max cutting size 2500x1500x2000 mm (LxWxH)
Drilling Machine Technical Parameters
Drilling diameter
Vertical strocke
Main motor power
Water consumption
8
1
1
1
1
15- 300 mm
1400 mm
5.5 kw
8 m3/h
Manual Edge Cutting Machine
Technical Data
Blade diameter 300-700mm
Max. cutting length 3000mm
Max. cutting width 1200mm
1
Cutting thickness 0-150mm
Worktable size 3000 x 800mm
Water consumption 1.8m3/h
Max. vertical stroke 350mm
Power of vertical stroke 0.6kw
Power of main motor 11~15kw
9
1
Up and Down Stone Polishing Machine Technical Data
Gyration radius 650 ~ 3000mm
Grinding wheel diameter 100/260mm
Vertical stroke range 0~520mm
Power of main motor 5.5kw
10
1
Bridge Type Single Head Stone Polishing Machine Technical Data
Max processing length 3000mm
Max processing width 900mm
Power of main motor 11kw
Max vertical stroke 120mm
11
1
Block Turn Round Machine Technical Data
Max block weight 35000kg
Max block length 3000mm
Max block width 2000mm
Max block height 2000mm
Turning degree 0~90°n
Power of main motor 3kw
12
1
Chamfering Machine Technical Data
Grinding head diameter 130mm
Vertical stroke 40mm
Water consumption 1 m3/h
Power of main motor 1.1kw
13
1
Automatic Stone Shape Profiling Machine Technical Data
Blade diameter 300~600mm
Cutting speed 0~7500mm/min
Max processing size 3000 x 1200 x 600mm
Max processing thickness 180mm
Max vertical stroke 800mm
Water consumption 4m3/h
Power of main motor 11~15kw
14
1
Double Speed Edge Polishing MachineTechnical Data
Spindle rotation speed 1450/2900 r/min
Running speed 2/4 m/min
Drilling diameter 6-100mm
Max processing length 3150mm
Processing thickness ≤150mm
Power of running motor 0.55kw
Power of main motor 4.5kw
15
1
Stone Column Automatic Profiling MachineTechnical Data
Blade diameter 300/600mm
Processing length 1500mm
Processing diameter 0~280/0~560mm
Power of main motor 5.5kw
Style step less seep adjusting
16
Drill Machine for Marble & Granite
Air Pressure: 0.4 – 0.63MPa
Air Consumption: 9L/s
Impact Energy: 51HE
10
17
Drilling Machine Hole on Marble, Granite
Specification:
Speed: 3800 ~ 6500 rpm
Voltage: 220V
Current: 2.5A
Out Power: 1000W
1
18
5
Concrete and Marble Edge Polisher
Specifications:
Voltage: 230V
Frequency: 50Hz
Input Power: 2000W
No-Load Speed: 0 ~ 8500rpm
Max Stone Thickness: 40mm
19
Air-Leg Rock Drill
Specifications:
Air consumption
Air hose dia
Water hose dia
Impact frequency
Bit size
Drilling depth
Shank (hex. xL)
1
≤81 l/s
25 mm
13 mm
≥37 Hz
34~42 mm
5m
22×108±1 mm
20
1
Jaw Crusher
Specifications:
Feeder Size Opening
Max Feeding Size
Capacity
Power
Overall Dimensions
21
150x250mm
125mm
1-3t/h
5.5KW
896x745x935mm
Vibrating Screen
Specifications:
Screen Spec (mm)
1200x2500
Screen Deck
1
Screen Mesh (mm)
4~50
Feeder Opening (mm) ≤400
Capacity (t/h)
8~60
Power (kw)
5.5
Vibrating Frequency (r/min) 800-970
Double Amplitude (mm)
4~8
22
1
1
Ball Mill
Specifications:
Speed of bucket (r/min) 38
Weight of ball (t)
1.5
Size of feed opening (mm) ≤20
Size of outputting feed (mm) 0.075-0.89
Production (t/h)
0.65-2
Power (kW)
18.5
23
1
Cone Crusher
Specifications:
Cone diameter (mm) Ф 600
Feeder Size (mm)
75
Max Feeding Size (mm) 65
Output Size (mm)
12-25
Capacity (t/h)
40
Eccentric shaft speed (r/min) 356
Power (kw)
30
24
1
Magnetic Separator
Specifications:
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
Capacity (t/h)
Revolutions (rpm)
Power (Kw)
600
600
8--15
40
1.1
25
1
Jig Concentrator
Specifications:
Chamber size
Stroke
Stroke rate
Max feed size
Capacity
Water required
Power
450×300 (2chambers)
0-26
322
12
3-6
2-4/H
1.1kw
26
1
Table Concentrator
Specifications:
Table size
Stroke
Stroke rate
Max feed size
Capacity
Water required
Power
1100×500×430
9～17
280～460
2mm
0.1～0.2
0.1～0.5m3
0.55kw
27
1
Portable Aneroid Barometer
Measuring range 930 to 1,070 h Pa, 700 to 800 mm. Hg, or wider, accuracy
within + 1h Pa, thermometer range –5 to 55°C or wider, accuracy with + 1°C
28
1
Psychrometer
For the measurement of Humidity of mine air. Measuring range 0 to + 5° C or
wider accuracy with + 0.2 deg. C.
29
1
Electronic Dust Sampler
Mass concentration range: 0.02 to 10 mg/m 3 or more, aerosol size measured:
10 u dia, 98% or better, accuracy: within + 10% of reading.
30
1
Portable CO2 meter
For analyzing the ambient CO2 concentration in mines, measuring range 0-40%
or wider, accuracy: + 0.7 vol. % or better.
31
32
1
Portable CO detector
Measuring range: 0-150 ppm linear, continuing 499 ppm, accuracy: + 10% F.S.
or better (Riken Kenki).
Anemometer (Hot wire)
Measuring range: 0 to 30 m/s or wider, accuracy: + 3% FS, resolution: 0.1 m/s
or less.
33
1
1
Altimeter
(18,000) for measuring beight of slope and distance, to be supplied in case.
34
1
Wet & Dry Bulb Hygrometer
Digital, measuring range: -10 to + 60 deg. C temp: 20 to 99.9% R.H. at 25 deg.
C or wider, accuracy: within + 0.5 deg. C., + 2% R.H.
35
1
Air velocity monitor
Measuring range: 0.1 –4.99 m/s, accuracy 10 to 25 m/s, -10.0 to 60.0 deg. C, 30
to 98.0% or more accuracy with + 2% R.H.
36
1
Digital Dust Indicator
Particle size: 10 m m and below, measuring range: 0-4 mg/m3 (0-400 CPM or
more), accuracy: + 10%.
37
1
Total & Respirable Dust Sampler
Measuring range: 0.1 –99.99% mg/m3 or more.
38
39
40
41
1
Digital Manometer
Measuring range: 0-2000 mm H2 O or more, accuracy: + 0.2% F.S.
Pitot Tube with differential pressure gauge, capable of ready to 21 Pa.
Diesel Smoke Tester
(Paper filter reflection system), measuring range: 0-100%, (contamination rae),
accuracy: within +3% F.S., one sampling probe, sampling hose (5 m., IPC)
paper filter (500 sheets), standard cola paper (5 sheets), spare lamp (IPC)
Luximeter Portable/Photometer (Digital)
Measures the intensities of illumination in mines, range for reading from 0.005
to 30 foot candles
42
1
1
1
1
Oxygen Breathing Apparatus
For underground mines. Self contained, constant flow and lung-governed,
closed-circuit compressed 02 supply type, or equivalent, duration: approx: 2
hours.
43
10
Self Rescue
Duration: 30 min approx, 02 supply: constant flow 1.2 litre/min or more with
manual supply valve; initial 02 supply 5 litre, shoulder type.
44
1
Radon Detector
(Monitor, detector, printer), background rate: approx 0.4 counts per min.
Counting rate: 106 counts per sec. Max. number of runs more than 80, dot
matrix printer (standard).
45
1
Geiger Counter
Measuring range: Survey (Dose rate) 0-0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 m Sv/h or wider.
Dosimeter (Dose), 0.001-9.99 msv; 0.001-0.99 m sv – 0.001 m sv/digit, 1.00 –
9.99 m/sv – 0.01 sv/digit or wider, accumulated accuracy: + 10 % or better.
46
30
Mines Safety Helmets
High density polyethene with removable polyethlene (adustable),
(165x185m.m)
47
1
Portable Gas Detector
Measuring range: approx 0-1.8% LPG by volume 0-1.4%, accuracy: + 5% F.S.
or better.
48
1
Multi Toxic Gas Monitor
Measuring range (O2): 0-25.0 vol. %2 or more accuracy + 0.7 vol %,
Measuring range (combustible gas): 0-100%, LEL accuracy within + 5% LEL,
Measring range (H2S): 0-30 ppm, accuracy within 1.5 ppm, Measuring range
(CO):0-100 ppm
49
1
Single Gas H2S Personal Monitor
Measuring range: 0-30ppm Linear, continuing.
50
1
Explosimeter
Measuring range: 0 to 100 LEL, resolution 1% LEL 0 to 5 vol.% CH4,
resolution 0.01 vl% 5% CH4, resolution 1 vol. % CH4, vol% autoranging.
51
52
1
Sound Level Meter
Sensitivity: approx. 33 db or better measurements: 30-70db, 50 to 90 dB, 70 to
110 dB, 90 to 130 dB or better.
Self Rescuer Respirator (Emergency Protection against CO)
Service life: 60 min. against 1% CO at continuous flow rate of 32 liter/min.,
effective life: move than 10 years, consist of outer course dust filter, and inner
dust filter.
53
10
1
Self Rescuer Training Model
Training model of item No.13 should be cleaned, reassembled and used again.
54
2
Snake and insect Bite Kit
Should have a vacuum pump of atleast 75 millibars of suction capacity, should
include Bandages, safety razor, antiseptic etc.
55
1
Resuscitation Training Model
Life size, foam – filled, life-size manikin for teaching mouth to mouth
resuscitation and external cardiac compression
56
5
Traingular bandages
57
58
59
60
61
62
1
Draeger Detectors
With pump for measuring CH4, (0-15%) and CO range 0-200 ppm, along with
detector tube.
Composite Flame Safety lamp.
Electric Hand Lamp (Alkaline Battery).
Electric Self Service Cap lamp.
Davy Safety Lamp.
First Aid Kit
2
2
2
1
3
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
Stretchers
Ventilation Fans
Gas Detecting Equipment
Mine Telephone
Lightening Detector
Range 10 to 100 mile, 4 step switch selectable or more.
Electric Blasting Machine (CD)
Fieing energy 4f joules or equivalent, firing capacity: Srraight series (50(2Ω),
parallel series, 2 series of 25(2Ω) or more.
Shock Tube initiator (remote)
Ignites shock tube approx. 500m. far.
70
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
Shock-Tube Initiator
Fire an inserted short-shell primer loaded into the breach of stainless steel
coupling.
71
1
Blasting Digital Multimeter Ranges
DC volts-200mv to 1500v, A.C. volts 200mv to 1000mv. DC amps-200mA to
10A. AC amps 200mA to 10A, DC resistance 10 Ω to 10 meg ohms.
72
1
Seismograph
One acoustic channel, 3 seismic ranges 0.64 ips to 20 ips.Acoustic ranges: 100
to 142 dB, 106 to 148 dB.
73
1
Inert Samples Of Explosive & Associated
Accessories manufactured by Wah Noble, displayed on wall mounted board.
(Gratis-to be requested for).
74
75
76
1
Inert Samples Of Explosive & Associated
Accessories manufactured by Biafo Industied, displayed on wall mounted
board. (Gratis-to be requested for).
Cap Crimper (Hand Type) for cap and fuse assembly.
Blaster’s Digital Ohmmeter
With leather Case, safety: less than 250mA though short circuit loop, terminals
Spring loaded, positive contact.
77
78
79
80
81
10
2
1
Sequential Blasting Machine
Capacitor discharge type with atleast 4 circuits, time intervals from 1 to 999
milli seconds in 1ms increments should include one terminal board with 10
pairs and hook up terminals and a socket for connecting exten
Blasting Machine (CD)
With a built in digital reading ohmmeter, Firing energy 3 joules or equivalent,
max load 60 ohms, Firing voltage 300-350 volts, ohmmeter safety; less than
250 micro amps through short circuit loop.
Moh’s Hardness Test set (hardness ranging from 1-9)
Contour Model for topographical mapping.
Short Scleroscope with calibration blocks.
1
5
3
1
82
83
84
Schmidt Impact Hammer (Rock) along with calibration anvil)
Schmidt Impact Hammer (concrete)
1
1
1
Geologic Fault
Model (3D model for demonstrating various types of faults), made from wood
or medium density fibre board, multiple layered sections, viewing window to
strata movement.
85
86
87
2
Gelogical Hammer
Hardened steel head with chisel edge on a steel shaft, that is rubber sleeved,
Head: 120 mm length, hammer face: 20x25 mm, shaft length: 310 mm mass:
800 g (approx).
Streak plates (for use in mineral screatch tests) Ceramic, 50x50 mm
10
2
Common Rock forming Minerals
Set of about 50 specimens, (25x40 mm approx), consisting of major ores,
industrial minerals and common rock forming silicates.
88
5
Pocket Magnifiers
Multile lenses mounted in folding Case, magnification (x8).
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
2
Rock Identification Set
Sets of common igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks approx: 10 rocks
samples in each set
Silver Ranger Compasses (1500x300mm).
Abney Hand level
Measure slope upto 50°, Scale graduated from 0 to 100%, dimension
(193x45x76mm).
Measuring tape (steel) 50 ft (15m).
Measuring tape (steel) 100 ft (30m).
Measuring tape (fibre glass) 50 ft (15m).
Measuring chain 66ft with ten Arrows (Engineers chain)
Measuring chain 66ft with ten Arrows (Gunters chain).
Survey Umbrella 60 inch diameter, double cloth & full steel rod.
Staff stadia 0.3 – 5 meters.
Planimeter Digital.
Brunton compass
2½ dia with one discular & one tubular bubble with wooden adjustable stand.
Clinometer, rectangular shape
Ranging rods wooden (2 meter)
Telescopic Alidade with platable U-Fork
Plane table cover (canvass)
Plumbob brass (200 gram).
Dumpy level Magn
25 x with original aluminum stand & other standard accessories, ball & socket
base.
107 Cross Staff/stand.
5
5
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
1
2
3
15
4
4
5
4
2
108 Theodolite,
Magn: 30x20, seconds direct reading with micro meter, on ball & socket base,
with original aluminum stand & other accessories
109 Post for base line Measurement & Stretching devices.
110
Internal Gear Rotary Pump
1½ suction in 40gpm, motor – 2hp, 3 phase, 1500 rpm, 50 hz.
111
Centrifugal Plump
2½ in suction line, 2 in discharge line motor – 3 hp, e phase, 1500 rpm, 50 hz.
112 Flow Meter for measuring the flow of water capable of measuring upto 200gpm
113 Pressure Relief Valve, for positive displacement pump.
114 Pressure Gauge, capable of measuring water pressure upto 100 psig.
115 Wattmeter, 3 phase, accuracy 0.5%.
116 Drawing Boards 24” x 36”
117 Drawing Tee square 36”
118 Pencils sharpener table type
119 Drawing Board Clearing Brush (nylon hair)
120 Drawing instrument set complete for classroom (Black board use)
121 Black board portable with stand (3’ x 6’)
123 Drawing table 30” x 42”
124
Drawing stool 14” dia top 3ft height
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
16
1
16
1
1
16
16
ANNEXURE-H
List of Eqipments for Mechatronis Technologyr
Sr.
No.
1
Descrip Specification
tion of
Equip
ment
Oscillo Analog, ultra low speed and storage oscilloscope 3 in 1
scope
30MHz Features
.30MHz dual channel
.20 MS/s sampling rate
.Record length: 1k/CH+1kX2 (Reference Memories)
.High sensitivity: 1mV/div
.10 times sweep magnification (DSO mode: Max 100 times)
.10s/div ultra low sweeping speed
.Preset triggering function, pre-trigger signal observation
.Two channels, two reference waveforms display simultaneous
.Measure and display single shot, non-period signals
.TV synchronization, X-Y mode
.Z-Axis input; CH1 signal output
Qty
02
.Built in RS232C interface
.Analog, ultra low speed and storage oscilloscope, three in one
.High performance with low price
ACCESSORIES
Instruction manual x 1, Power cable x 1 ,Fuse x 1, Probe x 2
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
2
Oscillo 100MHz DUAL CHANNEL OSCILLOSCOPE WITH CURSOR
scope
READ OUT AND DELAYED SWEEP
100MH
z
Features
.100MHz bandwidth, dual channel, delayed sweep
.10 sets memory for front panel setting save & recall
.Cursor readout with 7 measurements
.Panel setup lock of digital-control functions
.Buzzer alarm
.Trigger signal output
.Z-Axis modulation input
.SMD technology, high stability and reliability
02
ACCESSORIES
Instruction manual x 1, Power cable x 1 ,Fuse x 1, Probe x 2
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
3
Oscillo DIGITAL STORAGE OSCILLOSCOPE COLOR
scope
200MH Features
z
.Easy to read with color LCD display
.Dual channel, bandwidth 200MHz
.Sample Rate(Real-time) 1GSa/s,
equivalent sampling 50GSa/s
.4K channel memory depth
.Advanced Triggering function from edge,
video, pulse and delay
.+、-、x、÷ Mathematic Functions
.FFT spectrum analysis: Hanging, Hamming, Blacking, etc.
.10 Waveforms parameter Setups、Save、Recall
.Capture rate is up to 1K/s
.Digital filter and waveform recorder
.Automatic self calibration
.Front mask and cable container
.Multiple-language user interface ,Rise time: 1.8ns
04
Cursor Measure: Manual, trace, Auto measure I/O : USB Device
Instruction manual x 1, Power cable x 1 ,Fuse x 1, Probe x 2
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
4
Functio
n Gen
Up to
10
DDS Based 10MHz Function Generator with
AM,FM,PM,FSK,PSK,ASK MODULATIONS
04
MHz
Features
.DDS technology and FPGA chip design, ultra-low power
consumption
.Sine wave in main output frequency: 1μ Hz~10MHz
.Square, pulse and another wave in main output frequency
.Sine wave, square wave, triangle wave in sub wave signal output
frequency
.Max. frequency resolution: 100mHz
.Low distortion sine wave:<0.3%
.Through the keyboard input frequency set value
.Voltage
display
Output Waveform: sine, square, pulse, triangle, ramp, TTL and
arbitrary
Output Modulation: single frequency, sweep frequency, AM, FM,
PM, FSK, ASK, PSK
Wavelength: 6 – 4096 points
Wave Accuracy: 10bits
Sampling Rate : 150MSa/s
5
Video
pattern
Genera
tor
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
Feature
Video Pattern Generator is designed for repairing and adjusting any
defects on TV set in PAL system. The RF range is covering from
VHF CH3-CH4. and including color pattern, white raster and four
basic patterns. The unit is used of IC circuit, air variable capacitor
inner tuner and crystal controlled progressive scanning circuit.
Such design of cute and portable type is really an efficient
instrument for TV set servicing industry.
Specifications:
 RF range:
 PAL-B.D.G.H.I.K. system, IF 38 ~ 40MHz.
 Preset IF = 38.9MHz, VLow = 55.25MHz, VHigh
= 175.25MHz.
 RF output level:10mVrms.
 Impedance: 75Ω.
 Sync. signal: X'TAL, vertical 50.036Hz, horizontal
15.611KHz.
 Sub-carrier freq: 4.43361875MHz ±50Hz.
 Patterns:
04
 Color, splitted into upper and lower portions.
Upper half: Red, blush-green, blue, greenishyellow, white. Lower half: four gray, black.
 Dots 19 (V) x 15 (H) white.
 Crosshatch 19 x 15 square, white.
 Vertical lines 19 white.
 Horizontal lines 15 white.
 Restars fixed 100% brightness white.
 Video output: Video output (BNC) 1Vp-p (open end).
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
6
7
8
Functio
n
Genera
tor
2GHz
PC
Interfac
e
Dual
DC
Power
Supply
0 to
30V,
+/-5V,
3A
Digital
Multim
eter
PC
Interfac
e
2GHz DDS RF SIGNAL GENERATOR
01
Feature
.2GHz sine signal
.Use - modulation single PLL fraction divider
.Frequency range 9KHz~2002MHz
.Produced by SMT, new type metal case
.Save and recall function
.Pulse modulation necessary
.USB and RS 232 interface
.High reliability MTBF>=10000h
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
Dual DC Power Supply
Taiwan/Korea
03
04
Features:
DC Volts : up to 1000V Min 5ranges
AC Volts : up to 1000V Min 5ranges
DC Current : up to 10A Min 5ranges
AC Current : up to 10A Min 5ranges
Resistance: up to 60MΩ Min 5ranges
Capacitance : up to 6mF Min 5 ranges
Frequency: up to 60MHz Min 5 ranges
Temperature, Diode, Transistor, Continuity Buzzer
Data Hold
RS232C interface USB
With all accessories and software
9
Digital
Multim
eter
Hand
Held
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
3 ½ digits LCD with a Max. reading of 1999
DC Voltage
Range : 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 1000V
Resolution : 100μV, 1mV, 10mV, 100mV, 1m
AC Voltage
Range : 200V, 750V
Resolution : 100mV, 1V
DC Current
Range : 200μA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 10mA
Resolution : 0.1μA, 1μA, 10μA, 100μA, 1mA
hFE Test
hFE : Value : 0~1000
Resistance
Range : 200Ω, 2kΩ, 20kΩ, 200KΩ, 2MΩ,
20MΩ, 200MΩ
Resolution : 0.1Ω, 1Ω, 10Ω, 100Ω, 1kΩ, 10kΩ,
100kΩ
Battery Test
Range : 1.5V , 9V
The working voltage of the batter will be displayed on the LCD, so
that the quality of the battery can be judged.
10
Diode and audible continuity test
Diode : Display approximate forward voltage
of diode
Continuator : Bullt-in buzzer sounds if
resistance is less than about 50Ω
TAIWAN
10
Electric
Panels
With
USB,
Circuit
Breake
rs
Electrical installation safety system training
With this basic equipment set the following topics can be
covered:
On-off circuit with and without earth contact socket
Multiple light circuit with and without earth contact socket
Multiple switch circuit with and without earth contact socket
Intermediate light-switch circuit with and without earth
contact socket
Analysis of wiring diagrams
This equipment incorporates all modules required for simple
wiring installation circuits for a building.
Modules Included:
2 On/off and multi-way switches
1 Multiple switch
1 Cross-over switch (for intermediate switch circuits)
2 Earth-contact sockets
4 Junction boxes
3 Incandescent lamps E14, 25W
Nominal voltage: 230V
01
Frequency: 50/60Hz
Experiment Manual Covers:
Inputs and outputs: 4-mm safety sockets
High-quality, bound, colour teachers’ manual with rigid
spine, including solutions. CD-ROM with additional students’
manual, including exercises and worksheets. Details:
Theoretical background
Colour CAD drawings for experiment set-ups and
Circuits Exercises and worksheets
Printed on high-quality 100-g/m² colour copy paper,
book cover on 210-g/m² glossy paper
Training contents:
Lighting circuits
Introduction
On/off circuit
On/off circuit with earthed plug socket
Multiple lamp circuit with earthed plug socket
Two-way circuit with earthed socket
Intermediate switch circuit with earthed socket
Drafting circuit documents
Fluorescent lighting circuits
Introduction
Project objective
Fluorescent lighting circuits (on-off)
Fluorescent lighting circuits (multiple lamp circuit)
Tandem circuit
Dual circuit (lead-lag circuit)
Fluorescent lighting circuits with compensation
Test
Dimmers for various lighting circuits
Introduction Light bulb circuit with dimmer
Compact fluorescent lighting circuit with dimmer
Halogen lamp circuit with dimmer
Mains supply 230 V/16 A
Automatic cut-out 16A
Main switch
Earth-contact socket
Output: 4mm safety sockets
Set of safety measurement leads with stackable 4mm
laminated plugs and highly flexible, double insulated wires,
consisting of the following:
10 Safety measurement leads, 4mm, 25cm, white
10 Safety measurement leads, 4mm, 50cm, white
2 Safety measurement leads, 4mm, 100cm, red
2 Safety measurement leads, 4mm, 100cm, black
2 Safety measurement leads, 4mm, 100cm, blue
4 Safety measurement leads, 4mm, 100cm, white
UK, Germany
11
12
Microp
rocesso
r
Trainer
Periphe
ral
Interfac
es
Digital
electro
nics
Trainer
With
all
Module
s
8086 microprocessor Training System
Features:
04
Program debugging function by PC.
Software : TURBO-C 2.0 / Borland C or later
Support Startup Code
Program download and trace function
Display the register contents
Memory contents modification and dump function
KEY BOARD with 16 hexadecimal and 10 function keys
Various Command function
Included stepper motor interface/driver circuit
DOT MATRIX unit
LCD display unit
D/A and A/D converter experiment
Sound experiment with Speaker
Interrupt experiments
Interrupt Controller
I/O expander
Timer Controller
Thermistor Sensor
Bar LED unit
Keypad experiment
External interface connector
Display the current BUS status on LED
8086 assembler
Integration Development Environment Program
+5V, +12V, -12V Free Voltage) Power.
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
Technical features:
Universal training and exercise unit for fundamental digital
technology/microcomputer technology. The BOARD
contains all function groups and the power supply for fast
experiment setup. Can be used as a desktop, demonstration or
portable training unit .Individual expansion possibilities. With
an adapter for connection to a computer. The BOARD has
been developed for the instruction and detailed study of
fundamental digital technology, non-contact control
engineering and microcomputer technology. All the function
groups required for conducting experiments in digital
technology are integrated in the BOARD and supplied with
power by a built-in power supply unit. The individual
function groups are connected in 2 mm connection technique.
The BOARD can be set up as a desktop unit for conducting
experiments or suspended in a rack for demonstration
purposes. The BOARD can be converted into a portable
01
training unit by simply screwing it into a Box. All the
experiments can be conducted directly in the Box. Dust-free
storage and protection against transport damages are further
advantages of the Box version.
Experiment Manual: Experiments in Digital Technology
This manual contains detailed experiment instructions with
problems and solutions section.
Board Features:
2 input keyboards with 4 pairs of keys (L/H) each
- Clock generator with divider, TTL level, crystal-controlled
- DC signal source 0...5 V/ 10 mA
- Hexadecimal/dual coding switch (double)
- LED display, divided into 3 groups with the colours
- HIGH/LOW, for tapping HIGH, LOW states
- 7-segment display (2-digit), with decoder: dual/7-segment
- Adapter (2 mm jacks/ SUB-D socket), for adapting
2 mm jacks to SUB-D connector (25-pin), pins
1...13 and 18 assigned
- 8 AND gates, with pull-up resistors, one of which is
disconnectable
- 6 OR gates, with pull-down resistors, one of which is
disconnectable
- 3 AND/OR combi-gates
- 1-bit comparator 4-bit comparator
- 4 JK-flipflops, can also be used as RS flipflops
- 4 D-flipflops
- 2 adders (4-bit), with input and output carry
- Monoflop, settable times: 0.1 s; 1 s; 5 s
- Multiplexer, 4 channels
- Demultiplexer, 4 channels
- Shift register (4-bit), parallel and serial operation
possible, bidirectional
- ALU, for conducting 16 arithmetic and 16 logical
computing operations with 4-bit dual numbers
- Binary counter (4-bit), up/down counter
- 2 inverters with open collector (pull-up resistors
can be connected)
- 2 Schmitt triggers, inverting
- Units complements for negating a 4-bit binary number
- Antivalence and equivalence gates
- RAM 8x4, static RAM, 8 addresses, 4 bits data Width
EEPROM 8x4, storage time without power supply
approx. 1 hour
- AD / DA converter (4-bit)
- Two slots for expanding a circuit with additional
plug-in modules
Experiment manual: Experiments in Digital Technology
Set of connections for DIGI BOARD 2
22 connecting leads, 2 mm, 7.5 cm
12 connecting leads, 2 mm, 20 cm
12 connecting leads, 2 mm, 30 cm
14 connecting leads, 2 mm, 50 cm
8 connecting plugs, 2 mm
UK, Germany
13
14
Bread
Boardi
ng
Basic
Breadb
oards
Image
Process
ing
Trainer
2390 Tie Points
IC Capacity : 27
Connected Post : 4
Connected Bus: 20
KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA
10
Image Processing Trainer
02
The Starter Kit – Spartan®-3A DSP Edition is the ideal
development platform to evaluate Xilinx FPGA(s) in a wide range
of Video and Imaging applications. The Video Starter Kit provides
an embedded design framework that can be customized with user
defined video accelerators implemented on the FPGA fabric. This
unique combination of flexibility and processing power allows
Xilinx FPGAs to address the most demanding security, industrial,
medical, broadcast and automotive video applications.
The Video Starter Kit eases FPGA adoption for new users by
providing familiar hardware and software development
environments. Video application software can be developed using
an eclipse based software development environment provided as
part of the Xilinx Embedded Development Kit. Hardware video
accelerators can be developed and integrated into the embedded
system without prior RTL using System Generator for DSP and
Simulink from The Mathworks. Tight integration between these
environments insures rapid development of real-time video
applications.
Key Features
 Xilinx Devices
 XC3SD3400A-4FGG676C
 Carrier Board
 Spartan-3A DSP 3400A Development Platform
 FMC-Video Daughter Card: (FMC-Video)
 DVI Input
 Single Channel In and Out Composite
 S-Video In and Out
 Two Independent Camera Interfaces
 CMOS Image Sensor Camera
 742 x 480 x 60 Hz RGB progressive Scan
 Micron MT9V022 CMOS color image sensor
EUROPE/USA
15
Microcontroll
er
Trainer
Micro-controller Trainer
This course covers the basic knowledge and programming
techniques needed for the 8-bit RISC microcontroller
PIC16F887.
The microcontroller’s instruction set is comprised of 35
“single word” instructions and is thus perfectly suited for
technical training purposes. All of microcontroller’s ports can
be accessed and used as desired. The power supply is
available either via the working platform or by way of the
USB interface. The clock frequency is generated either by an
internal or external generator. RESET can be realised via
software or hardware. The equipment set comprises the
required hardware as well as interactive course ware.
Scope of delivery:
Microcontroller PIC16F887
Microcontroller adapter with socket, USB interface,
connectible measurement points and ports
2mm pushbutton module
8 x 2mm LED module, red
8 x 2mm resistors 100 ohm
1 x 2mm resistor 10K
USB-cable
CD with course and DIE
PC Interface with virtual instruments:
The measurement interface software is the central unit of the
desktop lab. It incorporates all inputs and outputs, switches,
power and signal sources and measurement circuitry needed
to perform experiments.
Equipment:
32-bit processor with storage memory for measurements
USB interfaces, transfer rate 12 Mbits/s
Simultaneous connection of any number of
Experimenters via serial bus system
Analog output, +/- 10 V, 0,2 A, DC – 1 MHz, via BNC
and 2-mm sockets
2 Analog differential amplifier inputs with 4 MHz
bandwidth, safe for voltages up to 100 V, sampling
02
rate 40 mega samples, 9 measuring ranges, memory
depth 2 x 32 k, inputs via BNC or 2-mm socket
16-bit digital signal output, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, TTL / CMOS, clock
frequency 0 – 100 kHz, electric strength +/- 15 V
16-bit digital signal input, of which 8 bits are
accessed via 2-mm sockets, memory depth 16 bit x 2
k, TTL / CMOS, sampling rate 0 – 100 kHz,
electric strength +/- 15 V,
8 Relays 24V DC / 1 A, of which 4 are accessed via 2-mm
sockets
Power supply input 100-250 V, 50-60Hz
Outputs 2 x +/- 15 V/0,4 A; 2 x 5 V/1 A
Virtual instruments (meters and sources):
2 x Voltmeter VI, 2 x Ammeter VI: AC, DC, 9 ranges 100mV
to 50V, true RMS, AV
1 x VI with 8 relays, 1 x Multimeter VI: Metrahit
multimeter display (optional) in LabSoft
1 Dual-channel oscilloscope: band width 4MHz, 22
time ranges, 9 ranges 20 mV/div to 10 V/div, trigger
and pre-trigger, XY and XT modes
1 x Adjustable DC voltage VI 0 - 10 V
1 x Function generator VI: 0.5 Hz - 1MHz, 0 - 10 V,
sine, square, triangular,
1 x Arbitrary generator VI, 1 x Pulse generator VI
1 x VI with 16 digital outputs, 1 x VI with 16 x digital inputs,
1 x VI with 16 digital input/outputs. Display modes: binary,
hex, decimal and octal numerals
Experimenter for 2-mm plug-in component
To be linked to measurement interface unit. 70 nodes allow
for easily understood circuit set-ups in a compact space.
Circuits are built by inserting the plug-in modules between
nodes on the board. Connections between nodes can be made
using 2-mm or 7.5-mm jumpers.
Fixed and variable power supply connections via 2mm sockets
For use with 2-mm plug-in components
70 nodes each with 9 x 2-mm sockets
7.5-mm grid for 2-mm sockets
4 bus lines for power supply (+15 V,+5 V, -15 V,
earth) via 2-mm sockets Ergonomic working thanks to
console housings
Contact loading: max. 10 A
Measuring lead and plug set, 2mm-system, consisting of:
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, blue
12 measuring leads, 2mm, 15cm, yellow
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, black
4 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, red
2 measuring leads, 2mm, 45cm, blue
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, black
1 measuring lead, 4 to 2mm, 50cm, red
60 jumpers 2mm /7.5mm, black
UK, Germany
16
17
Meter
Trainer
All
assorte
d
meters
mounte
d on
one
Miniprocess
For
Therma
l
Process
Demon
strator
Repres
entatio
n
Universal Meter Panel trainer comprising of:
02
Voltmeter DC
Voltmeter AC
Ammeter DC
Ammeter AC
Wattmeter Single Phase
Wattmeter 3 Phase
Power Factor Meter
Frequency meter
Tachometer
RPM meter
Temperature / Humidity meter
Light Meter
Sound Level meter
Magnetic Field meter
All above meters are from KOREA/TAIWAN/CHINA AND
PANEL CAN BE MADE LOCALLY
Features:
02
Study of thermal Process Control
Temperature Controller
Use of Industrial Process Control Elements
Signal Conditioning
Control Quality and Optimum Control
Process Loop Tuning & Stable Process Real-time PC interface with
ADC & Digital input/output
Process Control by ON/OFF Controller
Process Control by PID with Auto Tuning
Process Control Loops
Mathematical Modeling and Calculations
Stability of Process using Root Locus, Bode Plot , etc
Process Indicators
PC Interface for Open Loop & Close Loop Control
PC Based Temperature Indicator
Print and Save Feature for Real Time Data and Graph
Real Time Graphical Representation
User Friendly Software
Technical Specifications
Vessel Capacity : 2 Litres
Temperature Measurement : RTD (-99 to 850°C)
Heater : 48 V DC
Temperature Range : from room temperature to 100°C
Temperature Indicator : 0 to 350°C
Control Valve : Manually Operated
Stirrer : 0 or 24 V DC
Level Sensor : 0 or 24 V DC
Indicators : Level Indicators
Stirrer Indicator
Heater Indicator
Relay Action : Forward for Cooling and Reverse for Heating
PID Controller : Hardware based & Computer based
ON/OFF Controller : Hardware based & Computer based
Computer Interface
Analog Input : One (0 to 10 V DC)
Digital Input : Two (TTL)
Digital Output : Two (TTL)
Switches : Two (TTL)
Signal Conditioning : Amplifiers with variable gain
PC Based Temperature Indicator : 0 to 100ºC
UK, Germany
18
Univer
sal
Testers
/Prgmr
Features
Device socket
ZIF (Zero Insertion Force)
socket accepts both 200-600 mil DIP devices
Communications interface
USB Version 1.1
DC/AC Characteristics
Signal Voltage:2.5V- 5.0V
Vcc Voltage:1.0V-10.0V 500mA
Vpp,Vhh Voltage:1.0V-25.5V500mA
High performance, low cost ,small , light , portable
and professional design. Use USB interface to link with PC.
Support low voltage components up to 2.5V.
User-selectable verify Vcc with one or two pass
verify voltage. Support FLASH/EPROM device speedy
programming function. It has the simple operation software,
the programming procedure had been modify into few
automatic process function.
Automatic detect the device pin insertion and
contact check, powerful graph showing the situation
Automatic Procedure
Automatic process: Select type, Load, Erase,
Check, Program, Verify, Security.
Copy: Copy device data directly. Automatic
process Select type, Read, Confirm,
Check, Program, Verify, Security.
Data file format
JEDEC, Binary, intel80/86 HEX Motorola Hex,
02
Tektronic Hex Automatic file format detection
EPROMs, EEPROMs, FLASH EPROMs, Serial E/EPROMs,
NV RAMs, Microcontrollers, PLDs
TTL/CMOS IC Tester Built-in
Accessories: Main unit, USB Cable
Operation software on CD-ROM
Power adaptor: 90-260VAC auto-switching
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Sr.#
1
Name of Items
Lathe machine
Specification
Hardened and grounded gears in the headstock. Super voice frequency heated bed
ways with 2 precision D degree taper roller bearings on the spindle CE certified by
TuV products and service.
Integrated deluxe cast iron floor stand. Aluminum change gear guard.
Center height =
200 mm
Distance between center =
1000 mm
Swing over bed =
400 mm
Swing Over cross-slide =
240 mm
Swing Over gap =
506 mm
Bed width
=
210 mm
Spindle bore =
52 mm
Spindle bore fixture = DIN 55029 , D1-5
Speed range = (12) 45-2000 rpm
Longitudinal feed = (27) 0.06 -2.78 mm/r
Cross feet = (22) = 0.01-0.72 mm/r
Metric thread = (36) 0.8-14mm
Inch thread = (30) 2-28 thread/1”
Diameter of tailstock sleeve = 45mm
Travel of tailstock sleeve = 100mm
Motor power = 2.4KW/2.0KW
Machine Dimension (WxDxH) = 1950x780x1540 mm
Taper in toil stock spindle
=
MT-4
LATHE STANDARD ACCESSORIES.
Three – Jaw chuck K11-200mm/D5
Independent K 72-200mm/D5
Steady rest
Follow rest
Coolant device
Face plate 320mm
4-Way tool holder
Micrometer longitudinal fence
Thread dial
Halogen lamp
Mores taper drill sleeve
Qty
04
Change gears
2 Dead centers
Foot brake
Tools
WITH DRO.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR EQUIVALENT
OF BEST QUALITY
(IMPORTED)
2
Universal Milling Machine.
Specification
Multipurpose range of application. Solid machine structure. Heavy solid model
made of high-grade meehanite casting. Dovetail solid ways. All slide ways
hardened. Central lubricating . Main switch with protective motor switch. Right/left
–handed rotation switch. Emergency-stop button. Largely dimensioned hand
wheels with scale. Machine lamp supplied as standard coolant equipment supplied
as standard.
Spindle taper
ISO50
Spindle speed range steps 58-1800rpm(50Hz)
Ram travel
500mm
Z-axis travel manual 400mm, 280mm
Y-axis travel manual 290mm
X-axis travel manual 1000mm
Table power feed speed range (X) 22-420mm/min (50Hz)
rapid feed 1290mm/min (50Hz)
Table power feed speed range (Y) 22-393 mm/min rapid
feed 1205mm/min (50Hz)
Table power feed speed range (Z) 10-158mm/min (50Hz)
rapid feed 513mm/min (50Hz)
Distance between table and spindle 0-400mm
Distance between ram and spindle 175mm
Motor Power
4KW
Working Table Size. 1320mmX360mm
Overall dimension (LxWxH)
(1980x2020x1900)mm
Standard accessories.
High quality milling head.
With Chip tray.
All the bedway with splash guard
With manual lubrication oil pump.
With operation control box
With tools and tool box
With draw bar
X/Y-axis ear driver power feeder.
Coolant system.
04
Halogen Lamp
With Digital readout for X/Y/Z
3
4
5
6
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR EQUIVALENT
OF BEST QUALITY
(IMPORTED)
Pillar drill machine.
Specification
Motor 500Watt 230V
Drilling capacity in steel 16mm
Spindle seat
MT2
Spindle sleeve stroke 65mm
Throat 152mm
Spindle speed 500-2520rpm
Number of steps 5steps
Table size (LxW)
235X220
T-slot size 12mm
Distance spindle table (Max) 325mm
Distance spindle stand (Max) 530mm
Column diameter 60mm
Length Width Height 600X260X860mm
Scope of delivery Morse Taper MT2
Complete and compatible in all respects, ,
(IMPORTED)
Pedestal Grinder
Wheel size
= 250x32x32
Motor
= 01 HP/1500W
Protection Grade.
= IP20
Grinding wheels Al2O3 Number 46 and 60 fitted with machine ,Safety guard, Eye
Shield, Tool rest, . Complete in all respect.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR EQUIVALENT
OF BEST QUALITY
(IMPORTED)
Shaper
Specification
Stroke length =
400-500mm
No. of speeds =
2-8
Strokes per mint
=
20-125
Vertical Travel of tool slide
=
100-110 mm or greater
Table automatic feed (5)
=
0.2 to 2 mm/stroke
Motor rating 3 Ph /440v/50 Hz =
3KW
Motor R.P.M.
=
1400
Shaper Vice (Swivel Base)
=
250-300 mm width of jaws.
Note: - Along with all standard accessories machine handles, set of spanner. Ellen
Key set operation manual and complete in all respects.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR EQUIVALENT
OF BEST QUALITY
Power hacksaw PMTF
02
2
01
01
Specification
Hydraulic Power Hacksaw, variable cutting pressure, quick return of frame, cooling
pump.
Capacity Ø
=
180-225 mm
Capacity◊
=
230 x 230 mm
Miter 450
=
190mm
Strokes/mint =
40-160
Blade size
=
450 x 32 x 1.6 x10mm
Motor rating 3 ph 1440v/50 Hz. =
2-1.5 HP/KW
Adjustable material stand
=
450-650mm
Width of stand =
350mm
Separate motor operated 440v, 3Ph, 50Hz 2.5 to 3 Kw.
Standard Accessories.
Coolant pump with sump & fitting.
Clamping Vice with handle.
V-Belt covers.
Saw blade.
Electric Equipments 400V + 5%, 50 c/s
Set of servicing tools.
Grease Gun.
Operational Manual.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR EQUIVALENT
OF BEST QUALITY
7
Surface grinding machine.
﹣The vertical post of the machine is attached to the guide way, the balanced moving of the
grinding wheel offer the fine precision of the machine.
﹣The guide way of cross travel is double “V”.A guide way of longitudinal travel is “V”, the
other one is flat. The friction is small.
﹣Longitudinal, cross travel and spindle feed use hydraulic or manual driving.
﹣Spindle feed use micro feed set, the feed precision is up to 0.0002mm
﹣Japan made P4 precision spindle ball bearings are adopted for easy maintenance. The
roughness of surface is smaller than Ra0.63.
﹣Logical controller that use programmer controller combined with transducer to realize the
machine auto feed, step less and lubricate system offer oil periodicity.
﹣Auto feed realizing export contactless can be fit to feed and change direction frequently
when manufacturing smaller work piece with high dependability.
﹣Magnetizing and demagnetization controller realizing export contactless can be fit to
magnetizing and diamagnetic frequently, the time of demagnetization is short, avoid pulling
and transfiguration of the electromagnetism chuck and work piece.
Working Table Size. 700 x 320mm
Max longitudinal travel of the working table
800mm
Max cross travel of the working table
370mm
Max distance from spindle axis to table surface 600mm
Max load including electromagnetism chuck
300Kg
Working Table T slot
18 x 1mm x N
Working table speed
2-25mm/Min
Cross rapid moving speed
1000mm/min
Spindle rapid vertical feed
1500mm/min
01
Wheel size
Spindle motor
Working table hydraulic motor
Hydraulic auto motor
Vertical feed motor
Coolant motor
350 x 30 x 127mm
4Kw
3Kw
AC 40V , 5A
250W
240W
Flatness of the work piece
Surface roughness of the work piece
Overall dimension (LxWxH)
0-005mm
Ra0.63
2160X1900X1970mm
Standard Accessories.
Wheel
Wheel adaptor
Wheel balancing stand
Standard tools
Balancing arbor
Wheel dresser with diamond
Nut for dismantling the wheel adaptor.
Cushion set
Electro magnetism chuck.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS,
8
Universal tool & cutter grinding machine
Specification
For grinding HSS and carbide engraving cutter as well as single lip or
multiple lip cutters of various shapes such as radiused cutters or negative
taper angle of cutters. The universal index head is provided at 24 positions
so that any particular angel or shape can be obtained, free 3600 or 100
rotation is allowed for grinding End Mills. Twist Drill. Lathe Tools, only
replace the attachment to the index head without any complex setup.
VERTEX U2 GRINDER,VERTEX U 2 G R I N D E R,VERTEX U2 GRINDER,"U2",VERTEX, "U2 GRINDER",VERTEX U2,"GRINDER",U2 G R I N D E R,U 2,U2,U N I V E R S A L,G R I N D E R,u2 UNIVERSAL GRINDER,UNIVERSAL “U2 GRINDER”, “U2 UNIVERSAL” GRINDER,“U2
UNIVERSAL GRINDER”,u2 universal grinder,u 2,u n i v e r s a l,g r i n d e r,universal “u2 grinder”,“u2 universal”,grinder,u2 “universal grinder”,“u2 universal grinder”,
Technical Date
Max. Collet capacity Ø18mm
Max. Grinding dia. Ø25mm
Taper angle 0˚- 180˚
Relief angle 0˚- 45˚
Negative angel 0˚- 26˚
Grinding spindle 3600 r.p.m.
Cup grinding wheel 100x50x20mm
Motor 1/3Hp 220V50/60Hz, please notify volt & phase
Net weight 45kgs
G.W.: 60kgs
Machine dimensions (L x W x H ) 45x40x35cm
Packing dimensions (L x W x H ) 55x45x47cm
r DAREx,GRINDER,DRILL,234
Standard Accessory Included
1. Wheel dresser with diamond…..1pc
2. Wheel flange (mounted).………1pc
01
3. Grinding wheel………………...1pc
4. Collect Ø4,6,8,10,12mm……….5pc
5. Aligning flinger………………..1pc
6. Drive belt (U2-B)………………1pc
7. Lock pin………………………..1pc
8. Tools…………………………...1set
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS.
9
Hobbing Machine
Specification
01
﹣Gear hobbing machines are intended for hobbing spur and helical gears as well
as worm wheels.
﹣The machines permit cutting by climbing hobbing method, in addition to
conventional hobbing method, to raise the productivity of the machines.
﹣A rapid traverse device of hob slide and an automatic stop mechanism are
provided on the machines allowing several machines to be handled by on operator
﹣The machines are easy in operation and convenient to maintained
Maximum cutting module of cast iron (mm) = 6.
Maximum cutting module of steel = 5mm
Maximum diameter of gear hob wit out outer support (mm) = 500.
Max csrewed angle (left,right) = 45 degree
Maximum diameter of helical gears hobbed (mm) = 370.
Hob arbor diameter (mm) = 120.
Hole diameter of work bench = 60mm
Grade of hob main axis spindle speed = 8steps
Range of main axis spindle = 50-275r/min
Sliding plate stroke of tool carriage 240mm
Hob arbor diameter (mm) = 22, 27, 32.
Work mandrel diameter (mm) = 30.
Spindle speeds (8) rpm = 50-300
Hob down feed per rev. of job (mm) = 0.24-4
Main drive motor 3Ph 1420 rpm = 3kw.
Main Motor speed 1420rpm
Cooling Motor power = 12Kw
Cooling motor speed 2760r/min
Weight 3000Kg
With all standard accessories, tool kit, tool cabinet, operation manual, Maintenance
manual etc.
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS,
10
Arbor press PMTF
The arbor press PMA00 is a handsambely engineered product. The penion and ram
are made from high quality case hardening steel. Accurately located with respect to
each other, the penion and rame run very smoothely without fouling or excessive
backlash. The rame stroke is guarantted to be perpendicular within 0.2mm over a
length of 500mm. The column is a velded steel structure and the base is excellent
quality grey iron casting in attractive finish.
01
Specification.
Total vertical clearance
525mm
Effective stroke of rame
430mm
Throat clearance at base from centre line of ram 245mm
Approximate weight
137Kg
COMPLETE AND COMPATABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, , OR EQUIVALENT
OF BEST QUALITY
11
UNIVERSAL DIVIDING HEAD
Suitable for direct angular plain and differential indexing, helical milling
operation etc.
10
1. Dividing Head can divide in any angle by the direct, in-direct, or
different methods. The ratio between the warm and the warm gear
is 40:1.
2. Hardened and ground spindle is rigidly held in a taper roller
bearing. Worm is hardened and ground also.
3. The swivel head can be locked of any angle from 10˚ below
horizontal to 90˚ vertical-precision fitting to base assures smooth
rotation.
4. All models have threaded spindle nose and 24 hole dividing plate
with easy conversion to fast direct indexing on numbers
2,3,4,6,8,12, and 24.
5. Easy indexing of al numbers from 2 to 50 and many numbers from
52 of 380. Also equipped for different indexing for all numbers
from 2 to 380, and for spiral cutting.
6. Accurate precision, little backlash, fine appearance and strong
structure so can assure smooth rotation.
Provided with a tail stock a set of dividing plate, a set of carrier clam
, A 3 Jaw plate, A centre. Weight 47.5Kg
12
UK.USA.Taiwan.Korea
ROTARY TABLE
FEATURES
.Use excellent machining center to process. Spindle end be applied accuracy
bearing. Can be assured to keep very steady under load cutting
.Worm is hardened and ground. The ratio is 90:1. The work table is
graduated full 360° so that one turn of the handle moves the table through
4°. Micro collar is graduated in steps of 1'min. And vernier scale makes
settings down to 10 seconds possible. These Rotary Tables are popular for
their excellent performance, practical design and reasonable cost. They are
02
widely used for circular cutting work, angle setting, and boring, spot-facing
and similar work. T
Out
Outer Diameter A1=123 , D=305
Height 125.
Bolt slot 18.
Load Capacity
Horizental: 120Kg
Vertical : 60 Kg
Center sleeve; MT4
Uk/USA/Taiwan/Korea
13
VERTICAL HEAD PMTF
Suitable to be mounted on milling machine spindle
Angular setting (degrees) = 45.
Spindle taper = ISO 40
Collet adaptor and draw in bolt = 1 set.
Set of spring collets for straight shank end mill (mm) = 6-16(set of 6 pieces)
Combatable with universal milling machine.
SWIVEL BASE VICE
Hardened and ground jaws with vice handle.
Width of jaws (mm) = 210.
Height of jaws (mm) = 63.
Jaws opening minimum (mm) =160.
Index swivel base = ± 360 degree.
Combatable with universal milling machine.
MILLING ARBORS
Made of alloy steel, spacing rings hardened and ground, suitable to fit spindle nose .
Diameter of arbors (mm) = 22
Over all length (mm) = 500.
Combatable with universal milling machine.
SHELL END MILL ARBORS
Arbor diameter (mm) = 22,
Combatable with universal milling machine.
STRAIGHT SHANK END MILL (Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Shank diameter (mm) = 16.
Combatable with universal milling machine
RADIUS NOSE END MILL(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Nose radius (mm) = 6
Cutter diameter (mm) = 12.
Combatable with universal milling machine
05
19
RADIUS NOSE END MILL(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Nose radius (mm) = 12
05
20
CORNER ROUNDING END MILL(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Nose radius (mm) = 6,.
Shank diameter (mm) =20.
Combatable with universal milling machine
05
21
WOOD RUFF KEY SEAT CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Key dimension (mm) = 6x32.
Cutter diameter (mm) = 32.5.
Cutter width (mm) = 6.
Shank diameter (mm) = 18.
Combatable with universal milling machine
02
14
15
16
17
18
10
10
10
10
10
22
T-SLOT CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth, right handed
with under cut staggered teeth.
Cutter diameter (mm) = 31.2.
Cutter width (mm) = 12.6.
Over all length (mm) = 100.
Shank diameter (mm) =18.
Combatable with universal milling machine
05
23
DOVE TAIL CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Cutter diameter (mm) = 32,
Cutter angle (degrees) = 60
Cutting length (mm) =12.5,
Shank diameter (mm) = 16,
Combatable with universal milling machine
SINGLE ANGLE MILLING CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Angle of cutting (degrees) = 45
Diameter (mm) = 60
Width (mm) = 12,
Bore diameter (mm) = 22,.
Combatable with universal milling machine
SHELL END MILLS(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Diameter x width (mm) = 50 x36,.
Bore diameter (mm) = 22
02
CONCAVE MILLING CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Radius (mm) = 2.5,.
Diameter (mm) = 63,
Width (mm) = 10,
Bore diameter (mm) = 22,.
Combatable with universal milling machine
CONVEX MILLING CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Radius (mm) = 5,
Diameter (mm) = 63,
Width (mm) = 10,
Bore diameter (mm) = 22,
Combatable with universal milling machine
SIDE AND FACE MILLING CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground staggered cutting teeth.
Cutter diameter (mm) = 63,
Width of cutter (mm) = 8,
Bore diameter (mm) = 22
Combatable with universal milling machine
INVOLUTE SPUR GEAR CUTTER(Best Quality)
Made for cobalt alloy HSS or Sintered steel powder, extreme toughness,
02
24
25
26
27
28
29
02
02
02
10
10set
30
31
good grinding characteristics, set of 8 cutters, pressure angle 20 degrees.
Module = 1.75.
Cutter diameter (mm) = 55
Bore diameter (mm) = 22,
Combatable with universal milling machine
SLITTING SAW(Best Quality)
Made of cobalt alloy HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth.
Width of cutter (mm) =, 3.
Cutter diameter (mm) = 80.
Bore diameter (mm) = 22.
Combatable with universal milling machine
HOB CUTTERS(Best Quality)
Made of high quality HSS, hardened and ground cutting teeth, high wearing
resistance.
Right hand hob single start 20 degree pressure angle bore size 22mm module
1.75,2.00 .
Right hand hob single start 20 degree pressure angle bore size 27mm. module
2.5,3.00
Combatable withhobbing machine
02
01 each
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
DIGITAL OUT SIDE MICRO METER(Best Quality)
Carbide tipped measuring surfaces metric and inch conversion measuring
system.
Large LCD numeral for easy reading.
Range (mm) = 0-25,
LC (mm) = 0.001
DIAL CALIPER(Best Quality)
Rack and pinion mechanism, depth bar sharp jaws edges, raised edges of
beam.
Measuring range (mm) =0-200.
Resolution (mm) = 0.05.
DIGITAL HEIGHT GAUGE(Best Quality)
Two measuring mode ABS and INC, LCD display with offset scribe
carbide point.
Measuring range (mm) = 0-300.
Resolution (mm) =0.01.
DIGITAL DEPTH GAUGE(Best Quality)
Two measuring mode ABS and INC, LCD display.
Base size (mm) 100.
Measuring range (mm) = 0-200.
Resolution (mm) = 0.01.
DIAL INDICATOR WITH UNIVERSAL MAGNETIC STAND(Best Quality)
To measure surface rough ness and accurate level of work, lug on the back.
Zero dial setting.
Measuring range (mm) = 10.
Graduation on dial (mm) = 0.01.
COMBINATION SET(Best Quality)
Three measuring heads attached to ground steel rule square head 45 degree
and 90 degree, center head, protractor head 0-180, scribe, sprit level.
Measuring range (mm) = 0-300.
STEEL RULE(Best Quality)
Sharp and clear graduation marks made of anti rust steel
Range (mm) = 300.
Minimum reading (mm) = 0.5.
RADIUS GAUGE(Best Quality)
Made of fine steel radius sizes stamped, convex and concave radius with
locking device.
Measuring radius (mm) = 0.5-13.
Radius interval (mm) =0.5.
Number of leaves = 26.
DRILL SLEEVES(Best Quality)
Ground externally and reamed internally, hard tang, Morse taper.
External/Internal taper = 2/1, 3/1.
HAMMER (BALL PEIN) (Best Quality)
Made of cast steel hardened and ground peen and face. Suitable wooden
handle.
Weight of hammer (Kg) = 0.250.
Weight of hammer (Kg) = 0.500.
HAMMER (CROSS PEIN) (Best Quality)
05
05
01
01
02
02
10
05
02
05
05
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Made of cast steel hardened and ground peen and face. Suitable wooden
handle.
Weight of hammer (Kg) = 0.250.
Weight of hammer (Kg) = 0.500.
ADJUSTABLE WRENCH(Best Quality)
Made of forged steel, chrome plated
Size (mm) = 150, 300.
ELEN KEY SET(Best Quality)
Made of chromium-vanadium steel.
Measurement system = metric.
No of keys = 12.
Sizes (mm) = 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 5.5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12.
OPEN END SPANNER SET(Best Quality)
Made of chromium-vanadium steel, 15 degree offset jaws, set of 8 pieces.
Range (mm) = 5-20.
BEARING PULLER(Best Quality)
Made of drop forged steel, 3 legs.
Maximum spread (mm) = 130.
Maximum reach (mm) = 110.
SURFACE TABLE
Made of closed grain cast iron properly polished and aged fitted with
suitable legs.
Length x width x Thickness (mm) = 630x630x80.
OIL CAN(Best Quality)
Steel body and metallic pump long spout.
Capacity (ml) =500.
Length of spout (mm) = 200.
GREASE GUN(Best Quality)
Metallic body and metallic handle along with leather piston, with pointed
and flaring nozzle.
Reservoir capacity (L x D) = 280 x 56. (mm)
Maintenance and Repair Tool kit
Ball Peen hammer 2lbs
Flat screw driver set 6”,8”,10”,12
Philip screw driver set
Steel measuring tape 3mm
Chisel flat 6”8”10”
Steel measuring tape 3m
Chisel flat 6”8”10”
Ellen key set 1.5mm-10mm(set of 9PCS)
Steel rule 150mm-300mm
Vernier caliper 0-300mm(digital)
Outside micrometer 0-25mm
Centre punch Set of 4 PCS
Drift punch Set
Flat file second cut 8”10”
Round File diameter (6mm,10mm,12mm)
Try square 150mm
Greece gun metal body
Bearing puller 200m,250mm(3legs)
01 each
02
02
02
01
05
02
01
Hand hacksaw 12”( Adjustable frame)
Pipe wrench 10”,12”
Adjustable wrench 8”,10”,12”
Open ended spanner 4mm-24mm
Electric hand drill machine( 12mm)
Twist drill set5mm,8mm,10mm,12mm(02,each)
Tap set with handle 5mm,6mm,8mm,10mm( 01,each)
Fix die set with handle 6mm,8mm,10mm,12mm
Tap extractor 6-12mm
Oil can ½ liter
Easy out
With tool box made of M.S. sheet (Best quality)
Annexure-J
LIST OF MACHINES AND EQUIIPMENT FOR MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGY.
`1.
3
4
Tool Bits:
01
Spot welding machine:
02
Low power consumption of main transformer
Water-cooling stricture.
Easy operation and maintenance with foot pedal type.
Adjustable welding time easy welding.
Suitable for welding low carbon steel stainless steel plate etc.
Rated input power (KVA) 10
Adjusting steps
7
Rated duty cycle (%) 20
Arm stretch length (MM)
180
Electrode pressure (KG)
120
Welding thickness (mm) 0.3+0.3-2+2
MIG Welding Plant:
Slow wire feeding arc, easy arc ignition.
These series machines have function of clear up the wire ball when end ARC.
Small sledding deformation, good welding seam forming.
High-frequency inverter. Small size. Light weight, energy saving power.
High rate of solder cladding.
The use of solid / flux-cored wire.
Technical specification.
Power voltage
AC three phase 380V.
Rated input power
13Kw
Voltage Regulator range 15—40V
No-Load Voltage
72V
Output current range
50-350A
Speed of wire feeder
1.5-19m/min
Diameter of wire
0.8/1.0/1.2
Type of wire
Solid / drug
Duty cycle
60 %
Efficiency
90 %
Power factor
0.93
Insulation class
F
Cooling method
Air Cooled
Weight of wire feeder
9 Kg.
Accessories include.
Mig Torch
Heater
Earth Clamp
Welding Cable
Wire Feeder
Air pipe
TIG WELDING PLANT:
One machine have TIG welding and MMA welding of two processes.
Arc easy, arc stability, weld pool easy to control.
01
01
LCD digital display , welding current can be accurately preset. High duty
cycle. Thrust arc welding with the cable length can be adjusted to achieve
long-distance welding. Applied sheet, Carbon steel, stainless steel.
Technical Specifications.
Power Voltage AC(three phase) 380V
Rated input power
Rated No-load voltrage
Output current range
Rated output voltage
Duty cycle
No-load Loss
Efficiency
Power factor
Post flow time
Protection class of case
Cooling Method
Accessories Included.
Tig welding torch
Earth clamp
Welding cable
Weldig cable Joint.
5
B

12-1 Kw
75V
20-315A
22.6V
60%
60W
90%
0.93
5S
IP23S
Air Cooled
AC Arc WELDER (Complete Welding Plant.)
Air Cool with electrode lead, electrode holder ground lead
Technical Specification.
Rated output current (A)
400
Power voltage (V)
380
Rated duty cycle (%)
20
Rated input capacity (KVA)
30.4
Current range (A)
80-400
Insulation Class
IP21S
No-Load Voltage (V)
65
Usable electrode (mm)
2.5—6
Accessories Includeed.
Electrode Holder.
Earth Clamp
Welding Cable
Mask
Brush.
MATERIAL TESTING & METALLURGICAL LAB
Universal Testing machine
Typical specimens: Metals, building components, large fasteners,
composites, wood products New Features
•Robust guidance columns increase lateral stiffness and ensure linear
crosshead travel. This results in accurate crosshead alignment thus reducing
variability in measurement data and producing better overall accuracy
Non-clutched drives, rated for full speed at maximum force
Compact design saves lab space
02
03
Wider test width
Heavy duty load frame is available with single and dual test space, saving
time and labor to change fixtures when frequently performing tension and
compression/flexure tests.
Standard equipped with wedge action tensile grip, and optional hydraulic
tensile grip is available.
Heavy duty load frame 100kN is dual test space equipped with hydraulic
tensile grip for large and high strength specimen.
Environmental simulation Environmental chamber and high temperature
furnace

Capacity (kN) = 100
Calibration standard = ISO 7500, class I/Class 0.5
Force Range + 0.2%-100% FS/0.4-100% FS
Force accuracy = 1.0% / 0.5% of reading
Force resolution = 1/35400 FS
Position accuracy = 0.50 % of reading
Position resolution (um) = 0.025
Crosshead speed (mm/min)= 0.001-500
Crosshead speed accuracy = within 1 %/0.5% of set speed.
Crosshead travel (mm) = 1150
Test width (mm) = 600
Dimension = (mm)= 1145x765x2340
Power requirements =AC380V 10%, 50/60Hz
Power consumption = 1.5 kW
Rock Well testing machine
Specifications:
. Manual Rockwell hardness tester, accurate, reliable, durable, and test
efficiency;
dial direct reading, HRA, HRB, HRC scale;
Other optional Rockwell scale;
precision hydraulic buffer, loading speed adjustable;
Mechanical manual testing process, without electricallcontrol;
widely used in the production site of quality control, work environment
adaptable;
precision line GB/T230.2 ISO 6508-2 and the United States ASTM E18.
Main technical parameters:
Range 20-88HRA, 20-100HRB, 20-70HRC
Test Force 588.4N 980.7 N 1471 N
60 kg of force 100 kg of force 150 kg of force
The maximum permitted height of specimen 170 mm
Pressure head center distance of the plane wall 135 mm
Hardness resolution 0.5HR
Dimensions 466X238X630 mm
Weight about 65 kg
01

Main accessories:
(1) Medium Testing platform: 1
(2) square test sets: 1
(3) 1 / 16 "steel ball indenter: 1
(4) V-shaped test units: 1
(5) diamond conical indenter: 1
(6) standard Rockwell hardness blocks: 5
Brinell hardness testing machine
Specifications:
01
construction firm, rigid, accurate, reliable, durable, and test efficiency;
electronic commutation switch;
High reading microscope measurement system;
widely used in the production site of quality control, work environment
adaptable;
precision line GB/T231.2, ISO 6506-2 and the United States ASTM E10.
Main technical parameters:
Range 8-450HBS 8-650HBW
Newton 1838.8 2451.8 7355.3 9807 2942.1
kgf 187.5 250 750 1000 3000
The maximum permitted height of specimen 230 mm
Pressure head center distance of the plane wall 120 mm
Power AC 220 V
Dimensions 700 × 268 × 842
Weight about 210 kg
Main accessories:
(1) Medium Testing platform: 1
(2) square test sets: 1
(3) V-type test sets: 1
(4) steel ball indenter: φ2.5, φ5, φ10 mm, each one
(5) standard hardness block: 2
(6) 20 times the reading microscope: 1



Metallurgical Microscope
Electrical comparator
Advance Torsion Testing machine. (Digital Auto)
This series of testing machines for metal materials, non-metallic materials,
composite materials and components to reverse the performance tests.
According to national standards "GB/T10128-1998 metal at room
temperature torsion test method" to test and provide data. Mainly applied to
measure quality control; metallurgical steel; machinery manufacturing; civil
aviation; institutions of higher learning; research laboratories; inspection
arbitration, technical supervision departments; building materials ceramic;
01
01
01
petrochemical industry; other industries Mechanics Laboratory.
Features: This machine by the manual loading, high-precision torque sensor
detects torque, encoders measure the rotation angle, liquid crystal display test
results. The torsion testing machine has a simple structure, easy operation,
low price and so on. Used to determine the material torque, maximum torque,
angle and so the reverse indicator. Fine control of its powerful control, data
processing capability, high reliability, the test machine using other processors
can not match
Prime Technical Parameters:
Max Test Torque = 100Nm
Torque display value = 1-100Nm
Relative Error of Torque Display-value = 1%
Repetitive Error of Torque Display-value = 1%
Measure Range of Torsional Angle = 0-9999.9
Relative Error of Torsional Angle Display-Value = 1%
Max Distance between the Two Collet = 260mm
Host Machine = 950x330x4000mm
Power Supply = 220V, 50Hz
Weight = 100Kg



C








D
Specimen cutter
Specimen polisher
Electric Furnace.
MECHANICS OF MACHINE LAB
Bifilar Suspension Apparatus
Crank and connecting rod Apparatus
Torque measurement Apparatus
Cam and follower Apparatus
Torsion Oscillation Apparatus
Spring Loaded Governor Apparatus
Rotating mass balancing Apparatus
Slider Crank Mechanism
HYDRAULICS LAB
Hydraulics Bench
Specifications:
Sump tank capacity – 120 litres
High flow volumetric tank – 40 litres
Low flow volumetric tank – 10 litres
Pump 42 litres/min, against 5m head. Max head of 20m of water at zero flor
rate.
Eelctrical requirements 240volt. Single phase 50/60 Hz supply
Accessories:
Auxiliary pump & speed control unit.
Pump speed display
Constant head inlet tank
Variable head out let tank
Feed block
Manometer, Hook Gauge and Scale.
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01


E







F


Reciprocating Pump Apparatus
Centrifugal pump apparatus
HEAT ENGINE AND HEAT TRANSFER LAB
Steam Engine Model
Steam Turbine model
Steam condenser
Gas Turbine generating set
Heat Exchanger
Service Unit:
 AISI 304 stainless steel wheels mounted framework.
 2 stainless steel and glass variable area flow meters, range 60-600 1/h.
 Water heading electrical resistor, P= 6 kw
 100-I AISI 304 stainless steel hot water tank, covered with expanded
polyurethanes.
 Thermostate range 0-100◦C
 Hot water circulation pump, AISI 304 stainless steel body and rotor, max,
flow rate 3000 1/h.
 4 digital thermometers with stainless steel sheath, range 0-150◦C.
 AISI 304 and 316 staiinless steel and plastic connecting lines and valves.
 IP55 Eelctrical switchboard, in accordance with CE standards.
 Emergency pushbutton.
Shell and Tube exchanger
 AISI 304 stainless steel execution, exchange surface 0.42m2
Plate Exchanger
 AISI 316 stainless steel exchange surface 0.142m2.
 Concentrical pipe exchanger (Pipe to pipe)
 AISI 316 stainless execution, exhange surface 0.2 m2.
Multistage Reciprocating Air compressor
Thermal Conductivity Apparatus
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING LAB
Application Bench for the compression Refrigeration cycle
 Study of the phases of the refrigerants as function of pressure and
temperature.
 Detection of pressures, temperatures, refrigerant flow with plant
operating..
 Plotting the refrigeration cycle on the pressure- enthalpy diagram and
detection of the specific power energy exchanged by the evaporator and
the condenser.
 Determination of the total exchanged thermal energy.
 Determination of the compressor volumetric efficiency.
 Plant COP evaluation.
Air conditioning Trainer unit
 Experimental study of the air psychometric chart.
 Analysis and detection of air changes while crossing the different plant
treatment sections.
 Simulation of the inner load variations and check of the air-conditioning
control station behavior.
 Partial and total heat balances.
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01

 Determination of the control parameters making a controlled system
stable.
Absorption Refrigeration working model
 Plotting of the absorption refrigeration cycle on the log P-1/T diagram via
temperature measurements taken along circuit.
 Filling the concentration/enthalpy diagram with the found values and
evaluation of the quantity of heat exchanged in the boiler, in the
condenser, in the absorber and in the evaporator.
 Calculation of the average flow of the circulating solution.
 Data collection and calculation of the plant efficiency as function of the
temperature reached in the boiler.
01
ANNEXURE-K-I
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR METAL SHOP
S.NO.



















DESCRIPTION
Vices 4”, 5” with anvil imported.
Handle for files.
Hacksaw frame adjustable
Micrometer, 0 to 15 , 25- 50, 50-75, inside and outside.
Surface plates imported
Scriber
Try square, 2/3”, ¾, 4/6”
Knife edges
Tape set imported.
Center drill,
Bevel protector
Hammer, assorted
Screw driver, 1/8 to 1”
Chisels complete. sets
Die set 1/16 to 1”
V Block
Centre punch
Hand vice
Drill press (heavy duty)
QTY
8No.
4doz.
24
7 sets
1
10
15
6
2
One dozen
6
9
4
2 dozen
6
5
6
5
5
Drilling Capacity (Max) = 24mm
Sleeve diameter = 47mm
Sleeve travel = 70mm
Spindle taper = MT2
Distance spindle column = 164mm
Spindle speeds = 100-5950rpm
No of steps = 7 / 4 steps
Table size = 280x300mm
T-Slot size = 14mm
Distance spindle table (max) = 445mm
Working surface stand = 280x264mm
Distance spindle stand (max) = 595mm
Motor = 580W
Size (LxWxH) = (665x435x1000)mm

Pedestal grinder 10”
Voltage = 380V-50Hz 3-1500W
Motor = S2=30 min “2850” min-1
Wheel size = 250x32x32mm
Protection Grade = IP 20
3













NW = 33 Kg
Digital Micrometer,
Digital Micrometer 100mm, set of 4 pcs fitted in wooden box.
Metal File Set
11 pieces consisting of 5 pcs, 8” long with molded handle different shapes, 6
pcs, 4” long mini file with molded handle , different shapes .
Universal Bending Machine
Universal Bending Machine consist of the following applications:
Free bending of flat and round material, Edge bending of flat material,
round bending of flat material, round bending tubes 8mm dia, press bending
of flat material die 90 degree , round bending die 10mm, flat material r15mm, flat material r-20mm,
The machine consists of amounting plate with holes board in a set pattern
and 26 tools . complete with punching tools.
Radial drill machine.
Power main motor = 1.5Kw
Lifting Motor
= 0. 75Kw
Drilling Capacity in steel (S235)R = 40mm
Continuous drilling capacity steel = 36mm
End mill cutter diameter steel = M30
Throat = 240mm
Spindle seat MK4
Spindle sleeve feed = 3 steps /0,1-0,25mm/rev
Spindle speeds = 75-1220rpm
No of steps = 6
Working surface table lengthxWeidth= 1370x700mm
Working table cube table = 400x400x350mm
Distance spindle-table (max) = 350-860mm
Distance spindle –column = 320-1020mm
Travel drilling head (Horizontal) = 120-700mm
Travel of arm (Vertical) = 510mm
Length x width x Height = 1750x770x2100mm
Arbor Press.
Characteristics:
 Total Vertical clearance 570mm
 Maximum work height 317mm
 Swing 135mm
 Table Diameter 170mm
 Base 470x200mm
 Ram Dimension 38.1 x 38.1
 Throat clearance at base from center line of ram 245mm.
Electric Drill Machine 6.25mm chuck with key 230volt, 50hz, single phase.
Shear 600mm with stand capacity 16 gauge
Stake bench, length depth 1500x 1050mm one heavy slotted stake plate
Shear heavy duty, 4’ length, cutting of 16 gauge sheet with electric motor
Pipe wrench, 300, 350, 460mm, replaceable jaw
Pipe threading set, one each of dyes 12mm,. 19mm, 25mm, 31mm
Pipe threading set consisting of reversing dye head , handle and one each of
dye, 25mm, 31mm, 37mm and 50mm
Pipe cutter rigid, heavy duty 12-50mm pipe with two sets of wheel cutters
2
2
1
1
1
10
1
1
1
7sets
5
2
3















































Vernier calipers, 150mm with case.
Wire gauge, British standard
Wire gauge American standard
Electric Soldering Iron, 100W, 230V,
Letter Set Stamp 4mm
Figure steel stamp, 4mm
Shear size 300mm right hand, curved type,
Shear size, 300mm, left hand curved type
Wrench adjustable 150mm,
Wrench adjustable 200mm
Wrench adjustable 250mm
Wrench adjustable 300mm
Vice Grip Wrench, 250mm
Electric soldering iron, 220W, 230V/AC
Rivet set sizes No.,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
Rule tempered 300mm with four graduation 8th, 16th, 32nd and 64th on other
side
Slide Caliper graduated 75mm length
Protractors 150mm blade, 180 graduation on 50mm x 75mm face
Inside Caliper 150mm spring type
outside Caliper 150mm spring type
Steel tape 2 meter, white enamel, black letter
Hammer Black smith 5 kgs
Hammer Machinist Ball pein 225 gun
Hammer Machinist Ball pein 450 grams
Square 600mm steel with 300mm tongue
Blow torch, 1 quarter capacity.
Soldering copper ½ kg with wooden handle.
Oil case ¼ capacity, best quality
Steel Tape 6 meter with hood
Side cutting plier 75mm
Screw driver 7.5mm, 10mm, 12mm, 150mm and 200mm
Screw driver Philip cross point No.1,2,3,and 4
Hammer soft tipped 1 kg
Punch solid 12mm, Shank 150mm length
Punch Drift 6.25mm Point
Punch center 12mm dia steel
Punches Prick 12m dia steel
Wooden Mallet head 50m x 100 m
File Mill Bastered 250mm, Nicholson
File Flat Bastered 250mmNicholson
File Square Bastered 200mm, Nicholson
File Round Bastered, 250mm Nicholson
File H/R Bastered 2nd out 250mm, NICH
File knife edge 150mm. 11 out NICH
Wheel Dresser with one set replaceable
Surface 600mm x 600mm, scraped precision surface case steel.
Taiwan/Germany
Surface gauge 300mm, spindle hardened base 100mm x 75mm
4
2
2
20
1
2
2
2
10
10
10
10
9
10
1
40
10
5
10
10
10
5
40
20
1
2
2
10
10
40
10set
10 set
4
10
10
10
10
10
40
40
10
10
10
10
3
1
1

1
Power Hacksaw 14” with ½ HP motor

1
Thermolyene Furnace, Manual operated with pyrometer, 240V, Single phase
4.4 ampers 185-1040 19 FS 131
ANNEXURE-K-II
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING SHOP
S.NO.

DESCRIPTION
QTY
2
Welding transformer single phase air cooled with complete leads and
accessories.

Power Hacksaw 14” with ½ HP motor

Hand shearing machine 10” size

1
1
2
Tip cleaner, set with attachment .

16No.
Y-Outlet connections set.

1 No.
Welding cutting outfit complete set

20
Goggles clear frame , clear lens

50
Wire brush .

1
Oxygen manifold wall type complete with cylinder, regulator,
fittings valves.

6

Welding screen
Spot welding machine.
1
Low power consumption of main transformer
Water-cooling stricture.
Easy operation and maintenance with foot pedal type.
Adjustable welding time easy welding.
Suitable for welding low carbon steel stainless steel plate etc.
Rated input power (KVA) 10
Adjusting steps
7
Rated duty cycle (%)
20
Arm stretch length (MM)
180
Electrode pressure (KG)
120

Welding thickness (mm)
Drill press (heavy duty)
0.3+0.3-2+2
1
Drilling Capacity (Max) = 24mm
Sleeve diameter = 47mm
Sleeve travel = 70mm
Spindle taper = MT2
Distance spindle column = 164mm
Spindle speeds = 100-5950rpm
No of steps = 7 / 4 steps
Table size = 280x300mm
T-Slot size = 14mm
Distance spindle table (max) = 445mm
Working surface stand = 280x264mm
Distance spindle stand (max) = 595mm
Motor = 580W
Size (LxWxH) = (665x435x1000)mm

Pedestal grinder 10”
Voltage = 380V-50Hz 3-1500W
Motor = S2=30 min “2850” min-1
Wheel size = 250x32x32mm
Protection Grade = IP 20
2
NW = 33 Kg

24
Hacksaw Blade for power hacksaw HSS with high tungsten contents
350cm long, 320cm wide x 1.6 mm thick

1
Two cylinder hand trolley with 300mm rubber tyred wheels for
acetylenes and Oxygen bottles

1
Oxygen cylinder empty

1
Acetylene cylinder empty

1
Welding and cutting set including acetylene and oxygen regulator ,
cutters and welding sets , nozzles high pressure pipe , Lighter ,
goggles tip cleaner etc.

25
Welding helmet

20
Chipping Hammer

25 pairs
Welding Gloves

1
Welding Gas Generator

Bench vice 5”

4
20
Hacksaw frame

60
Hacksaw blade single edge

60
Hacksaw blade double edge

Angle grinder 4 ½ “ size

4
10
Measuring tape 6 meter


Try square 6”, 8”
Electric Hand Drill Machine ½ “

10
5
1
3 Phase Welding Transformer , copper winding with standard
accessories(POL)

1
Power Hammer, 100 kgs capacity, 2 HP motor, 50Hz, 3 phase,
tropicalzed, complete with dyes, one set face dyes

1
Anvil., 30 kg, solid steel best quality.

2
Pipe cutter, 3mm to 50mm capacity one flat roller, two cutter
wheels.

6
Cutter wheels to fit 3mm to 50mm capacity pipe fitter.

2
Pipe vice, 3mm to 100 mm capacity

5
Sheet cutter,

5
Gas welding table, 675mm x 475mmx 825mm top covered with
fireproof bricks.
ANNEXURE-L-I
EQUIPMENT LIST FOR PHYSICS/APPLIED MECHANICS LAB
S.No.
Description of item
Qty
 Vernier Caliper 12 cm Japan.
1 dozen.
 Solid cylinder different sizes.
5 dozen.
 Screw Guage, 100cm, Japan.
3 dozen.
 Copper Wire, China.
8 Lb
 Weight box from 1 gm to 100 gm.
8 dozen
 Spring balance 1 to 100 gm , 11 to 500 gm
10 dozen.
 Meter Rod, one full meter rod and 1½ meter rod
150 No.
 Wooden Wedge different sizes
20dozen
 Stand metallic
2 dozen
 Grave sand apparatus with pully.
60 dozen
 Set square, Germany.
6 dozen
 Drawing board 15”x 20”
15 dozen
 Drawing board pin
20 pkts
 Stop watch, Swiss made.
½ doz
 Thermometer centigrade.
8dozen
 Thermometer Fahrenheit.
10dozen
 Serial apparatus with slated weight.
1 dozen
 Fly wheel with slated weight and thin shing.
2Nos.
 Resonance tube apparatus length 1 meter.
2 dozen.
 Tuning fork Japan.
1 dozen.
 Rubber pad
20dozen
 Senemeter with slated weight and two wedge.
1 dozen.
 Linear expansion apparatus with metal rod.
2 dozen.
 Voltmeter 0-3 volt
12 Nos.
 Voltmeter 0-300 volt.
9 No.s
 Connecting wire copper with insulation cotton.
30 LB
 Magnet high power
20Nos.
 Graduated cylinder
12Nos.
 Wooden block 10x 12x 2”
2dozen
 Inclined Plane with scalar and pulley.
8 dozen
 Scale pan
1 dozen
 Wooden cube
2 dozen
 Hock law apparatus with helical spring pointer and scale.
8dozen
 Physical balance
4Nos.
 Clori meter with wooden box strirrer
6 dozen.
 Electric heater 1000 watt
10Nos.
 Ampere meter 0-10 amp.
2dozen.
 Resistance box
2Nos.
 Convex lenses, 45 cm
20 dozen
 Concave lenses, 10 cm.
20 dozen.
 Concave mirror, 10cm.
20 dozen
 Fletcher trolly complete.
2 Nos.
 Acceleration apparatus completed.
4 Nos.
 Simple screw jack complete.
2 Nos.
 Wheel & Axle apparatus complete.
2Nos.
 Glass slab 4x8x1 cm.
5dozen.

Steam generator
1dozen.
 Specific gravity bottle, 25cc
10 dozen.

Specific gravity bottle, 50cc
20 dozen.
 Fly wheel
10Nos.
 Screw driver, 6”
12Nos.

Plier 6”
16Nos.
 Rubber nylon tube 6” dia.
08meter.
ANNEXURE-L-II
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR CHEMISTRY LAB
Description of item
S.No.

















Breaker 100ml. China.
Breaker 250ml. China.
China Dish, Dia 8 cm China.
Electrolyzer 220V, 50HS with platinum electrode and DC power supply Unit,
Poland/China.
File Triangular length: 15cm, Pak.
Filter paper (whatman No.1) imp.
Glass funnel dia: 7.5 cm Chgina.
Glass tube: Soda lime length: 150cm Ex-dia:3-4 mm Pak.
Glass rods: (Stirring) Length: 20 cm, dia: 6-7 mm Pak.
Pipette Graduated: 10m, China.
Pipette 15ml. China.
Reagent bottles 250ml narrow neck, white china.
Stand Tripped (cast iron) Height: 20cm, with circular top, Pak.
Spirit lamp. Metallic medium size.
Test Tubes: Dimension: 150x12mm, Pyroz.
Test tube stand (wooden) Pak.
Tongs (Black ended steel) with Bow length: 20cms, China/Pak.
Qty
2 doz
32doz
2 doz
2 Nos.
1 doz
05 pkts
3 doz.
1 kg.
1 gross
2 dozen
2 doz.
2 doz
2 doz
2doz
1gross
2 doz.
2 doz.





Wash Bottle (Polytene) 0.250ml, Pak.
Wire guage, Pak.
Volumetric flask. 100ml, China.
Volumetric flask. 250ml, China.
Reagent bottle shelves(wooden) specimen sketch attached. Pak. Sheesham
wood: Length: 70cm, Width: 23 cm, Height: 44 cm
Distillation plant: Stainless steel, 220 V, 300V, capacity: 1 gallon. Pak.
Ferriddic chart, Cenco: USA
Copper sulphate (anayirons).
Potassium Nitrate
Ferrous sulphate
Calcium sulphate.
Soda Ash.
Sodium Bicarbonate.
Spirit Methylated.
Iron Stand with clamp. Pak
Wooden Stand. Pak.











2 doz.
2 doz.
1 doz.
1 doz.
10bNos.
2Nos.
2 Nos.
1 kg.
2 kg.
1 kg.
1 kg.
1 kg
1 kg.
7 litre.
2 doz.
2 doz.
ANNEXURE-M
LIST OF FURNITURE & OFFICE EQUIPMENT
S.NO.






DESCRIPTION
Steel Almirahs 6’x 1-1/2”x3’ (h) with 4 shelves (guage 20-22).
Steel File cabinet with 4 drawers, (guage 20-22)
Calculator Heavy duty. 15 digit
Electric Water cooler, 30 gallons.
English typewriter 15” roller.
Steel Charpai, complete with Nylon nawar. Standard size (16-18 guage
pipe).
QTY
25
25
1
3
1
60
ANNEXURE-N
Estimated cost of Furniture for Student Hostels ,Teachers Hostel and Cafeteria
S#


Name of Item
Furniture for Students Hostel
Steel Charpai, complete with Nylon nawar. Standard size (18-20 guage pipe).
Steel Charpai, complete with Nylon nawar. Standard size (18x20 guage
pipe).
Qty
80
10
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPUTER LAB FOR CIVIL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL
TECHNOLOGIES
S#
Item name/description
Qty

Desktop - Core i5.
Processor:
Intel® 3rd Gen I.V.B .Core™ i5-3470 Processor 3.20GHz
(6M Cache, turbo up to 3.60 GHz) LGA 1155 ( 95W)
Chipset:
Intel®
Q77,
Support
Intel®
vPro
Technology,
Motherboard with integrated EPU Chip, Anti Surge Chip
and Solid Cap.-Uses 100% All High-quality Conductive
Polymer Capacitors
Graphics:
Intel® HD graphics Support DirectX11 (3
Independents Display without VGA Card)
Memory:
4GB - 2 x DIMM dual channel DDR3 1600
MHz
Hard Drive:
500GB, (SATA 7200 RPM)
Optical Drive
DVD Writer
Network Interface:
Integrated GB LAN Support Wake On Lan function,
Windows Graphical Interface Base BIOS.
Raid
Support RAID 0/1/5/10
Interface:
USB 3.0,USB 2.0, 2 x Display Port, DVI-D, D-Sub,
RJ45,Microphone, Headphone LAN, COM Port, Serial
port.
Audio:
High Definition Audio,6 Channels
Power Supply
Minimum 300W PFC
Keyboard and Mouse: USB Keyboard and Optical Mouse
Security:
Kensington Security Slot, Chassis Intrusion
Alert System

Display:
18.5” Wide Screen (ZBD) LCD
Warranty:
3 year Parts and Labor.
HP Laser jet Printer with warranty Card
Resolution/Speed 1200 x 1200DPI, Up to 35PPM
Duplex Automatic Two Side Printing
Warranty 1-Year Warranty

Multimedia Projector
Brightness:
2500 ANSI Lumens (Max)
1
Contrast Ratio:
2200:1 Typical (Full On/Full Off)
Resolution:
SVGA native resolution (800x600)
Lamp Life:
Up to 3000-hour Typical
Up to 4000-hour Eco-Mode
Lamp Type:
Philips 185W user-replaceable
Multimedia Audio:2W Speaker
Screen:
6’ x 6’ matt white Screen with Tripod



Voltage Stabilizer
1000VA Servo Motor, Automatic Voltage Stabilizer
Input voltage range for main Input 90-280VAC
Out Put Step up to 220 VAC
Warranty 1-year Standard Warranty
PHOTOCOPIER
Speed: 27CPM, Built-in Duplex, RADF, Printer, Scanner, Super G3 Fax,
Electronic Sorter, Network Support, Single Component, 1-Year Warranty &
18 Months Free Service
Electrification & Lab: furnishing.
1
01 lab